Инструкция по эксплуатации шевроле тахо 2016

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Chevrolet Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. 2016 Tahoe

Manuals and User Guides for Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe. We have 2 Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe manuals available for free PDF download: Owner’s Manual, Getting To Know Your

Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe Owner's Manual

Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe Owner’s Manual (453 pages)

Brand: Chevrolet
|
Category: Automobile
|
Size: 6.54 MB

Table of Contents
  • Table of Contents

    2

    • Introduction

      3

      • Using this Manual

        3

      • Vehicle Symbol Chart

        4

  • In Brief 5

    6

    • Instrument Panel

      7

      • Instrument Panel Overview

        7

    • Initial Drive Information

      9

      • Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

        9

        • System

          9

      • Remote Vehicle Start

        10

      • Door Locks

        10

      • Liftgate

        11

      • Windows

        12

      • Seat Adjustment

        12

      • Memory Features

        14

      • Second Row Seats

        14

      • Third Row Seats

        14

      • Heated and Cooled Front

        15

        • Seats

          15

      • Head Restraint Adjustment

        15

      • Safety Belts

        16

      • Passenger Sensing System

        16

      • Mirror Adjustment

        16

      • Steering Wheel Adjustment

        17

      • Throttle and Brake Pedal

        18

        • Adjustment

          18

      • Interior Lighting

        19

      • Exterior Lighting

        19

      • Windshield Wiper/Washer

        20

      • Climate Controls

        21

      • Transmission

        21

      • Four-Wheel Drive

        22

    • Vehicle Features

      23

      • Infotainment System

        23

      • Radio(S)

        23

      • Satellite Radio

        23

      • Portable Audio Devices

        24

      • Bluetooth

        24

      • Steering Wheel Controls

        24

      • Cruise Control

        25

      • Driver Information

        25

        • Center (DIC)

          25

      • Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

        26

        • System

          26

      • Front Automatic Braking (FAB)

        26

      • Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

        26

      • Lane Change Alert (LCA)

        26

      • Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

        27

      • Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

        27

        • System

          27

      • Parking Assist

        27

      • Power Outlets

        27

      • Universal Remote System

        28

      • Sunroof

        28

    • Performance and Maintenance

      29

      • Traction Control/Electronic

        29

        • Stability Control

          29

      • Tire Pressure Monitor

        29

      • Engine Oil Life System

        29

      • E85 or Flexfuel

        30

      • Driving for Better Fuel

        30

        • Economy

          30

      • Roadside Assistance

        31

        • Program

          31

  • Keys, Doors, and

    32

    • Keys and Locks

      32

      • Keys, Doors, and Windows

        32

        • Keys (Key Access)

          32

        • Keys (Keyless Access)

          35

        • Access)

          36

        • Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

          36

        • System

          36

        • Access)

          38

        • Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

          38

        • Remote Vehicle Start

          44

        • Door Locks

          45

        • Automatic Door Locks

          46

        • Delayed Locking

          46

        • Power Door Locks

          46

        • System Operation

          46

        • Lockout Protection

          47

        • Safety Locks

          47

        • Doors

          48

        • Liftgate

          48

        • Power Assist Steps

          52

    • Vehicle Security

      53

      • Vehicle Alarm System

        53

      • Immobilizer

        55

      • Immobilizer Operation

        55

      • Access)

        55

    • Exterior Mirrors

      56

      • Convex Mirrors

        56

      • Power Mirrors

        57

      • Folding Mirrors

        57

      • Heated Mirrors

        58

      • Blind Spot Mirrors

        58

    • Interior Mirrors

      59

      • Reverse Tilt Mirrors

        59

      • Interior Rearview Mirrors

        59

      • Manual Rearview Mirror

        59

    • Windows

      60

      • Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

        60

      • Child-View Mirror

        60

      • Power Windows

        60

      • Sun Visors

        62

    • Roof

      63

      • Sunroof

        63

  • Seats and

    64

    • Seats and Restraints

      64

    • Head Restraints

      65

    • Front Seats

      66

      • Seat Adjustment

        66

      • Center Seat

        67

      • Power Seat Adjustment

        67

      • Lumbar Adjustment

        67

      • Reclining Seatbacks

        68

      • Memory Seats

        69

      • Heated and Cooled Front

        71

        • Seats

          71

    • Rear Seats

      72

      • Heated Rear Seats

        72

      • Second Row Seats

        73

      • Third Row Seats

        77

    • Safety Belts

      81

      • How to Wear Safety Belts

        82

        • Properly

          82

      • Lap-Shoulder Belt

        83

      • Safety Belt Use During

        88

        • Pregnancy

          88

      • Lap Belt

        88

      • Safety Belt Extender

        89

      • Safety System Check

        89

      • Safety Belt Care

        89

    • Airbag System

      90

      • Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash

        90

      • Where Are the Airbags

        92

      • When Should an Airbag

        93

        • Inflate

          93

      • What Makes an Airbag

        95

        • Inflate

          95

      • How Does an Airbag

        95

        • Restrain

          95

      • What will You See after an Airbag Inflates

        95

      • Passenger Sensing System

        97

      • Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

        101

        • Vehicle

          101

      • Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle

        101

      • Airbag System Check

        102

      • Replacing Airbag System Parts

        102

        • After a Crash

          102

    • Child Restraints

      103

      • Older Children

        103

      • Infants and Young Children

        104

      • Child Restraint Systems

        107

      • Where to Put the Restraint

        108

      • Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System)

        110

      • Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Crash

        117

        • Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat)

          118

      • Securing Child Restraints

        118

        • (Rear Seat)

          118

        • Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat)

          120

  • Storage

    123

    • Storage Compartments

      123

      • Storage

        123

        • Glove Box

          123

        • Instrument Panel Storage

          123

        • Storage Compartments

          123

        • Armrest Storage

          124

        • Center Console Storage

          124

        • Rear Storage

          124

        • Sunglasses Storage

          124

        • Additional Storage Features

          125

        • Cargo Cover

          125

        • Roof Rack System

          126

    • Roof Rack System

      126

  • Instruments and

    127

    • Instruments and Controls

      127

      • Steering Wheel Adjustment

        128

      • Steering Wheel Controls

        129

      • Heated Steering Wheel

        130

      • Horn

        130

      • Windshield Wiper/Washer

        130

      • Rear Window Wiper

        132

      • Washer

        132

      • Clock

        133

      • Compass

        133

      • Power Outlets

        134

      • Wireless Charging

        136

      • Indicators

        137

      • Warning Lights

        137

      • Instrument Cluster

        138

      • Fuel Gauge

        141

      • Odometer

        141

      • Speedometer

        141

      • Tachometer

        141

      • Trip Odometer

        141

      • Engine Oil Pressure

        142

      • Gauge

        142

      • Engine Coolant Temperature

        143

      • Gauge

        143

      • Voltmeter Gauge

        144

      • Airbag Readiness Light

        145

      • Safety Belt Reminders

        145

      • Indicator

        146

      • Passenger Airbag Status

        146

      • Charging System Light

        147

      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light)

        147

      • Brake System Warning

        149

      • Light

        149

      • Antilock Brake System (ABS)

        150

      • Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

        150

      • Light

        150

      • Tow/Haul Mode Light

        150

      • Warning Light

        150

      • Light

        151

      • OFF Light

        151

      • Stabilitrak off Light

        151

      • Traction Control System (TCS)

        151

      • Traction off Light

        151

      • Vehicle Ahead Indicator

        151

      • Low Fuel Warning Light

        152

      • Security Light

        152

      • Tire Pressure Light

        152

      • Cruise Control Light

        153

      • Front Fog Lamp Light

        153

      • High-Beam on Light

        153

      • Lamps on Reminder

        153

      • (Base Level)

        154

      • Driver Information Center (DIC)

        154

      • Information Displays

        154

      • (Uplevel)

        156

      • Head-Up Display (HUD)

        158

      • Messages

        162

      • Vehicle Messages

        162

      • Brake System Messages

        163

      • Compass Messages

        163

      • Cruise Control Messages

        163

      • Door Ajar Messages

        164

      • Engine Cooling System

        164

      • Messages

        164

      • Engine Oil Messages

        165

      • Engine Power Messages

        165

      • Fuel System Messages

        166

      • Key and Lock Messages

        166

      • Lamp Messages

        166

      • Messages

        167

      • Object Detection System

        167

      • Messages

        168

      • Ride Control System

        168

      • Airbag System Messages

        170

      • Messages

        170

      • Security Messages

        170

      • Steering System

        170

      • Tire Messages

        170

      • Transmission Messages

        171

      • Washer Fluid Messages

        173

      • Vehicle Personalization

        174

    • Controls

      128

    • Warning Lights, Gauges, and Traction off Light

      137

    • Indicators

      137

    • Stabilitrak off Light

      151

  • Lighting

    184

    • Exterior Lighting

      184

      • Lighting

        184

        • Exterior Lamp Controls

          184

        • Changer

          186

        • Exterior Lamps off

          186

        • Flash-To-Pass

          186

        • Reminder

          186

        • Automatic Headlamp

          187

        • Daytime Running

          187

        • Lamps (DRL)

          187

        • System

          187

        • Hazard Warning Flashers

          188

        • Signals

          188

        • Turn and Lane-Change

          188

        • Control

          189

        • Fog Lamps

          189

        • Instrument Panel Illumination Control

          189

        • Interior Lighting

          189

        • Dome Lamps

          190

        • Reading Lamps

          190

        • Battery Load Management

          191

        • Entry Lighting

          191

        • Exit Lighting

          191

        • Lighting Features

          191

        • Battery Power Protection

          192

  • 192 Infotainment System Infotainment Phone Introduction

    193

    • Introduction

      193

      • Infotainment System

        193

        • Infotainment

          193

        • Overview

          194

        • Theft-Deterrent Feature

          194

        • Home Page

          197

        • AM-FM Radio

          199

        • Software Updates

          199

        • Radio Reception

          201

        • Satellite Radio

          201

        • Antenna

          202

        • Multi-Band Antenna

          202

        • Rear Side Window

          202

    • Audio Players

      203

      • CD Player

        203

      • USB Port

        205

      • Auxiliary Jack

        208

    • Bluetooth (Overview)

      209

    • Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls — Base Radio)

      210

    • Bluetooth (Voice Recognition

      214

      • Base Radio)

        214

    • Trademarks and License

      219

      • Agreements

        219

      • Climate Controls

        221

        • Rear Climate Control System

          225

        • Air Vents

          226

        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter

          226

  • Driving and

    228

    • Driving and Operating

      228

    • Driving Information

      229

      • Distracted Driving

        229

      • Defensive Driving

        230

      • Drunk Driving

        230

      • Control of a Vehicle

        230

      • Braking

        230

      • Steering

        231

      • Off-Road Recovery

        231

      • Loss of Control

        232

      • Off-Road Driving

        232

      • Driving on Wet Roads

        237

      • Hill and Mountain Roads

        238

      • Winter Driving

        238

      • If the Vehicle Is Stuck

        239

      • Vehicle Load Limits

        241

    • Starting and Operating

      245

      • New Vehicle Break-In

        245

        • Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal

          245

        • Pedal

          245

      • Ignition Positions

        246

        • Access)

          246

      • Ignition Positions

        248

        • Access)

          248

      • Starting the Engine

        249

      • Engine Heater

        251

      • Retained Accessory

        252

        • Power (RAP)

          252

      • Shifting into Park

        253

      • Shifting out of Park

        254

      • Parking over Things

        254

        • That Burn

          254

      • Active Fuel Management

        255

      • Engine Exhaust

        255

        • Parked

          256

        • Running the Vehicle While Parked

          256

      • Automatic Transmission

        256

      • Manual Mode

        258

      • Tow/Haul Mode

        260

      • Four-Wheel Drive

        261

        • Drive Systems

          261

        • System (ABS)

          266

      • Parking Brake

        266

      • Brake Assist

        267

      • Hill Start Assist (HSA)

        267

    • Ride Control Systems

      268

      • Stability Control

        268

      • Hill Descent Control (HDC)

        270

      • Magnetic Ride Control

        271

      • Locking Rear Axle

        271

      • Automatic Level Control

        271

      • Cruise Control

        272

      • Adaptive Cruise Control

        274

      • Driver Assistance Systems

        281

      • Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing

        282

      • Assistance Systems for Driving

        282

      • Forward Collision Alert (FCA)

        284

        • System

          284

      • Front Automatic Braking (FAB)

        287

        • System

          287

      • Side Blind Zone

        288

        • Alert (SBZA)

          288

      • Lane Change Alert (LCA)

        288

      • Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

        290

      • Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

        290

      • Fuel

        292

      • California Fuel

        293

        • Requirements

          293

      • Fuels in Foreign Countries

        293

      • Fuel Additives

        293

      • E85 or Flexfuel

        294

      • Filling the Tank

        294

      • Filling a Portable Fuel

        296

        • Container

          296

    • Trailer Towing

      297

      • General Towing

        297

        • Information

          297

        • Towing Tips

          297

      • Trailer Towing

        300

      • Towing Equipment

        303

      • Trailer Sway Control (TSC)

        309

      • Add-On Electrical

        310

        • Equipment

          310

  • General Information

    311

    • Vehicle Care

      311

      • General Information

        312

        • California Proposition

          312

        • Warning

          312

        • Accessories and Modifications

          313

        • California Perchlorate

          313

        • Materials Requirements

          313

      • Vehicle Checks

        313

        • Doing Your Own

          313

        • Service Work

          313

        • Hood

          314

        • Engine Compartment Overview

          315

        • Engine Oil

          316

        • Engine Oil Life System

          318

      • Automatic Transmission

        319

        • Automatic Transmission Fluid

          319

        • Fluid

          319

        • Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

          322

        • Cooling System

          323

        • Engine Coolant

          324

        • Engine Overheating

          327

        • Engine Fan

          328

        • Brakes

          329

        • Power Steering Fluid

          329

        • Washer Fluid

          329

        • Brake Fluid

          330

      • Battery — North America

        332

      • Four-Wheel Drive

        332

      • Front Axle

        333

      • Rear Axle

        333

      • Noise Control System

        334

      • Starter Switch Check

        335

        • Check

          335

        • Function Check

          335

        • Check

          336

      • Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check

        336

      • Wiper Blade Replacement

        336

      • Ignition Transmission Lock Check

        336

      • Glass Replacement

        337

      • Windshield Replacement

        337

      • Headlamp Aiming

        338

      • Bulb Replacement

        338

      • Halogen Bulbs

        338

        • Lighting

          339

      • LED Lighting

        339

      • Headlamps

        339

      • Fog Lamps

        339

      • Front Turn Signal Lamps

        340

        • Lamps

          340

        • Stoplamps, and Back-Up

          340

        • Taillamps, Turn Signal

          340

        • License Plate Lamp

          341

        • Replacement Bulbs

          342

      • Electrical System

        342

        • Electrical System Overload

          342

        • Block

          343

        • Engine Compartment Fuse Block

          343

        • Fuses

          343

        • Block (Left)

          346

        • Instrument Panel Fuse

          346

        • (Right)

          349

        • Block

          351

        • Rear Compartment Fuse Block

          351

      • Wheels and Tires

        352

        • Tires

          352

        • All-Season Tires

          353

        • Winter Tires

          353

        • All-Terrain Tires

          354

        • Low-Profile Tires

          354

        • Tire Sidewall Labeling

          354

        • Tire Designations

          355

        • Tire Terminology and Definitions

          356

        • Tire Pressure

          359

        • Operation

          360

        • System

          361

        • Operation

          362

      • Tire Inspection

        365

      • Tire Rotation

        365

        • Tires

          366

        • When It Is Time for New

          366

      • Buying New Tires

        367

      • Different Size Tires and Wheels

        368

      • Uniform Tire Quality

        369

        • Grading

          369

      • Wheel Alignment and Tire

        370

        • Balance

          370

      • Wheel Replacement

        370

      • Tire Chains

        371

      • If a Tire Goes Flat

        372

      • Tire Changing

        373

      • Full-Size Spare Tire

        382

      • Jump Starting

        383

      • Jump Starting — North

        383

        • America

          383

      • Towing the Vehicle

        386

      • Towing

        386

      • When It Is Time for New Exterior Care

        392

      • Interior Care

        396

      • Floor Mats

        399

    • Service and Maintenance

      401

      • Maintenance Schedule

        402

      • Maintenance and Care

        408

      • Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

        411

      • Maintenance Replacement Parts

        412

      • Maintenance Records

        414

    • Technical Data

      415

      • Engine Drive Belt Routing

        417

  • Customer

    418

    • Customer Information

      418

      • Customer Assistance

        420

        • Offices

          420

      • Online Owner Center

        421

        • Telephone (TTY) Users

          421

        • Gm Mobility Reimbursement Program

          422

        • Program

          422

      • Roadside Assistance

        422

      • Courtesy Transportation

        424

        • Program

          424

      • Scheduling Service

        424

        • Appointments

          424

      • Collision Damage Repair

        425

        • Information

          427

        • Service Publications Ordering Information

          427

    • Reporting Safety Defects

      428

    • Vehicle Data Recording and

      429

      • Event Data Recorders

        430

      • Infotainment System

        431

      • Onstar

        432

        • Onstar Services

          433

      • Index

        442

    • Privacy

      429

Advertisement

Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe Getting To Know Your

Chevrolet 2016 Tahoe Getting To Know Your (21 pages)

Brand: Chevrolet
|
Category: Automobile
|
Size: 3.43 MB

Table of Contents
  • Instrument Panel

    2

  • Keyless Entry System

    5

  • Power Front Seats

    6

  • Rear Seats

    7

  • Driver Information Center

    8

  • Audio Steering Wheel Controls

    9

  • Chevrolet Mylink

    12

  • Portable Audio Devices

    12

  • Bluetooth® System

    13

  • Wireless Charging

    13

  • Onstar® with 4G LTE

    13

  • Vehicle Personalization

    14

  • Driver Assistance Systems

    14

  • Automatic Climate Controls

    16

  • Wipers and Washers

    17

  • Cruise Control

    18

  • Tow/Haul Mode

    19

  • Roadside Assistance

    20

  • Mychevrolet and Onstar® Mobile Apps

    20

  • Chevrolet Owner Center

    20

Advertisement

Related Products

  • Chevrolet 2016 Volt

  • Chevrolet 2016 SS Sedan

  • Chevrolet 2016 Traverse

  • Chevrolet 2016 Impala Limited

  • Chevrolet 2016 Equinox

  • Chevrolet 2016 Suburban

  • Chevrolet 2016 Colorado

  • Chevrolet 2012 Cruze

  • Chevrolet 2013 Impala Police Package

  • Chevrolet 2013 Tahoe Special Service Package

Chevrolet Categories

Automobile

Trucks

Car Navigation system

Car Video System

Automobile Accessories

More Chevrolet Manuals

Посмотреть инструкция для Chevrolet Tahoe (2016) бесплатно. Руководство относится к категории автомобили, 2 человек(а) дали ему среднюю оценку 8.1. Руководство доступно на следующих языках: английский. У вас есть вопрос о Chevrolet Tahoe (2016) или вам нужна помощь? Задайте свой вопрос здесь

Не можете найти ответ на свой вопрос в руководстве? Вы можете найти ответ на свой вопрос ниже, в разделе часто задаваемых вопросов о Chevrolet Tahoe (2016).

Как перевести мили в километры?

1 миля равна 1,609344 километрам, а 1 километр — 0,62137119 милям.

Где я могу узнать идентификационный номер транспортного средства Chevrolet?

Место размещения идентификационного номера транспортного средства зависит от марки и типа транспортного средства. Номер может быть выбит на раме транспортного средства или указан на номерном знаке. Чтобы узнать место расположения идентификационного номера транспортного средства лучше всего ознакомиться с руководством по эксплуатации Chevrolet Tahoe (2016).

Что такое идентификационный номер транспортного средства (VIN)?

Идентификационный номер транспортного средства — уникальный для каждого транспортного средства идентификационный номер. Аббревиатура VIN расшифровывается как «Vehicle Identification Number» (Идентификационный номер транспортного средства).

Когда транспортному средству Chevrolet требуется техническое обслуживание?

Регулярное техническое обслуживание необходимо всем транспортным средствам. С информацией о том, как часто необходимо проходить техническое обслуживание и чему именно стоит уделять особое внимание можно ознакомиться в инструкции по техническому обслуживанию. Как правило, транспортное средство требует технического обслуживания каждые 2 года или 30 000 километров пробега.

Когда следует заменять тормозную жидкость на Chevrolet?

Тормозную жидкость рекомендуется менять каждые два года.

В чем разница между топливом E10 и E5?

В топливе E10 содержится до десяти процентов этанола, в то время как в E5 содержится менее пяти процентов. Соответственно, топливо E10 менее вредит окружающей среде.

Одна или несколько дверей не открываются изнутри. Что мне делать?

Скорее всего, замок оснащен защитой от детей и поэтому не может быть открыт изнутри. Процедура открытия замка с защитой от детей зависит от марки и типа замка.

Автомобильный радиоприемник не включается, что делать?

Если автомобильный радиоприемник не включен, на него не будет подаваться питание. Убедитесь, что красный провод подключен к контактному источнику питания, а желтый провод — к источнику питания постоянной мощности.

Инструкция Chevrolet Tahoe (2016) доступно в русский?

К сожалению, у нас нет руководства для Chevrolet Tahoe (2016), доступного в русский. Это руководство доступно в английский.

Не нашли свой вопрос? Задайте свой вопрос здесь

Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner's Manual PDF

Summary of Content for Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual PDF

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k16_CS6_Chevrolet_Trk_Tahoe_Sub_23133522A.ai 1 6/25/2015 1:58:51 PM

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 128

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 196

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 232

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 406

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 423

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 433

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs appearing in this manual including, but not limited to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, TAHOE, SUBURBAN, and Z71 are trademarks and/or service marks of General Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it appears in this manual.

This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that

was not purchased on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may not be available in your region, or changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm the features.

Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick reference.

Canadian Vehicle Owners A French language manual can be obtained from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, or from:

Propritaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide en franais auprs du concessionnaire ou l’adresse suivante:

Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170 USA

Using this Manual To quickly locate information about the vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found.

Danger, Warning, and Caution Warning messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce them.

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 23133522 B Second Printing 2015 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard that could result in property or vehicle damage.

A circle with a slash through it is a safety symbol which means Do Not, Do not do this, or Do not let this happen.

Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner manual has additional instructions or information.

* : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information.

0 : Shown when there is more information on another page see page.

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbols that may be found on the vehicle and what they mean. For more information on the symbol, refer to the Index.

0 : Adjustable Pedals

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls or OnStar (if equipped)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

» : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

# : Fog Lamps

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer

( : Heated Steering Wheel

j : LATCH System Child Restraints

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

4 Introduction

g : Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

_ : Tow/Haul Mode

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak

a : Under Pressure

M : Windshield Washer Fluid

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument Panel Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive Information Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Heated and Cooled Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14 Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Passenger Sensing System . . . 15 Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16 Throttle and Brake Pedal Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 19 Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Vehicle Features Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 23 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 23 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 25 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 26 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 26 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Universal Remote System . . . . . 27 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Performance and Maintenance Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 28

Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Driving for Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

6 In Brief

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel Overview

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 229.

2. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

j Power Assist Steps 0 51 (If Equipped).

X Parking Assist Button (If Equipped). See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series) 0 294 (If Equipped).

0 Pedal Adjust Switch (If Equipped). See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 0 249.

3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Lane-Change Signals 0 191.

Windshield Wiper/ Washer 0 131.

4. Favorite Switches (Out of View). See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

Volume Switches (Out of View). See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

5. Instrument Cluster 0 140.

6. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 191.

7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 0 260.

Tow/Haul Selector Button. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

Range Selection Mode (If Equipped). See Manual Mode 0 262.

8. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp System 0 190.

9. Infotainment 0 196.

10. Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 224.

11. Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 71 (If Equipped).

12. 110 Volt Power Outlet (If Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 135.

13. Power Outlets 0 135 (If Equipped).

14. Rear Climate Control Buttons. See Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 224.

15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

16. Horn 0 131.

17. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 129.

18. Hood Release. See Hood 0 319.

19. Cruise Control 0 276.

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278 (If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288 (If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 131 (If Equipped).

20. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). See Towing Equipment 0 308.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 149.

22. Four-Wheel Drive 0 265 (If Equipped).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

8 In Brief

23. Parking Brake 0 271.

24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 187.

Fog Lamps 0 192 (If Equipped).

25. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 193.

Initial Drive Information This section provides a brief overview about some of the important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, refer to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System The RKE transmitter is used to remotely lock and unlock the doors and it may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Key Access RKE Transmitter with Remote Start

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 9

Keyless Access RKE Transmitter with Remote Start

K : Press to unlock the driver door. Press K again within three seconds to unlock all remaining doors.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can be personalized. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

b : Press twice to open or close the liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from moving.

c : Press twice to open the liftglass.

7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times.

Press 7 and hold for more than three seconds to sound the panic alarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panic alarm.

See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key Access) 0 31 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 35.

Remote Vehicle Start If equipped, the engine can be started from outside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on the RKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold / for at least four seconds or until the turn signal lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally after entering.

When the vehicle starts, the parking lamps will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one of the following:

. Press and hold/ until the parking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43.

Door Locks To lock or unlock the doors from inside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on a power door lock switch.

. Pushing down the manual lock knob on the driver door will lock all doors. Pushing down the lock knob on a passenger door will lock that door only.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

10 In Brief

. Pulling the door handle once will unlock that door. Pulling the handle again will unlatch it.

To lock or unlock the doors from outside the vehicle press Q or K on the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Power Door Locks

Q : Press to lock the doors.

K : Press to unlock the doors.

See Door Locks 0 44.

Keyless Access

If equipped with Keyless Access, the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the driver door. Pressing the button on the driver door handle will unlock the driver door. If the handle button is pressed again within five seconds, the passenger doors and liftgate will unlock. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Liftgate

To open the liftgate, press K on the

power door lock switch or press K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter twice to unlock all doors. Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle and lift up. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 11

Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched.

Power Liftgate Operation

If equipped with a power liftgate, the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park).

Choose the power liftgate mode by selecting MAX or 3/4. Press8 on the overhead console. On the RKE transmitter pressb twice quickly.

Pressing and releasingb while the liftgate is moving stops the liftgate. Pressing again reverses the direction.

To close, pressl on the bottom of the liftgate next to the latch.

To disable the power liftgate function, select OFF on the liftgate switch. See Liftgate 0 47.

Windows

The power windows work when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). Press the switch to open, pull the switch to close. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

If equipped, the front and rear windows have an express-down feature. The front windows have an express-up feature. See Windows 0 59 and Power Windows 0 60.

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the handle.

3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place.

See Seat Adjustment 0 66.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

12 In Brief

Power Seats

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward.

. If equipped, raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down.

. If equipped, raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up or down.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 67.

Lumbar Adjustment

Manual Lumbar

If equipped, move the lever up or down repeatedly to increase or decrease lumbar support.

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 67.

Power Lumbar

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped:

. Press and hold the control forward to increase or rearward to decrease upper and lower lumbar support at the same time.

. If equipped, press and hold the control up to increase upper lumbar support and decrease lower lumbar support.

Press and hold the control down to increase lower lumbar support and decrease upper lumbar support.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 13

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 67.

Memory Features

If equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttons on the driver door are used to manually store and recall memory settings for the driver seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and telescoping steering column (if equipped), and adjustable pedals (if equipped).

Automatic Memory Recall and/or Easy Exit Recall features may be enabled in the personalization

menus to automatically recall the positions previously stored to the 1, 2, andB buttons.

See Memory Seats 0 69 and Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Second Row Seats The second row seatbacks can be folded for additional cargo space, or the seats can be folded and tumbled for easy entry/exit to the third row seats (if equipped). The seatbacks also recline.

See Second Row Seats 0 73.

Third Row Seats If equipped, third row seatbacks can be folded.

To fold the third row seatback:

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Make sure the second row seatbacks are in the upright position.

4. Fully lower the head restraints. See Head Restraints 0 65.

5. Disconnect the rear safety belt mini-latch using a key in the slot on the mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into the headliner.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

14 In Brief

7. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner.

8. Pull up on the lever on the back of the seat to release the seatback.

9. Push the seatback forward to lay flat.

10. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired.

See Third Row Seats 0 77.

Heated and Cooled Front Seats

Heated and Cooled Seats Shown, Heated Seats Similar

If equipped, the buttons are on the center stack below the climate control system. To operate, the engine must be running.

. PressI to heat the driver or passenger seatback only.

. Press J to heat the driver or passenger seat cushion and seatback.

. PressA to cool the driver or passenger seat.

See Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 71.

Head Restraint Adjustment Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seating position, change the seatback recline angle as little as necessary while keeping the seat and the head restraint height in the proper position.

See Head Restraints 0 65 and Seat Adjustment 0 66.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 15

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use safety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 81.

. How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 82.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 83.

. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110.

Passenger Sensing System

United States

Canada and Mexico

The passenger sensing system will turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 97

The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead console when the vehicle is started. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 148.

Mirror Adjustment

Interior Mirror

Adjustment

Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle.

Manual Rearview Mirror

Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

If equipped, the mirror automatically dims to reduce the glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes on when the vehicle is started.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

16 In Brief

Exterior Mirrors

Power Mirrors

Shown with Power Folding Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press (1) or (2) to select the driver or passenger side mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move each mirror in the desired direction.

3. Press either (1) or (2) again to deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 56.

Folding Mirrors

The outside mirrors can be folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. See Folding Mirrors 0 57.

Power Folding Mirrors

To adjust power folding mirrors, if equipped:

1. Press{ to fold the mirrors inward.

2. Press{ again to return the mirrors to the driving position.

Heated Mirrors

If equipped, pressing1 also heats the outside mirrors.

See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 224.

Steering Wheel Adjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever.

2. Move the steering wheel up or down.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 17

3. Release the lever to lock the wheel in place.

Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped:

1. Push the lever (1) down to move the steering wheel forward or rearward. Lift the lever (1) up to lock the wheel in place.

2. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever (2) toward you to move the steering wheel up or down. Release the lever (2) to lock the wheel into place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the power tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped:

Press the control to move the steering wheel up and down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

Throttle and Brake Pedal Adjustment If equipped, the position of the throttle and brake pedals can be changed.

The switch used to adjust the pedals is to the left of the steering wheel.

Press the switch to the left to move the pedals closer to your body. Press the switch to the right to move the pedals away.

See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal 0 249.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

18 In Brief

The vehicle may have a memory function, which lets pedal settings be saved and recalled. See Memory Seats 0 69.

Interior Lighting Dome Lamps

There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, if equipped.

To change the dome lamp settings, press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamps off, even when a door is open.

DOOR : The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened.

ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. To operate, the ignition must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position or using Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Pressm orn next to each reading lamp to turn it on or off.

For more information about interior lighting, see Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 193.

Exterior Lighting

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 19

The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.

There are four positions.

O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to the off position again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

AUTO : Automatically turns on the headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped), and license plate lamps.

; : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlamps with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights.

See:

. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 187

. Fog Lamps 0 192

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper control is on the turn signal lever.

The windshield wipers are controlled by turning the band withz FRONT on it.

1 : Fast wipes.

w : Slow wipes.

3 INT : Use this setting for intermittent wipes or Rainsense. For intermittent wipes, turn thez

FRONT band up for more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes.

To turn on Rainsense, pressz AUTO on the lever, then turn the z FRONT band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity.

. Turn the band up to a higher INT setting for more sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down to the lower INT setting for less sensitivity to moisture.

Move the band out of the3 INT position to deactivate Rainsense.

OFF : Turns the windshield wipers off.

8 : For a single wipe, turn to8, then release. For several wipes, hold the band on8 longer.

Lm : Push the paddle at the top of the lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield.

See Windshield Wiper/ Washer 0 131.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

20 In Brief

Climate Controls This system controls the heating, cooling, and ventilation.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Fan Control

5. Defrost

6. Passenger Temperature Control

7. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)

8. Rear Window Defogger

9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Lockout)

10. Rear Temperature Control

11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control

12. Rear Fan Control

13. Front Climate Control Power Button

14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation)

15. Rear Climate Control Power Button

16. Air Recirculation

17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

See Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 224 and Rear Climate Control System 0 228 (if equipped).

Transmission

Range Selection Mode

The Range Selection Mode switch, if equipped, is on the shift lever.

1. To enable the Range Selection feature, move the shift lever to the M (Manual) position. The current range will appear next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with all lower gears accessible. As an example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are available.

2. Press the plus/minus buttons on the shift lever to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. See Manual Mode 0 262.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 21

While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used.

Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

Four-Wheel Drive If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, you can send the engine’s driving power to all four wheels for extra traction.

Automatic Transfer Case

Two Speed Transfer Case

Single Speed Transfer Case

The transfer case knob is to the left of the steering wheel. Use this knob to shift into and out of the different four-wheel drive modes.

2 m : This setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations.

AUTO : This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable.

4 m : Use the Four-Wheel Drive High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations.

4 n : Vehicles with a two speed automatic transfer case have a Four-Wheel Drive Low position. This setting sends maximum power to all four wheels. You might choose 4 n if you are driving off-road in deep sand, mud, or snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.

N (Neutral) : Vehicles with a two speed automatic transfer case have a N (Neutral) position. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral) only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 391 or Towing the Vehicle 0 391.

See Four-Wheel Drive 0 265.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

22 In Brief

Vehicle Features

Infotainment System The base radio information is included in this manual. See the infotainment manual for information on the uplevel radios, audio players, phone, navigation system, Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE), and voice or speech recognition, if equipped.

Radio(s) O : Press to turn the system on. Press and hold to turn it off. When on, press to mute; press again to unmute. Turn to increase or decrease the volume.

RADIO : Press to choose between FM, AM, and SiriusXM, if equipped.

MEDIA : Press to change the audio source between CD, USB, and AUX.

{ : Press to go to the Home Page.

MENU : Press to select a menu.

g : Press to seek the previous station or track.

l : Press to seek the next station or track.

See Overview 0 197 about these and other radio features.

Storing Radio Station Presets

Up to 25 preset stations from all bands can be stored in the favorite lists in any order. Up to five stations can be stored in each favorite page and the number of favorite pages can be set.

To store the station to a position in the list, while on the active source main page, such as AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and hold a favorites/soft key button on the faceplate.

See Storing Radio Station Presets under AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Setting the Clock

See Clock 0 134.

Satellite Radio Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM satellite radio subscription can receive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service

SiriusXM is a satellite radio service based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. A fee is required to receive the SiriusXM service.

For more information refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.).

. www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).

See Satellite Radio 0 204.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 23

Portable Audio Devices This vehicle may have a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) auxiliary input jack and two USB ports in the center stack or inside the front seat armrest. External devices such as iPods, laptop computers, MP3 players, CD changers, and USB storage devices may be connected, depending on the audio system.

See USB Port 0 208 and Auxiliary Jack 0 211.

Bluetooth

The Bluetooth system allows users with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to make and receive hands-free calls using the vehicle audio system and controls.

The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be paired with the in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it can be used in the vehicle. Not all phones will support all functions.

See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

g : If equipped with OnStar or a Bluetooth system, press to interact with those systems. See OnStar Overview 0 437, Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217, or Bluetooth (Overview) in the infotainment manual.

i : Press to reject an incoming call, or end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the previous or next menu option.

w orx : Press to go to the next or previous selection.

V : Press to select a highlighted menu option.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

24 In Brief

The favorite and volume switches are on the back of the steering wheel.

1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press to select the next or previous favorite. When on a media source, press to select the next or previous track.

2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease the volume.

See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

Cruise Control

5 : Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator light is white when cruise control is on and turns off when cruise control is off.

SET : Press briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed.

+RES : If there is a set speed in memory, press to resume that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed.

* : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 276 or Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278 (if equipped).

Driver Information Center (DIC) The DIC display is in the instrument cluster. It shows the status of many vehicle systems.

If the vehicle has the base level instrument cluster, the trip odometer reset stem is used to operate the DIC.

If the vehicle has the uplevel instrument cluster, the right steering wheel controls are used to operate the DIC.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 25

w orx : Press to move up or down in a list.

o or p : Press to move between the interactive display zones in the cluster.

V : Press to open a menu or select a menu item. Press and hold to reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System If equipped, FCA may help avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. FCA provides a green indicator,V, when a vehicle is detected ahead. This indicator displays amber if you follow a vehicle much too closely. When approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a flashing red alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288.

Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it also has FAB, which includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the

vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 291.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. It may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking without using a turn signal in that direction. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert as the lane marking is crossed. The system will not assist or alert if it detects that you are actively steering. Override LKA by turning the steering wheel. LKA uses a camera to detect lane markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 294 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series) 0 294.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

26 In Brief

Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside side mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) system is included as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 292 and Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 292.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) If equipped, RVC displays a view of the area behind the vehicle on the center stack display when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to aid with parking and low-speed backing maneuvers.

See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) System If equipped, the RCTA system uses a triangle with an arrow displayed on the RVC screen to warn of traffic behind your vehicle that may cross your vehicle’s path while in R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will sound, or the driver seat will pulse.

See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Parking Assist If equipped, Rear Parking Assist (RPA) uses sensors on the rear bumper to assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). It operates at speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may display a warning triangle on the Rear Vision Camera screen and a graphic on the instrument cluster to provide the object distance. In addition, multiple beeps or seat pulses may occur if very close to an object.

The vehicle may also have the Front Parking Assist system.

See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Power Outlets

Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current

Accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, MP3 player, etc.

The vehicle may have up to five accessory power outlets:

Vehicles with a Center Console

. One in front of the cupholders on the center console.

. One inside the center storage console.

. One on the rear of the center storage console.

. One in the third row seat on the driver side.

. One in the rear cargo area on the passenger side.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 27

Vehicles with Bench Seats

. One on the center stack below the climate control system.

. One in the storage area on the bench seat.

. One on the rear of the center armrest storage.

. One in the third row seat area on the driver side.

. One in the rear cargo area on the passenger side.

Lift the cover to access and replace when not in use.

See Power Outlets 0 135.

Universal Remote System

If equipped with the Universal Remote system, these buttons will be in the front overhead console.

This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices.

See Universal Remote System 0 183.

Sunroof

1. Open or Close 2. Vent

On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof only operates when the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

Vent : From the closed position, press the rear of switch (2) to vent the sunroof.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

28 In Brief

Open/Close : To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (1) to close it.

Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully press and release the front of switch (1). Press the switch again to stop it.

When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed.

The sunroof also has a sunshade which can be pulled forward to block sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually.

If an object is in the path of the sunroof while it is closing, the automatic reversal system will detect the object and stop the sunroof.

See Sunroof 0 62.

Performance and Maintenance

Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control The vehicle has a traction control system that limits wheel spin and the StabiliTrak system that assists with directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move.

. To turn off traction control, press and release g on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. The traction off light i displays in the instrument cluster. The appropriate DIC message displays. See Ride Control System Messages 0 170.

. To turn off both traction control and StabiliTrak, press and hold g until i and g illuminate

in the instrument cluster and the appropriate DIC message displays. See Ride Control System Messages 0 170.

. Press and release g again to turn on both systems.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). Traction control will remain off.

See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

Tire Pressure Monitor This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tire pressure warning light alerts to a significant loss in pressure of one of the vehicle’s tires. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

In Brief 29

the tires to the recommended pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245. The warning light will remain on until the tire pressure is corrected.

The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This may be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and the tires need to be inflated to the proper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normal monthly tire maintenance. Maintain the correct tire pressures.

See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 366.

Engine Oil Life System The engine oil life system calculates engine oil life based on vehicle use and, on most vehicles, displays a DIC message when it is necessary to change the engine oil and filter. The oil life system should be reset to 100% only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

To reset the engine oil life system:

1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158. If the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, the vehicle must be in P (Park) to access this display.

2. Press and hold the V button on the DIC, or the trip odometer reset stem if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, for several seconds. The oil life will change to 100%.

The oil life system can also be reset as follows:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off.

2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds.

3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

E85 or FlexFuel Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). See E85 or FlexFuel 0 298. For all other vehicles, use only the unleaded gasoline described under Fuel 0 296.

Driving for Better Fuel Economy Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips to get the best fuel economy possible.

. Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for long periods of time.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

30 In Brief

. When road and weather conditions are appropriate, use cruise control.

. Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require.

. Keep vehicle tires properly inflated.

. Combine several trips into a single trip.

. Replace the vehicle’s tires with the same TPC Spec number molded into the tire’s sidewall near the size.

. Follow recommended scheduled maintenance.

Roadside Assistance Program U.S.: 1-800-243-8872

TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1-888-889-2438

Canada: 1-800-268-6800

New Chevrolet owners are automatically enrolled in the Roadside Assistance Program.

See Roadside Assistance Program 0 427.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys and Locks Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . 34 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 43 Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 46 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Doors Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Vehicle Security Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 52

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Interior Mirrors Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 59 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 59 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Windows Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Keys and Locks

Keys (Key Access)

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with an ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the power window or other controls or make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the key in the ignition or with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, and children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the ignition key or an RKE transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

{ Warning

If the key is unintentionally rotated while the vehicle is running, the ignition could be moved out of the RUN position. This could be caused by heavy items hanging from the key ring, or by large or long items attached to the key ring that could be contacted by the driver or steering wheel. If the ignition moves out of the RUN position, the engine will shut off, braking and steering power assist may be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

impacted, and airbags may not deploy. To reduce the risk of unintentional rotation of the ignition key, do not change the way the ignition key and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a system to reduce the risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. The ignition key has a small hole to allow attachment of the provided key ring. It is important that any replacement ignition keys have a small hole. See your dealer if a replacement key is required.

The combination and size of the rings that came with your keys were specifically selected for your vehicle. The rings are connected to the key like two links of a chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally

moving the key out of the RUN position. Do not add any additional items to the ring attached to the ignition key. Attach additional items only to the second ring, and limit added items to a few essential keys or small, light items no larger than an RKE transmitter.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Interference from radio-frequency identification (RFID) tags may prevent the key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from the key when starting the vehicle.

The key is used for the driver door, ignition, and glove box.

Programming Keys

For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special Service Package, see the Tahoe Police and Tahoe and Sliverado Special Service Supplement.

Follow these procedures to program up to eight keys to the vehicle.

Programming with a Recognized Key (Key Vehicles Only)

To program a new key:

1. Insert the original, already programmed key in the ignition and turn the key to the ON/ RUN position.

2. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and remove the key.

3. Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the ON/RUN position within five seconds.

The security light will turn off once the key has been programmed.

4. Repeat Steps 13 if additional keys are to be programmed.

If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer to have a new key made.

Programming without a Recognized Key (Key Vehicles Only)

Program a new key to the vehicle when a recognized key is not available. Canadian regulations require that Canadian owners see their dealer.

If there are no currently recognized keys available, follow this procedure to program the first key.

This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes to complete for the first key. The vehicle must be off and all of the keys must be with you.

1. Insert the new vehicle key into the ignition.

2. Turn to ON/RUN. The security light will come on.

3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light turns off.

4. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

5. Repeat Steps 24 two more times. After the third time, turn to ON/RUN; the key is learned

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

and all previously known keys will no longer work with the vehicle.

Remaining keys can be learned by following the procedure in Programming with a Recognized Key (Key Vehicles Only).

The key has a bar-coded key tag that the dealer or qualified locksmith can use to make new keys. Store this information in a safe place, not in the vehicle.

See your dealer if a replacement key or additional key is needed.

If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick.

With an active OnStar subscription, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 437.

Keys (Keyless Access)

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle with an ignition key or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and children or others could be seriously injured or killed. They could operate the power window or other controls or make the vehicle move. The windows will function with the key in the ignition or with the RKE transmitter in the vehicle, and children or others could be caught in the path of a closing window. Do not leave children in a vehicle with the ignition key or an RKE transmitter.

If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, there is a key in the transmitter.

This key is used for the driver door and glove box.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

If the vehicle has the Keyless Access system, the transmitter has a button on the side of the transmitter used to remove the key. Do not pull the key out without pressing the button.

See your dealer if a replacement key or additional key is needed.

If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick.

With an active OnStar subscription, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 0 437.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

If there is a decrease in the RKE operating range:

. Check the distance. The transmitter may be too far from the vehicle.

. Check the location. Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter’s battery. See Battery Replacement later in this section.

. If the transmitter is still not working correctly, see your dealer or a qualified technician for service.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) The RKE transmitter functions may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 35.

With Remote Start (without Remote Start Similar)

/ : If equipped, press and release Q, then immediately press and hold/ until the turn signal flash or for at least four seconds. The engine may be started from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

If enabled in Vehicle Personalization, the turn signal lamps flash once to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled through the DIC, the horn chirps when Q is pressed again within three seconds. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52.

If equipped with auto mirror folding, pressing and holding Q for one second will fold the mirrors. The auto mirror folding feature will not operate unless it is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

K : Press once to unlock only the driver door. If K is pressed again within three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. The interior lamps may come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on.

If enabled in Vehicle Personalization, the turn signal lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176. If enabled

through the DIC, the exterior lamps may turn on. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52.

If equipped with auto mirror folding, pressing and holding K for one second will unfold the mirrors. The auto mirror folding feature will not operate unless it is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Press and hold K until the windows fully open. Windows will not operate unless remote window operation is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

b : Press twice to open or close the liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from moving.

c : Press twice to open the liftglass.

7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times.

Press and hold 7 for more than three seconds to activate the panic alarm. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm turns off when the ignition is moved to ON/ RUN or 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm to work.

Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed to this vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters programmed to it. See your dealer for transmitter programming.

For Tahoe Police and Tahoe Special Service Package, see the Tahoe Police and Tahoe and Sliverado Special Service Supplement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC.

Caution

When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

To replace the battery:

1. Separate and remove the back cover of the transmitter with a flat, thin object, such as a coin.

2. Press and slide the battery down toward the pocket of the transmitter in the direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object

3. Remove the battery.

4. Insert the new battery, positive side facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Push together the transmitter back cover top side first, and then the bottom toward the key ring.

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle entry when the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See Keyless Access Operation later in this section.

The RKE transmitter functions may work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 35.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

With Remote Start (without Remote Start Similar)

/ : If equipped, press and release Q, then immediately press and hold/ until the turn signal flash or for at least four seconds. The engine may be started from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

If enabled in Vehicle Personalization, the turn signal lamps flash once to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled through the

DIC, the horn chirps when Q is pressed again within three seconds. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

If the driver door is open when Q is pressed all doors will lock and then the driver door will immediately unlock, if enabled in Vehicle Personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

If the passenger door is open when Q is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52.

If equipped with auto mirror folding, pressing and holding Q for one second will fold the mirrors. The auto mirror folding feature will not operate unless it is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

K : Press once to unlock only the driver door. If K is pressed again within three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. The interior lamps may come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on.

If enabled in Vehicle Personalization, the turn signal lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred. If enabled through the DIC, the exterior lamps may turn on. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms the alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 52.

If equipped with auto mirror folding, pressing and holding K for one second will unfold the mirrors. The auto mirror folding feature will not operate unless it is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Press and hold K until the windows fully open. Windows will not operate unless remote window operation is enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

b : Press twice to open or close the liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from moving.

c : Press twice to open the liftglass.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds three times.

Press and hold 7 for more than three seconds to activate the panic alarm. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm turns off when the ignition is moved to ON/ RUN or 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for the panic alarm to work.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allows for doors and the liftgate to be accessed without pressing the RKE transmitter button. The RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, there will be a button on the outside door handles.

Keyless Access can be programmed to unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock press from the driver door. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Driver Door

When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on the driver door handle will unlock the driver door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed again within five seconds, all passenger doors and the liftgate will unlock.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur:

. It has been more than five seconds since the first lock/ unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presses were used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has been opened and all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, pressing the lock/unlock button on a passenger door handle will unlock all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause all doors to lock if any of the following occur:

. The lock/unlock button was used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has been opened and all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

If equipped with Keyless Access, this feature will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one RKE transmitter has been removed from the interior, or none remain in the interior.

If other electronic devices interfere with the RKE transmitter signal, the vehicle may not detect the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. If passive locking is enabled, the doors may lock with the RKE transmitter inside the vehicle. Do not leave the RKE transmitter in an unattended vehicle.

To customize the doors to automatically lock when exiting the vehicle, see Remote Lock, Unlock, Start under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Feature

Temporarily disable passive locking by pressing and holding K on the interior door switch with a door open for at least four seconds, or until three chimes are heard. Passive locking will then remain disabled

until Q on the interior door is pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate handle to open the liftgate when all doors are unlocked, or when the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Keyless Liftglass Opening

Press the exterior liftglass button to open the liftglass when all doors are unlocked, or when the transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

See Liftgate 0 47.

Keyed Access

To access a vehicle with a dead transmitter battery, see Door Locks 0 44.

Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmed to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer.

The vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or stolen transmitters no longer work. Each vehicle can have up to eight transmitters matched to it.

Programming with a Recognized Transmitter (Keyless Access Vehicles Only)

A new transmitter can be programmed to the vehicle when there is one recognized transmitter.

To program, the vehicle must be off and all transmitters, both currently recognized and new, must be with you.

1. Remove the key from the recognized transmitter.

2. Place the recognized transmitter(s) in the cupholder or on the passenger seat.

3. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock cylinder on the driver door handle. Then turn the key counterclockwise, to the unlock position, five times within 10 seconds.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays READY FOR REMOTE#2, 3, 4, ETC.

4. Place the new transmitter in the transmitter pocket/insert.

Open the center console storage area and the storage tray. The transmitter pocket/ insert is in front of the storage area next to the center console storage area between the driver and front passenger seats.

5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the transmitter is learned, the DIC display will show that it is ready to program the next transmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter from the transmitter pocket and press K or Q on the transmitter.

To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 46.

When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for approximately 12 seconds to exit programming mode.

7. Return the key back into the transmitter.

Programming without a Recognized Transmitter (Keyless Access Vehicles Only)

If there are no currently recognized transmitters available, follow this procedure to program up to eight transmitters. This feature is not available in Canada. This procedure will take approximately 30 minutes

to complete. The vehicle must be off and all transmitters to be programmed must be with you.

1. Remove the vehicle key from the transmitter.

2. Insert the vehicle key into the key lock cylinder on the driver door handle; then turn the key counterclockwise, to the unlock position, five times within 10 seconds.

The Driver Information Center (DIC) displays REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

3. Wait for 10 minutes until the DIC displays PRESS ENGINE START BUTTON TO LEARN, then press ENGINE START/STOP.

The DIC display will again show REMOTE LEARN PENDING, PLEASE WAIT.

4. Repeat Step 3 two additional times. After the third time all previously known transmitters will no longer work with the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

vehicle. Remaining transmitters can be relearned during the next steps.

The DIC display should now show READY FOR REMOTE # 1.

5. Place the new transmitter in the transmitter pocket/insert.

Open the center console storage area and the storage tray. The transmitter pocket/ insert is in front of the storage area next to the center console storage area between the driver and front passenger seats.

6. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the transmitter is learned, the DIC display will show that it is ready to program the next transmitter.

7. Remove the transmitter from the transmitter pocket/insert and press K or Q on the transmitter.

To program additional transmitters, repeat Steps 57.

When all additional transmitters are programmed, press and hold ENGINE START/STOP for approximately 12 seconds to exit programming mode.

8. Return the key back into the transmitter.

Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or if there is interference with the signal, the DIC may display NO REMOTE DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN

START YOUR VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. See Key and Lock Messages 0 168.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console storage area and the storage tray.

2. Place the transmitter in the transmitter pocket/insert.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) press the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP.

Replace the transmitter battery as soon as possible.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

Battery Replacement

Replace the battery in the transmitter soon if the REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message displays in the DIC.

Caution

When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. Static from your body could damage the transmitter.

To replace the battery:

1. With the key removed, insert a flat, thin object in the center of the transmitter to separate and remove the back cover.

2. Lift the battery with a flat object.

3. Remove the battery.

4. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Push together the transmitter.

Remote Vehicle Start If equipped with the remote start feature, the climate control system will come on when the vehicle is started remotely depending on the outside temperature.

The rear defog and heated and cooled seats, if equipped, may also come on. See Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 71 and Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters. Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles.

Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low on fuel.

The vehicle cannot be remote started if:

. The key is in the ignition (Key Access) or the transmitter is in the vehicle (Keyless Access).

. The hood is not closed.

. There is an emission control system malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if:

. The coolant temperature gets too high.

. The oil pressure gets low.

The RKE transmitter range may be reduced while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect the performance of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 35 or Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Starting the Engine Using Remote Start

1. Press and release Q.

2. Immediately press and hold / until the turn signal lamps flash or for at least four seconds.

When the vehicle starts, the parking lamps will turn on. The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on.

The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for a 10-minute time extension.

Place the ignition in ON/RUN/ START to operate the vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can be extended by 10 minutes, for a total of 20 minutes, if during the first 10 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while the engine is still running. An extension can be requested, 30 seconds after starting.

A maximum of two remote starts, or a single start with an extension, is allowed between ignition cycles.

The vehicle’s ignition must be turned on and then back off to use remote start again.

Canceling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one of the following:

. Press and hold/ until the parking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

. Turn the ignition on and then off.

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.

. Passengers, especially children, can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle. When a door is locked, the handle will not open it. The chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash is increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear safety belts properly and the doors should be locked whenever the vehicle is driven.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Warning (Continued)

. Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors can help prevent this from happening.

To lock or unlock the doors from outside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.

. Use the key in the driver door.

To lock or unlock the doors from inside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power door lock switch.

. Pushing down the manual lock knob on the driver door will lock all doors. Pushing down the manual lock knob on a passenger door will lock only that door.

. Pulling an interior door handle will unlock the door. Pulling the door handle again unlatches it.

Keyless Access

If equipped, the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the door being opened. Press the button on the door handle to open. See Keyless Access Operation in Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Power Door Locks

Press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock the doors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Delayed Locking When locking the doors with the power lock switch and a door or the liftgate is open, the doors will lock five seconds after the last door is closed. You will hear three chimes to signal that the delayed locking feature is in use.

Pressing the power lock switch twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock all the doors.

This feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition.

This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Delayed Door Lock under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Automatic Door Locks The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Lockout Protection Key Access : When locking is requested with the driver door open and the key in the ignition, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock.

This can be manually overridden by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch.

Keyless Access : When locking is requested with the driver door open and the vehicle is in ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START, all the doors will lock and then the driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking is requested while a door is open, when all doors are closed the vehicle will check for RKE transmitters inside. If an RKE transmitter is detected and the number of RKE transmitters inside has not reduced, the driver door will unlock and the horn will sound three times.

This can be manually overridden by pressing and holding Q on the power door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout, when on, will unlock the driver door if locking is requested while the driver door is open. This feature can be turned on or off using the vehicle personalization menus. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Safety Locks The rear door safety locks prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Press { to activate the safety locks on the rear doors. The indicator light comes on when activated.

Press { again to deactivate the safety locks.

Doors

Liftgate

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, or with any objects that pass through the seal between the body and the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle must be driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.

. Adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to the highest setting. See Climate Control Systems in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function.

See Engine Exhaust 0 259.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate or liftgate glass, make sure the area above and behind the liftgate is clear before opening it.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Manual Liftgate

To open the liftgate, press K on the

power door lock switch or press K on the RKE transmitter twice to unlock all doors. Press the touch pad (1) on the underside of the liftgate handle and lift up.

Press the button (2) above the license plate to open the liftglass, or pressc twice quickly on the RKE transmitter. Do not leave the liftglass open when raising the liftgate.

There will be a delay in the release of the liftglass if there is an attempt to open it while the rear wipers are in motion.

Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the liftgate to be unlatched.

If equipped with Keyless Access, the RKE transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate to automatically unlock it. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

The liftgate has an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged.

Power Liftgate Operation

{ Warning

You or others could be injured if caught in the path of the power liftgate. Make sure there is no one in the way of the liftgate as it is opening and closing.

If equipped, the switch is on the overhead console. The vehicle must be in P (Park).

The modes are:

MAX : Opens to maximum height.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent the liftgate from opening into overhead objects such as a garage door or roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be opened all the way manually.

OFF : Opens manually only.

To open or close the liftgate, select MAX or 3/4 mode and then:

. Pressb twice quickly on the RKE transmitter until the liftgate moves.

. Press8 on the overhead console. The driver door must be unlocked.

. Press the touch pad on the outside liftgate handle after unlocking all doors. If equipped with Keyless Access, a locked vehicle can be opened if the RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.

. Pressl on the bottom edge of the liftgate next to the latch to close.

Press any liftgate button, the touch pad, orb on the RKE transmitter while the liftgate is moving to stop it. Pressing again restarts the operation in the reverse direction. The touch pad on the liftgate handle cannot be used to close the liftgate.

Do not manually force the liftgate to open or close during a power cycle.

The power liftgate may be temporarily disabled in extremely low temperatures, or after repeated power cycling over a short period of

time. If this occurs, the liftgate can still be operated manually. Select OFF on the liftgate switch.

If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the power function is in progress, the liftgate will continue to completion. If the vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has completed moving, the liftgate may stop or reverse direction. Make sure the liftgate is closed and latched before driving.

If the power liftgate support strut has lost pressure, the liftgate automatically closes. See your dealer for service before using the power liftgate.

Obstacle Detection Features

If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will automatically reverse direction and move a short distance away from the obstacle. After removing the obstruction, the power liftgate operation can be used again. If the liftgate encounters multiple obstacles on the same power cycle, the power function will deactivate. After removing the obstructions,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

manually close the liftgate. This will allow normal power operation functions to resume.

If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is closing, and an obstacle prevents the liftgate from completely closing, the horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close.

Pinch sensors are on the side edges of the liftgate. If an object is caught between the liftgate and the vehicle and presses against a sensor, the liftgate will reverse direction and open fully. The liftgate will remain open until it is activated again or closed manually.

Setting the 3/4 Mode

To change the position the liftgate stops at when opening:

1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and open the liftgate.

2. Stop the liftgate movement at the desired height by pressing any liftgate button. Manually adjust the liftgate position if needed.

3. Press and holdl next to the latch on the outside of the liftgate until the turn signals flash and a beep sounds. This indicates the setting has been recorded.

The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum programmable height. If there is no light flash or sound, then the height adjustment may be too low.

Manual Operation

Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate. See Manual Liftgate at the beginning of this section.

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate, do not use too much force when closing it.

Hands-Free Operation

If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle Access, the liftgate may be operated with a kicking motion under the rear bumper.

The liftgate will not operate if the RKE transmitter is not within 1 m (3 ft).

The hands-free feature will not work while the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate while in motion use one of the liftgate switches.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

Length of Kick Zone

To operate, move your foot in a forward kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper, then pull it back.

Caution

Splashing water may cause the liftgate to open. Keep the RKE transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area or turn the liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or working near the rear bumper to avoid accidental opening.

. Do not sweep your foot side to side.

. Do not keep your foot under the bumper; the liftgate will not activate.

. Do not touch the liftgate until it has stopped moving.

. This feature may be temporarily disabled under some conditions. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the liftgate by another method or start the vehicle. The feature will be re-enabled.

When closing the liftgate using this feature, there will be a short delay. The rear lights will flash and a chime will sound. Step away from the gate before it starts moving.

Power Assist Steps If equipped, the power assist steps will deploy when the door is opened and automatically retract three seconds after the door is closed. The power assist steps will retract immediately if the vehicle starts moving.

Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and clothing clear of the power assist steps when in motion. The steps will reverse direction if they encounter an obstruction when opening or closing. Remove the obstruction, then open and close the door on the same side to complete the motion of the assist steps. If the obstruction is not cleared, the assist steps remain extended while driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To extend both power assist steps for cleaning, pressj while the vehicle is in P (Park) or N (Neutral). Pressj again to retract them. The DIC will display a message.

Enable/Disable

Press and holdj for four seconds to lock and disable the power assist steps. Press and holdj for four seconds again to enable them. The DIC will display a message.

Vehicle Security This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; however, they do not make the vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm System

The indicator light, on the instrument panel near the windshield, indicates the status of the system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door, liftgate, or the hood is open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Access system.

. With a door open, press Q on the interior of the door.

3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash. Pressing Q on the RKE transmitter a second time will bypass the 30-second delay and immediately arm the alarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the doors are locked with the key.

If the driver door is opened without first unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, or the door is not unlocked

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

by pressing K on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated.

The alarm will also be activated if a passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is opened without first disarming the system. When the alarm is activated, the turn signals flash and the horn sounds for about 30 seconds. The alarm system will then re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turn off the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm by accident:

. Lock the vehicle after all occupants have exited.

. Always unlock a door with the RKE transmitter, or use the Keyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with the key will not disarm the system or turn off the alarm.

How to Detect a Tamper Condition

If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and the horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred previously while the alarm system was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, a message will appear on the DIC. See Security Messages 0 172.

Power Sounder, Inclination Sensor, and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standard theft-deterrent system features, this system may also have a power sounder, inclination sensor, and intrusion sensor.

The power sounder provides an audible alarm which is distinct from the vehicles horn. It has its own

power source, and can sound an alarm if the vehicles battery is compromised.

The inclination sensor can set off the alarm if it senses movement of the vehicle, such as a change in vehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors the vehicle interior, and can activate the alarm if it senses unauthorized entry into the vehicles interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to remain in the vehicle when the intrusion sensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrent system and activating the intrusion sensor:

. Make sure all doors and windows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such as a sunshades.

. Make sure there are no obstructions blocking the sensors in the front overhead console.

. Close DVD screens before leaving the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Intrusion and Inclination Sensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusion and inclination sensors be deactivated if pets are left in the vehicle or the vehicle is being transported.

With the vehicle off, presso in the front overhead console to turn off the feature.

The indicator light will come on momentarily, indicating that these sensors have been disabled until the next time the alarm system is armed.

Immobilizer See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Immobilizer Operation (Key Access)

This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the vehicle is turned off.

The system is automatically disarmed when the key is turned to ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or START from the LOCK/OFF position.

The security light, in the instrument cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system.

When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the ignition off and try again.

If the engine still does not start, and the key appears to be undamaged, try another ignition key. It may be necessary to check the fuse. See Fuses 0 347. If the engine still does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service. If the vehicle does start, the first key may be faulty. See your dealer.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 55

It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement keys. Up to eight keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To program additional keys, see Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key Access) 0 31. To program additional transmitters, see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Do not leave the key or device that disarms or deactivates the vehicle theft system in the vehicle.

See your dealer to get a new key blank cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system.

Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to be manually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automatically immobilized when the vehicle is turned off.

The immobilization system is disarmed when the ignition button is pressed in and a valid transmitter is found in the vehicle.

The security light in the instrument cluster comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more transmitters matched to an immobilizer control unit in the vehicle. Only a correctly matched transmitter will start the vehicle. If the transmitter is ever damaged, you may not be able to start the vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, the security light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the system. Turn the vehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to be undamaged, try another transmitter or place the transmitter in the transmitter pocket/insert next to the center console storage area between the driver and front passenger seats. See Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

If the engine does not start with the other transmitter or when the transmitter is in the pocket in the center console, the vehicle needs service. See your dealer who can service the theft-deterrent system and have a new transmitter programmed to the vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter or device that disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

56 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things, like other vehicles, look farther away than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a vehicle on the right. Check the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror’s surface is curved so more can be seen from the driver seat.

Power Mirrors

Shown with Power Folding Mirrors, Manual Folding Similar

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press (1) or (2) to select the driver or passenger side mirror. The indicator light comes on.

2. Press the arrows on the control pad to move the mirror up, down, right, or left.

3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the side of the vehicle and the area behind are seen.

4. Press either (1) or (2) again to deselect the mirror. The indicator light goes off.

Exterior Automatic Dimming Mirror

If equipped, the driver outside mirror automatically adjusts for the glare of headlamps behind. This feature comes on when the vehicle is started. See Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 59.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle may also have a turn signal indicator on the mirror. An arrow on the mirror flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 57

Folding Mirrors

Power Folding

To adjust power folding mirrors, if equipped:

1. Press{ to fold the mirrors inward.

2. Press{ again to return the mirrors to the driving position.

Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding.

. They are accidentally manually folded/unfolded.

. The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position.

. The mirrors vibrate at normal driving speeds.

Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using the mirror controls to reset them to their normal position. A popping noise may be heard during the resetting of the power folding mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual folding operation.

Manual Folding

Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position.

Heated Mirrors For vehicles with heated mirrors:

1 (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to heat the mirrors.

See Rear Window Defogger under Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 224.

Blind Spot Mirrors If equipped, there is a small convex mirror built into the upper and outer corner of the driver outside rearview mirror. It can show objects that may be in the vehicle’s blind zone.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

58 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror

Actual Mirror View

1. When the approaching vehicle is a long distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard edge of the mirror.

2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in the main mirror gets larger and moves outboard.

3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the image transitions from the main mirror to the blind spot mirror.

4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, the image only appears in the blind spot mirror.

Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind Spot Mirror

1. Set the main mirror so that the side of the vehicle can just be seen and the blind spot mirror has an unobstructed view.

2. When checking for traffic or before changing a lane, look at the main driver/passenger side mirror to observe traffic in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle in the blind

zone. Then, glance over your shoulder to double check before moving slowly into the adjacent lane.

Reverse Tilt Mirrors If equipped with memory seats, the passenger and/or driver mirror tilts to a preselected position when the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the curb to be seen when parallel parking.

The mirror(s) return to the original position when:

. The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), or remains in R (Reverse) for about 30 seconds.

. The ignition is turned off.

. The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above a set speed.

To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 59

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview Mirrors Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view of the area behind your vehicle.

If equipped with OnStar, there are three buttons at the bottom of the mirror. See your dealer for more information on the system and how to subscribe to OnStar. See OnStar Overview 0 437.

To avoid accidental OnStar calls, clean the mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with water.

Manual Rearview Mirror Push the tab forward for daytime use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the headlamps from behind.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the glare of headlamps from behind. The dimming feature comes on when the vehicle is started.

Child-View Mirror

If equipped, push up on the sunglasses bin and release. Push the bin back in halfway to secure the mirror in position.

Push the mirror back up when not in use.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

60 Keys, Doors, and Windows

pulsing sound when either rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a front window or the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriously injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with children. When there are children in the rear seat, use the window lockout button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys (Keyless Access) 0 34 or Keys (Key Access) 0 31.

The driver door has switches that control all windows. Each passenger door switch only controls that window. The power windows work when the ignition is in ON/ RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

Press the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it.

Express-Down Windows

Windows that have the express-down feature allow the windows to be lowered without

holding the switch. Press the window switch fully and release it to activate the express-down feature. The express mode can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing or pulling the switch.

Express-Up Window

If equipped, the driver window express-up feature allows the window to be raised without holding the switch. Pull the window switch up fully and release it to activate the express-up feature. The express-up feature can be canceled at any time by briefly pressing or pulling the switch.

Programming the Power Windows

If the battery on the vehicle has been recharged or disconnected, or is not working, the driver power window will need to be reprogrammed for the express-up feature to work.

To reprogram the power windows:

1. Close all doors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 61

2. Place the ignition in ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/ START.

3. From any open position, pull the power window switch up until the window is fully closed.

4. Hold the switch up for approximately two seconds after the window is fully closed.

The window is now reprogrammed.

Express Window Anti-Pinch Feature

If any object is in the path of the window when express-up is active, the window stops at the obstacle and auto-reverses to a preset factory position. Weather conditions such as severe icing also cause the window to auto-reverse. The window returns to normal operation once the obstacle or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-Pinch Override

{ Warning

If express override is activated, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged. Before you use express override, make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path.

The anti-pinch feature can be overridden in a supervised mode. Hold the window switch in the partially or fully pulled up position. The window rises for as long as the switch is held. Once the switch is released, the express mode is reactivated.

In this mode, the window can still close on an object in its path. Use care when using the override mode.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rear passenger windows from operating, except from the driver position.

. PressZ to activate the rear window locks. An indicator light will illuminate when the feature is on.

. PressZ again to deactivate the rear window locks.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

62 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window or, if equipped, extend along the rod.

Roof

Sunroof

1. Open or Close 2. Vent

On vehicles with a sunroof, the sunroof only operates when the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

Vent : From the closed position, press the rear of switch (2) to vent the sunroof.

Open/Close : To open the sunroof, press and hold switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the front of switch (1) to close it.

Express-Open/Express-Close : To express-open the sunroof, fully press and release the rear of switch (1) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. To express-close the sunroof, fully press and release the front of switch (1). Press the switch again to stop it.

When the sunroof is opened, an air deflector will automatically raise. The air deflector will retract when the sunroof is closed.

The sunroof also has a sunshade which can be pulled forward to block sun rays. The sunshade must be opened and closed manually.

Automatic Reversal System

The sunroof is equipped with an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof is being operated in express mode. If an object is in the path of the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Keys, Doors, and Windows 63

sunroof while it is express closing, the reversal system will detect the object and stop. In the event of closing difficulties like frost or other conditions, it is possible to override the reversal system. To override the reversal system, close in manual mode. To stop the movement, release the switch.

Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof seal or in the track. This could cause an issue with sunroof operation or noise. It could also plug the water drainage system. Periodically open the sunroof and remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into the water drainage system, this is normal.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

64 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Front Seats Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 67 Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Heated and Cooled Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Rear Seats Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Safety Belts Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 89 Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Airbag System Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 92 When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Passenger Sensing System . . . 97 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . 101

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . 102 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Child Restraints Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Infants and Young Children . . . 104 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . 107 Where to Put the Restraint . . . 108

Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . 110

Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . 117

Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . 118

Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 120

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 65

Head Restraints Front Seats

The vehicles front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant’s head. This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.

The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise it. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, press the button, located on the top of the seatback, and push the head restraint down. Try to move the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place.

The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

66 Seats and Restraints

Second Row Seats

The vehicle’s second row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted.

The second row seat outboard head restraints are not removable.

Third Row Seats

The third row seat head restraint can be lowered for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.

To lower the head restraint, press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down.

Return the lowered head restraint to the upright position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure it is locked.

If you are installing a child restraint in the third row seat, see Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110.

Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a driver seat while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.

To adjust a manual seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 67

2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the handle.

3. Try to move the seat back and forth to be sure it is locked in place.

To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 68.

To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 67.

Center Seat If equipped, the center front seatback doubles as an armrest and cupholder/storage area for the driver and passenger when the center front seat is not used. Do not use it as a seating position when the seatback is folded down.

Power Seat Adjustment

To adjust a power seat, if equipped:

. Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward.

. If equipped, raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down.

. If equipped, raise or lower the seat by moving the rear of the control up or down.

To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 68.

To adjust the lumbar support, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 67.

Some vehicles are equipped with a feature that activates a vibrating pulse alert in the driver seat to help the driver avoid crashes. See Driver Assistance Systems 0 285.

Lumbar Adjustment

Manual Lumbar

If equipped, move the lever up or down repeatedly to increase or decrease lumbar support.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

68 Seats and Restraints

Power Lumbar

To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped:

. Press and hold the control forward to increase or rearward to decrease upper and lower lumbar support at the same time.

. If equipped, press and hold the control up to increase upper lumbar support and decrease lower lumbar support.

Press and hold the control down to increase lower lumbar support and decrease upper lumbar support.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the safety belts cannot do their job.

The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries.

The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries.

For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the safety belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined if the vehicle is moving.

Manual Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 69

To adjust a manual seatback:

1. Lift the lever.

The seatback will automatically fold forward.

2. To recline, move the seatback rearward to the desired position, then release the lever to lock the seatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the upright position:

1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Power Reclining Seatbacks

To recline a power seatback, if equipped:

. Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forward to raise.

Memory Seats

If memory equipped, the SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttons on the driver door are used to manually store and recall memory settings for the driver seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and telescoping steering column (if equipped), and adjustable pedals (if equipped).

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2 buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/ RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

70 Seats and Restraints

2. Adjust the driver seat, outside mirrors, power tilt and telescopic steering column (if equipped), and adjustable pedals (if equipped).

3. Press and release SET. A beep will sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1 until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat steps 14 for a second driver using 2.

To store exit positions and easy exit features to theB (Exit) button,

repeat steps 14 usingB to store your positions for getting out of the vehicle.

Manually Recalling Memory Positions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB (Exit) to manually recall the previously stored memory positions. Releasing 1, 2, orB before the stored positions are reached stops the recall.

If something has blocked the driver seat, power tilt and telescoping steering column, and/or adjustable pedals while recalling a memory position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the appropriate manual control for the memory item that is not recalling for two seconds. Try recalling the memory position again by pressing the appropriate memory button. If the memory position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service.

Automatically Recalling Memory Positions (Auto Memory Recall)

If programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, the Auto (Automatic) Memory Recall feature automatically recalls the current drivers previously stored 1 or 2 position when the ignition is changed from off to ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY.

See Auto Memory Recall under Comfort and Convenience in Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

To stop recall movement, press one of the memory, power mirror, or power seat controls; press the power tilt and telescoping steering column control (if equipped); or press the adjustable pedal control (if equipped).

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehicle personalization menu, the easy exit feature automatically recalls the previously storedB positions when leaving the vehicle. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Easy exit recall automatically activates when one of the following occurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time.

. The vehicle is turned off with the driver door open.

To stop recall movement, press one of the memory, driver seat, outside mirror, or power tilt and telescoping steering column controls.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 71

RKE transmitters are not labeled with a number. If your memory seat position is stored to 1 or 2, but this position is not automatically recalling, then store your positions to the other button or switch RKE transmitters with the other driver.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driver seat, power tilt and telescoping steering column, and/or adjustable pedals (if equipped) while recalling the exit position, the recall may stop. Remove the obstruction; then press and hold the appropriate manual control for the exit feature not recalling for two seconds. Try recalling the memory position again by opening the driver door and pressing K on the RKE transmitter. If the exit position is still not recalling, see your dealer for service.

Heated and Cooled Front Seats If equipped, the vehicle may have heated or heated and cooled seats.

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. To reduce the risk of burns, people with such a condition should use care when using the seat heater, especially for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket, cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat heater may cause a burn or may damage the seat.

Heated and Cooled Seats Shown, Heated Similar

The buttons are on the center stack below the climate control system. To operate, the engine must be running.

. PressI to heat the driver or passenger seatback only.

. Press J to heat the driver or passenger seat cushion and seatback.

. PressA to cool the driver or passenger seat.

The indicator light on the button comes on when this feature is on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

72 Seats and Restraints

Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered.

The passenger seat may take longer to heat up.

Remote Start Auto Heated and Cooled Seats

During a remote start, the heated or cooled seats can be turned on automatically. When it is cold outside, the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot outside the cooled seats turn on. The heated or cooled seats are canceled when the ignition is turned on. Press the heated or cooled seat button to use the heated or cooled seats after the vehicle is started.

The heated or cooled seat indicator lights do not turn on during a remote start.

The temperature performance of an unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is normal.

The heated or cooled seats will not turn on during a remote start unless they are enabled in the vehicle personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43 and Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Rear Seats

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperature change or pain to the skin, the seat heater may cause burns. See the Warning under Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 71.

If equipped, the buttons are on the rear of the center console.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 73

Press M or L to heat the left outboard or right outboard seat cushion.

Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the heated seat changes to the next lower setting, and then the off setting. Indicator lights on the button show the setting: three for high, two for medium, and one for low.

If heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered.

Second Row Seats

Reclining Seatbacks

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the seat.

2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the upright position:

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

1. Lift the lever fully while applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will return to the upright position.

If the lever is lifted without applying pressure, the seat will release to a folded position.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

The second row seats can be folded for additional cargo space or folded and tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seat, if equipped.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

74 Seats and Restraints

Manual Fold and Tumble Feature

{ Warning

Do not leave the second row seat in a tumbled position while the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position before driving the vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.

Folding and Tumbling the Seat

To fold and tumble the seat:

1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

2. Lift the lever, on the outboard side of the seat, to release the seatback.

The seatback will fold forward to create a flat load floor.

If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or put the front seatback in the upright position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 75

3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward.

4. The rear pull strap can also be used to fold or fold and tumble the seat. It is easier to tumble the seat from the rear pull strap once the seat is already folded flat.

Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the Third Row Seat

{ Warning

Using the third row seating position while the second row is folded, or folded and tumbled, could cause injury in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat, if equipped:

1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the second row seat to release the seatback. The seatback will fold forward.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

76 Seats and Restraints

3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward.

Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature

{ Warning

Do not leave the second row seat in a tumbled position while the vehicle is in motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in motion. People in the vehicle could be injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return the seat to the passenger seating position before driving the vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

{ Warning

Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone is sitting in the seat, could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release button.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.

The transmission must be in P (Park) for this feature to work.

Fold the seat to load cargo. Fold and tumble the seat to gain entry to the third row.

Folding and Tumbling the Seat

To fold and tumble the seat:

1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

Driver Side Rear Panel Button Shown

2. Press the automatic seat release button on the panel behind the rear doors. The seatback automatically folds flat.

3. Press the button again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 77

Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the Cargo Area

1. Second Row Power Seat Buttons

2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons

To fold and tumble the seat from the cargo area:

1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

2. Press the button (1) on the side trim of the cargo area to fold the seatback.

The left button folds the left seatback, and the right button folds the right seatback.

3. Press the button again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward.

The buttons (2) can be used to fold or fold and unfold the third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 0 77.

Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

To return the seat to the sitting position from the tumbled position:

1. Pull the seat down until both sides of the seat are latched to the floor. Make sure the seat is securely latched to the floor before raising the seatback. If both sides are not latched to the floor, the seatback will not raise.

2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

Third Row Seats

Folding the Seatback

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safety belts still fastened may cause damage to the seat or the safety belts. Always unbuckle the safety belts and return them to their normal stowed position before folding a rear seat.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

78 Seats and Restraints

On third row seats (if equipped), the seatbacks can be folded to increase cargo space.

Manual Operation

To fold the seatback (if equipped):

1. Open the liftgate.

2. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Make sure the second row seatbacks are in the upright position.

4. Fully lower the head restraints. See Head Restraints 0 65.

5. Disconnect the rear safety belt mini-latch using a key in the slot on the mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into the headliner.

7. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner.

8. Pull up on the lever on the back of the seat to release the seatback.

9. Push the seatback forward to lay flat.

10. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired.

Automatic Operation

The transmission must be in P (Park) for this feature to work.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 79

1. Second Row Power Seat Buttons

2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons

To fold the seatback (if equipped):

1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat.

2. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Fully lower the head restraints. See Head Restraints 0 65. Put the second row seatbacks in the upright position. See Second Row Seats 0 73.

4. Disconnect the rear safety belt mini-latch, using a key in the slot on the mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into the headliner. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the headliner.

5. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side trim of the cargo area to fold the seatback.

The left switch folds the left seatback, and the right switch folds the right seatback.

6. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired.

The switches (1) can be used to fold or fold and tumble the second row seats from the cargo area. See Second Row Seats 0 73.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

80 Seats and Restraints

Returning the Seatback to the Upright Position

Manual Operation

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

To return the seatback to the upright position:

1. From the rear of the vehicle, raise the seatback using the strap on the back of the seat, or lift the seatback and push it into place from inside the vehicle.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center safety belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the safety belt to be sure the mini-latch is secure.

5. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 81

Automatic Operation

1. Second Row Power Seat Buttons

2. Third Row Power Seat Buttons

To return the seatback to the upright position:

1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the seat.

2. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side trim of the cargo area to raise the seatback.

The left switch raises the left seatback, and the right switch raises the right seatback.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.

3. Reconnect the center safety belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.

4. Pull on the safety belt to be sure the mini-latch is secure.

5. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired.

Safety Belts This section of the manual describes how to use safety belts properly. It also describes some things not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where a safety belt cannot be worn properly. In a crash, if you or your passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts, injuries can be much worse than if you are wearing safety belts. You can be seriously injured or killed by hitting things inside the vehicle harder or by being ejected from the vehicle. In addition, anyone who is not buckled up can strike other passengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a collision, passengers riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

82 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, and check that all passenger(s) are restrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the safety belts. See Safety Belt Reminders 0 147.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops suddenly, you keep going until something stops you. It could be the windshield, the instrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, you and the vehicle slow down together. There is more time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the safety belts. That is why wearing safety belts makes such good sense.

Questions and Answers About Safety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt?

A: You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not. Your chance of being conscious during and after a crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have to wear safety belts?

A: Airbags are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection.

Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires wearing safety belts.

How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This section is only for people of adult size.

There are special things to know about safety belts and children. And there are different rules for smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 103 or Infants and Young Children 0 104. Follow those rules for everyone’s protection.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 83

It is very important for all occupants to buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts.

There are important things to know about wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you.

. Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to become loose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulder belt under both arms or behind your back.

. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an armrest.

Lap-Shoulder Belt All seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt except for the center front passenger position, if equipped, which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt 0 88.

If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable safety belt, and the safety belt is not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 77 for instructions on reconnecting the safety belt to the mini-buckle.

The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see Seats in the Index.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

84 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again.

Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating position may affect the passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 97.

For front seating positions, if the webbing locks in the latch plate before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, check if the correct buckle is being used.

Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender 0 89.

Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 85

in this section for instructions on use and important safety information.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on the shoulder belt.

For third row seats, it may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants.

To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position.

For third row seats, slide the latch plate up the safety webbing when the safety belt is not in use. The latch plate should rest on the stitching on the safety belt.

Always stow the safety belt slowly. If the safety belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the safety belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then

release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure the safety belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a safety belt, damage can occur to both the belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger positions.

Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 82.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

86 Seats and Restraints

Push down on the release button to move the height adjuster to the desired position.

Move the adjuster up by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide.

After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it down without pushing the release button to make sure it has locked into position.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for front outboard occupants. Although the safety belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they are part of the safety belt assembly.

They can help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. Safety belt pretensioners can also help tighten the safety belts in a side crash or a rollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, the pretensioners and probably other parts of the vehicle’s safety belt system will need to be replaced. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash 0 90.

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides

{ Warning

A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.

Rear safety belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for some adults. When installed on a shoulder belt, the comfort guide positions the shoulder belt away from the neck and head.

Second Row Outboard Seating Positions

The vehicle has comfort guides for the second row outboard seating positions. The comfort guides are stored on a clip on the interior trim next to the outboard seatback.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 87

To install:

1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior trim next to the outboard seatback.

2. Place the guide over the belt, and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat. The elastic cord must be behind the belt with the plastic guide on the front.

4. Buckle, position, and release the safety belt as described previously in this section. Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

88 Seats and Restraints

To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide onto its storage clip.

Third Row Seating Positions

Comfort guides are available through your dealer for third row seating positions. Instructions are included with the guides.

Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone, including pregnant women. Like all occupants, they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly.

Lap Belt This section is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 83.

The vehicle may have a center seating position with a lap safety belt. The lap safety belt does not have a retractor.

To make the belt longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it along the belt.

Buckle, position, and release it the same way as the lap part of a lap-shoulder belt.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 89

To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug.

If the belt is not long enough, see Safety Belt Extender 0 89.

Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if necessary.

If you find that the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, see if you are using the correct buckle. Be sure that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle.

Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, you should use it.

But if a safety belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, so the extender will be long enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To wear it, attach it to the regular safety belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender.

Safety System Check Now and then, check that the safety belt reminder light, safety belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, and anchorages are all working properly. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed

safety belts may not protect you in a crash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminder light is working. See Safety Belt Reminders 0 147.

Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Safety Belt Care 0 89.

Safety Belt Care Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

90 Seats and Restraints

Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safety belt system in the vehicle. A damaged safety belt system may not properly protect the person using it, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the safety belt systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of safety belts may not be necessary. But the safety belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or replaced.

New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the safety belt system was not being used at the time of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensioners checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147.

Airbag System The vehicle has the following airbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the front outboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the front outboard passenger.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for the second and third row passengers seated directly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard passenger and the second and third row passengers seated directly behind the front outboard passenger.

The vehicle may have the following airbag:

. A front center airbag for the driver and front outboard passenger.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 91

All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the center of the steering wheel for the driver and on the instrument panel for the front outboard passenger.

For the front center airbag, the word AIRBAG is on the inboard side of the driver seatback.

For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts. Even though today’s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not wearing your safety belt, even with airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety belts, not replace them. Also, airbags are not designed to inflate in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are the only restraint. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 94.

Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce the chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts. Everyone in the vehicle should wear a safety belt properly, whether or not there is an airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with great force and faster than the blink of an eye, anyone who is up against, or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Do not sit unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you would be if sitting on the edge of the seat or leaning forward. Safety belts help keep you in position before and during a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The safety belts and the front outboard passenger airbags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor.

Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the front center armrest or console in vehicles with a front center airbag.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

92 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side windows in seating positions with seat-mounted side impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 103 or Infants and Young Children 0 104.

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol.

The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passenger frontal airbag is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 93

If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is in the inboard side of the driver seatback.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

The driver and front outboard passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar

The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second and third row outboard seating positions are in the ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning

If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate properly or it might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death. The path of an

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be kept clear. Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag, and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering.

Do not use seat or console accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag or the front center airbag, if equipped.

Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a rope or tie-down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of an inflating roof-rail airbag will be blocked.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

94 Seats and Restraints

When Should an Airbag Inflate? This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See Airbag System 0 90. Airbags are designed to inflate if the impact exceeds the specific airbag system’s deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants. The vehicle has electronic sensors that help the airbag system determine the severity of the impact. Deployment thresholds can vary with specific vehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes to help reduce the potential for severe injuries, mainly to the driver’s or front outboard passenger’s head and chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast the vehicle is traveling.

It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how quickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds depending on whether the vehicle hits an object straight on or at an angle, and whether the object is fixed or moving, rigid or deformable, narrow or wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, or many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle has advanced technology frontal airbags. Advanced technology frontal airbags adjust the restraint according to crash severity.

The vehicle also has a seat position sensor that enables the sensing system to monitor the position of the driver seat. The seat position sensor provides information that is used to adjust the deployment of the driver frontal airbag.

The front center airbag, if equipped, is designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending

upon the location of the impact, when either side of the vehicle is struck. In addition, the front center airbag is designed to inflate when the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side. The front center airbag is not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, or rear impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 95

will inflate when either side of the vehicle is struck, if the sensing system predicts that the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, or in a severe frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the vehicle damage or the repair costs.

What Makes an Airbag Inflate? In a deployment event, the sensing system sends an electrical signal triggering a release of gas from the inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to break out of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, and related hardware are all part of the airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 92.

How Does an Airbag Restrain? In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions, even belted occupants can contact the steering

wheel or the instrument panel. In moderate to severe side collisions, even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts by distributing the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant’s body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are also designed to help contain the head and chest of occupants in the outboard seating positions in the first, second, and third rows. The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are designed to help reduce the risk of full or partial ejection in rollover events, although no system can prevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in many types of collisions, primarily because the occupant’s motion is not toward those airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 94 for more information.

Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts.

What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? After the frontal airbags and seat-mounted side impact airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated. The front center airbag, if equipped, and the roof-rail airbags may still be at least partially inflated for some time after they inflate. Some components of the airbag module may be hot for several minutes. For location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 92.

The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

96 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, there may be dust in the air. This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so. If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get fresh air by opening a window or a door. If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment, you should seek medical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, turn on the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the airbags inflate. The feature may also activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. You can lock the doors,

and turn off the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers by using the controls for those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflate the airbags may have also damaged important functions in the vehicle, such as the fuel system, brake and steering systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears to be drivable after a moderate crash, there may be concealed damage that could make it difficult to safely operate the vehicle.

Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash has occurred.

In many crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag, windshields are broken by vehicle deformation. Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the front outboard passenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflate only once. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. If you do not get them, the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash. A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts. The service manual for the vehicle covers the need to replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 434 and Event Data Recorders 0 435.

. Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 97

Passenger Sensing System The vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard passenger position. The passenger airbag status indicator will light on the overhead console when the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada and Mexico

The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for on and off, will be visible during the system check. When the system check is complete, either the word ON or

OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 148.

The passenger sensing system turns off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. No other airbag is affected by the passenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the front outboard passenger seat and safety belt. The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag should be allowed to inflate or not.

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly secured in a rear seat in the correct child restraint for their weight and size.

Whenever possible, children aged 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though the airbag is turned off.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

98 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the airbag is off. If securing a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard passenger seat, always move the seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure child restraints in the rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to transport the child when a rear seat is not available.

The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag if:

. The front outboard passenger seat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 148.

The passenger sensing system is designed to turn on the front outboard passenger frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front outboard passenger seat.

When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbag to be enabled, the on indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is active.

For some children, including children in child restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person’s seating posture and body build. Everyone in the vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should

wear a safety belt properlywhether or not there is an airbag for that person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147 for more information, including important safety information.

If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint

The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag if the system determines that an infant is present in a child restraint. If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 99

2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle.

3. Remove any additional items from the seat such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraint following the directions provided by the child restraint manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat) 0 118 or Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 118 or Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) 0 120.

Make sure the safety belt retractor is locked by pulling the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor when installing the child restraint, even if the child restraint is equipped with a safety belt lock-off. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint. If this happens, adjust the head restraint. See Head Restraints 0 65.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the airbag for a child in a child restraint depending upon the childs size. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat, even if the on indicator is not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an Adult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting in the front outboard passenger seat, but the off indicator is lit, it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat or that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. If this happens, use the following steps to allow the system to detect that person and enable the front outboard passenger frontal airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

100 Seats and Restraints

2. Remove any additional material from the seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position.

4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably extended.

5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature will be engaged. This may unintentionally cause the passenger sensing system to turn the airbag off for some adult-sized occupants. If this happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt go back all the way, and then buckle the belt again without pulling the belt out all the way.

6. Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for two to three minutes after the on indicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passenger airbag is turned off for an adult-sized occupant, the airbag will not be able to inflate and help protect that person in a crash, resulting in an increased risk of serious injury or even death. An adult-sized occupant should not ride in the front outboard passenger seat, if the passenger airbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors Affecting System Operation

Safety belts help keep the passenger in position on the seat during vehicle maneuvers and braking, which helps the passenger sensing system maintain the passenger airbag status. See Safety Belts and Child Restraints in the Index for additional information about the importance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material, such as a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, and seat massagers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates. We recommend that you not use seat covers or other aftermarket equipment except when approved by GM for your specific vehicle. See Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 101 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates.

The on indicator may be lit if an object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is put on an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, remove the object from the seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under the passenger seat or between the passenger seat cushion and

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 101

Warning (Continued)

seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system.

Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how the vehicle should be serviced. There are parts of the airbag system in several places around the vehicle. Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the vehicle and the airbag system. To purchase a service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information 0 432.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during improper service. You can be injured if you

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

are close to an airbag when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow proper service procedures, and make sure the person performing work for you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Adding accessories that change the vehicle’s frame, bumper system, height, front end, or side sheet metal may keep the airbag system from working properly.

The operation of the airbag system can also be affected by changing any parts of the front seats, safety belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic module, steering wheel, instrument panel, any airbag module, ceiling or pillar garnish trim, overhead console, front sensors, side impact sensors, airbag wiring, or front center console.

Your dealer and the service manual have information about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring.

In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system that includes sensors as part of the front outboard passenger seat. The passenger sensing system may not operate properly if the original seat trim is replaced with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim designed for a different vehicle. Any object, such as an aftermarket seat heater or a comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed under or on top of the seat fabric, could also interfere with the operation of the passenger sensing system. This could either prevent proper deployment of the passenger airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing system from properly turning off the passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing System 0 97.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

102 Seats and Restraints

If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 373 for additional important information.

If you have to modify your vehicle because you have a disability and you have questions about whether the modifications will affect the vehicle’s airbag system, or if you have questions about whether the airbag system will be affected if the vehicle is modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 425.

Airbag System Check The airbag system does not need regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag readiness light is working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, or broken, the airbag may not work properly. Do not

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

open or break the airbag coverings. If there are any opened or broken airbag coverings, have the airbag covering and/or airbag module replaced. For the location of the airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 92. See your dealer for service.

Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbag systems in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system may not work properly and may not protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on when you are driving, the airbag system may not work properly. Have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 103

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts.

The manufacturer instructions that come with the booster seat state the weight and height limitations for that booster. Use a booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until the child passes the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear safety belt comfort guide, if available. See Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 83. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt still does not rest on the shoulder, then return to the booster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit be maintained for the length of the trip? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat.

If you have the choice, a child should sit in a position with a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide.

Q: What is the proper way to wear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips, just touching the top of the thighs. This applies belt force to the child’s pelvic bones in a crash. It should never be worn over the abdomen, which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash.

Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 83.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

104 Seats and Restraints

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts properly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one child to wear the same safety belt. The safety belt cannot properly spread the impact forces. In a crash, they can be crushed together and seriously injured. A safety belt must be used by only one person at a time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear the safety belt with the shoulder belt behind their back. A child can be seriously injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.

Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 105

restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is wrapped around a childs neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a childs neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.

Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a child while riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an infant or a child will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it during a crash. For example, in a crash at only 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person’s arms. An infant should be secured in an appropriate restraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front outboard seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

106 Seats and Restraints

Q: What are the different types of add-on child restraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, which are purchased by the vehicle owner, are available in four basic types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child’s weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used.

For most basic types of child restraints, there are many different models available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the

restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards.

The restraint manufacturer instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint. In addition, there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck and head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits of their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child’s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle’s regular safety belt may not remain low on

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the hip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settle up around the child’s abdomen. In a crash, the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, young children should always be secured in appropriate child restraints.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 107

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child’s body with the harness.

Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a child to see out the window.

Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

108 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the instructions in this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury, the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or both, and to this manual. The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are not available, obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it.

In some areas of the United States and Canada, Certified Child Passenger Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) website to locate the nearest child safety seat inspection station. For CPST availability in Canada, check with Transport Canada or the Provincial Ministry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions that came with that child restraint.

Where to Put the Restraint According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position.

Whenever possible, children age 12 and under should be secured in a rear seating position.

The vehicle may be equipped with a front center airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. Even with a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 109

front center airbag, a child restraint can be installed in any second row seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front passenger airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 97 for additional information.

{ Warning

A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat. It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat.

Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position.

When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seats vary considerably in size, and some may fit in certain seating positions better than others.

Depending on where you place the child restraint and the size of the child restraint, you may not be able to access adjacent safety belt assemblies or LATCH anchors for additional passengers or child restraints. Adjacent seating positions should not be used if the child restraint prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the safety belt.

Wherever a child restraint is installed, be sure to secure the child restraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

110 Seats and Restraints

people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in the vehicle even when no child is in it.

Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) The LATCH system secures a child restraint during driving or in a crash. LATCH attachments on the child restraint are used to attach the child restraint to the anchors in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can be properly installed using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicles safety belts. Do not use both the safety belts and the LATCH anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat.

Booster seats use the vehicles safety belts to secure the child in the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual.

When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether.

The LATCH anchorage system can be used until the combined weight of the child plus the child restraint is 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt alone instead of the LATCH anchorage system once the combined weight is more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs).

The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments. In this case, the safety belt must be used (with top tether where available) to secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat) 0 118 or Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) 0 118 or Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) 0 120.

Lower Anchors

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 111

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The top tether attachment (2) on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the

forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will have a single attachment (2) to secure the top tether to the anchor.

Some child restraints with top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Second Row 60/40

H : Seating positions with two lower anchors.

I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

112 Seats and Restraints

Second Row Bucket

H : Seating positions with two lower anchors.

I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.

Third Row Seat

I : Seating positions with top tether anchors.

To assist in locating the lower anchors, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels, near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion.

To assist in locating the top tether anchors, the top tether anchor symbol is near the top tether anchors for second row seats. For third row seats (if equipped), the top tether anchor symbol is on the flipper panel.

Second Row Seat Bucket

For models with bucket second row seating, the top tether anchors are at the bottom rear of the seat

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 113

cushion for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an anchor on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

Second Row Seat 60/40

For models with 60/40 second row seating, the top tether anchors are at the bottom rear of the seat cushion for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use a top tether anchor directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

Third Row Seat

For models with a third row seat, the top tether anchors are on the back of the seatback. Move the flipper panel rearward to access the anchors. Be sure to use a top tether anchor directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

Do not secure a child restraint in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached.

According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 108 for additional information.

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System

{ Warning

If a LATCH-type child restraint is not attached to anchors, the child restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly. In a crash, the child could be seriously injured or killed. Install a LATCH-type child restraint properly using the anchors, or use the vehicle’s safety belts to secure the restraint, following the instructions that came with the child restraint and the instructions in this manual.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

114 Seats and Restraints

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries during a crash, do not attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash. A child or others could be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the shoulder belt is allowed to go all the way back into the retractor, but it cannot do this if it is

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

wrapped around a childs neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and tightened around a childs neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it.

Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock, and tighten the belt behind the child restraint after the child restraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCH attachments rub against the vehicles safety belts. This may damage these parts. If necessary, move buckled safety belts to avoid rubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatback when the seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty rear seat with a safety belt buckled. This could damage the safety belt or the seat. Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat.

The vehicle may be equipped with a front center airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. Even with a front center airbag, a child restraint can be installed in any second row seating position.

If you need to secure more than one child restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put the Restraint 0 108.

This system is designed to make installation of child restraints easier. When using lower anchors, do not use the vehicle’s safety belts. Instead use the vehicle’s anchors and child restraint attachments to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 115

secure the restraints. Some restraints also use another vehicle anchor to secure a top tether.

1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the the safety belts and top tether when recommended by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. For the third row outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, then the head restraint may be removed. See Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110.

1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position.

1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.

2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps:

2.1. Find the top tether anchor.

For models with a third row seat, move the flipper panel rearward to access the top tether anchors.

2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

. If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether over the seatback.

. If the position you are using does not have a head restraint and you

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

116 Seats and Restraints

are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback.

. If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether, raise the head restraint and route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts.

. If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether, route the tether around the inboard or outboard side of the head restraint.

. If the position you are using has a fixed or an adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether around the head restraint.

3. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement, for proper installation.

Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation

1. Partially fold the seatback forward. See Third Row Seats 0 77 for additional information.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 117

2. Press the buttons on the head restraint posts, and pull up on the head restraint.

3. Route the tether of the child restraint under the head restraint.

4. With the head restraint facing rearward, insert the head restraint posts into the holes in the top of the seatback.

5. Push the head restraint down.

6. Try to move the head restraint to make sure that it is locked in place.

7. When the child restraint is removed, reinstall the head restraint before the seating position is used.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCH system in the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system may not properly secure the child restraint, resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash. To help make sure the LATCH system is working properly after a crash, see your dealer to have the

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

118 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued)

system inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible.

If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed.

New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat)

{ Warning

A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the frontal airbags if they inflate. Never secure a child restraint in the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

center front seat. It is always better to secure a child restraint in a rear seat.

Do not use child restraints in the center front seat position.

Securing Child Restraints (Rear Seat) When securing a child restraint in a rear seating position, study the instructions that came with the child restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCH system, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110 for how and where to install the child restraint using LATCH. If a child restraint is secured in the vehicle using a safety belt and it uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110 for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH system, you will be using the safety belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say.

If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear seat, be sure to read Where to Put the Restraint 0 108.

1. Put the child restraint on the seat.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 119

For the third row outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

If the latch plate will not go fully into the buckle, check to see if the correct buckle is being used.

Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

120 Seats and Restraints

6. If the child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions regarding the use of the top tether. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110.

7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it.

If the head restraint was removed for a third row outboard seating position, reinstall it before the

seating position is used. See Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110 for additional information on reinstalling the head restraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints (Front Passenger Seat) This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facing child restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 108.

In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. See Passenger Sensing System 0 97 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 148 for more information, including important safety information.

Never put a rear-facing child seat in the front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance, even though it is turned off.

Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Seats and Restraints 121

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System 0 97 for additional information.

If the child restraint uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 110 for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 148.

2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through or around the restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt, if needed.

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

122 Seats and Restraints

Position the release button on the buckle so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock. When the retractor lock is set, the belt can be tightened but not pulled out of the retractor.

6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6.

7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the safety belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement.

If the airbag is off, the off indicator in the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit, see If the On Indicator is Lit for a Child Restraint under Passenger Sensing System 0 97.

To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and let it return to the stowed position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Storage 123

Storage

Storage Compartments Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 123 Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 123 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 124 Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Center Console Storage . . . . . . 125

Additional Storage Features Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Roof Rack System Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Storage Compartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharp objects in storage compartments. In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

If equipped with storage behind the radio, press and holdP to open. There is a USB port inside. See the infotainment manual.

Press and holdP again to close.

Keep the storage area closed when not in use.

The storage area cannot be operated withP when valet mode is enabled. See Valet Mode in Home Page 0 200.

The storage area can be operated manually.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

124 Storage

Glove Box

To open, press the button on the display. Close the glove box manually.

Sunglasses Storage

If equipped, sunglasses storage is on the overhead console. Press the fixed button on the cover and release to access. There may be a child-view mirror located within the sunglasses bin. Release the bin and then push up halfway to secure in position.

Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders.

Rear Storage

There is storage in the floor of the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to access. There is a removable divider to help organize.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Storage 125

Center Console Storage

Pull the handle and lift to access the console. There are USB ports, an auxiliary jack, an accessory power outlet, a tote compartment, and a device holder.

On the rear of the console, there are auxiliary jacks, a High Voltage Power Outlet (HVPO), and an open storage area.

See Power Outlets 0 135, USB Port 0 208, and Auxiliary Jack 0 211. If equipped with an uplevel radio, see the infotainment manual.

Additional Storage Features

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover could strike people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash. Store the cargo cover securely or remove it from the vehicle.

{ Warning

Do not place objects on the cargo cover. Sudden stops or turns can cause objects to be thrown in the vehicle. You or others could be injured.

To use the cargo cover, if equipped:

1. Pull the cover handle toward the rear of the vehicle.

2. Latch the cover posts into the retaining sockets on the cargo area trim panels.

To return the cover to the retracted position:

1. Pull up on the cover handle to release the cover posts from the retaining sockets.

2. Let the cover move forward to the full retracted position.

To remove the cover:

1. Let the cover go all the way into the holder.

2. Grasping the driver side cover end cap, push the cover end cap toward the passenger side of the vehicle.

3. Swing the cover rearward and take it out of the vehicle.

To put the cover in the vehicle:

1. Make sure the cover slot in the holder faces rearward with the round surface facing down.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

126 Storage

2. Hold the cover at an angle and place the cover end cap into the slot in the passenger side trim panel.

3. Move the other end of the cover forward and hold it next to the driver side trim panel slot.

4. Press the end caps in, to allow the cover to fit into the trim slot.

5. Pull lightly on the cover holder to make sure it is secure.

On long wheelbase models there are two cover positions. The slots furthest forward allow the cover to be used if the third seat is removed or folded down. The cover can be installed and removed from either side.

Roof Rack System

{ Warning

If something is carried on top of the vehicle that is longer or wider than the roof rack like paneling, plywood, or a mattress the wind can catch it while the vehicle is being driven. The item being carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GMCertified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information.

Caution

Loading cargo on the roof rack that weighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle may damage the vehicle. Load cargo so that it rests evenly between the crossrails, making sure to fasten cargo securely.

To prevent damage or loss of cargo when driving, check to make sure crossrails and cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo on the roof rack will make the vehicles center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Storage 127

Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is located above the rear window glass. Make sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle do not block or damage the CHMSL.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

128 Instruments and Controls

Instruments and Controls

Controls Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 129 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 130 Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 131 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 131 Rear Window Wiper/ Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 147 Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 147 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 149 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 149

Brake System Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 152 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light (1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 153 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . 153 Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 154 Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 155 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 155 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 155 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 155

Information Displays Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 160

Vehicle Messages Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Battery Voltage and Charging Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Brake System Messages . . . . . 165 Compass Messages . . . . . . . . . . 165 Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 165 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 166 Engine Cooling System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 167 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 167 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 168 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 168 Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Object Detection System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Ride Control System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Airbag System Messages . . . . 172 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Steering System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 129

Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 173 Vehicle Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 175

Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 176

Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . . 183 Universal Remote System Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Universal Remote System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Controls

Steering Wheel Adjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever.

2. Move the steering wheel up or down.

3. Release the lever to lock the wheel in place.

Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped:

1. Push the lever (1) down to move the steering wheel forward or rearward. Lift the lever (1) up to lock the wheel in place.

2. Hold the steering wheel and pull the lever (2) toward you to move the steering wheel up or down. Release the lever (2) to lock the wheel into place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

130 Instruments and Controls

Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the power tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped:

Press the control to move the steering wheel up and down or forward and rearward.

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel.

g : For vehicles with OnStar or a Bluetooth system, press to interact with those systems. See OnStar Overview 0 437, Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217, or Bluetooth (Overview) in the infotainment manual.

i : Press to reject an incoming call or end a current call. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system when not on a call.

o or p : Press to go to the previous or next menu option.

w orx : Press to go to the next or previous selection.

V : Press to select a highlighted menu option.

The favorite and volume switches are on the back of the steering wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 131

1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press to select the next or previous favorite. When on a media source, press to select the next or previous track.

2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease the volume.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel, If Equipped) : Press to turn it on or off. A light next to the button displays when the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes about three minutes to start heating.

Horn

To sound the horn, pressa on the steering wheel.

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper control is on the turn signal lever.

The windshield wipers are controlled by turning the band withz FRONT on it.

1 (High Speed) : Fast wipes.

w (Low Speed) : Slow wipes.

3 INT (Intermittent Wipes/ Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity Control) : If Rainsense is turned off, turn thez FRONT band up for

more frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see Rainsense later in this section.

OFF : Turns the windshield wipers off.

8 (Mist) : For a single wipe, turn to8, then release. For several

wipes, hold the band on8 longer.

Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw them. Damaged wiper blades should be replaced. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 341.

Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. An internal circuit breaker to the motor will stop the motor until it cools down.

Wiper Parking

If the ignition is put in OFF while the wipers are onw,1, or3 INT, they will immediately stop.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

132 Instruments and Controls

Ifz FRONT is then moved to OFF before the driver door is opened or within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield.

If the ignition is put in OFF while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield.

Rainsense

With Rainsense, a sensor near the top center of the windshield detects the amount of water on the windshield and controls the frequency of the windshield wiper.

Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.

3 INT (Rainsense Wipe Sensitivity) : Turn thez FRONT band on the wiper lever to adjust the sensitivity when Rainsense is turned on.

. Turn the band up to a higher INT setting for more sensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down to the lower INT setting for less sensitivity to moisture.

Move the band out of the3 INT position to deactivate Rainsense.

z AUTO (Rainsense On/Off) : Press to turn Rainsense on or off. When turned on andz FRONT is in one of the Rainsense wipe sensitivity positions, the wipers can be adjusted for more or less

sensitivity to moisture by adjusting the INT position. When turned off, the wipers operate as timed intermittent wipers and can be adjusted for more or less frequent wipes.

Ifz AUTO is on when the ignition is turned on, or if the ignition is in ON/RUN and thez FRONT band is in one of the sensitivity settings whenz AUTO is turned on or off, a message may display indicating if Rainsense was turned on or off.

If the ignition is in ON/RUN andz FRONT is not in one of the sensitivity settings whenz AUTO is turned on, a message may display indicating that the wiper band must be in one of the sensitivity settings for Rainsense to operate.

Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash, move the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This disables the automatic Rainsense windshield wipers.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 133

With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers may automatically stop at the base of the windshield.

The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased.

Windshield Washer

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not use the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision.

L m (Washer Fluid) : Push the paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the turn signal lever to spray washer fluid and activate the wipers. The wipers will continue until the paddle is released or the maximum wash time is reached. When the paddle is released, additional wipes may occur depending on how long the

windshield washer had been activated. See Washer Fluid 0 334 for information on filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

Rear Window Wiper/ Washer

The rear wiper control is on the turn signal lever.

To turn the rear wiper on, slide the lever to a wiper position.

OFF : Turns the wiper off.

INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay between wipes.

ON (Rear Wipes) : Turns on the rear wiper.

= REAR (Rear Wiper Wash) : Press this button on the end of the lever to spray washer fluid on the

rear window. The wipers will clear the rear window and either stop or return to your preset speed. For more washer cycles, press and hold the button.

The rear window wiper/washer will not operate if the liftgate or liftglass is open or ajar. If the liftgate or liftglass is opened while the rear wiper is on, the wiper returns to the parked position and stops.

Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection

When using an automatic car wash, move the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park under the rear spoiler.

The wiper operations return to normal when the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle speed has increased.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

134 Instruments and Controls

Reverse Gear Wipes

If the rear wiper control is off, the rear wiper will automatically operate continuously when the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing low or high speed wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the shift lever is in R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper is performing interval wipes, then the rear wiper automatically performs interval wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

The windshield washer reservoir is used for the windshield and the rear window. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if either washer is not working. See Washer Fluid 0 334.

Compass The vehicle may have a compass display on the Driver Information Center (DIC). The compass receives its heading and other information from the Global Positioning

System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak, and vehicle speed information.

The compass system is designed to operate for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS satellites. When the compass display shows CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will automatically determine when a GPS signal is restored and provide a heading again. See Compass Messages 0 165 for the messages that may be displayed for the compass.

Clock

Setting the Time and Date with Faceplate Controls

To set the time or date:

1. Select SETTINGS from the Home Page, then select Time and Date.

2. Select the desired function.

3. Turn the MENU knob to increase or decrease the value.

4. Press the MENU knob to go to the next value. After the last value is selected, the system will update and return to the Settings menu. Press o BACK to go to the last menu and save the changes.

Auto Set requires an active connection to OnStar.

If auto timing is set, the time displayed on the clock may not update immediately when driving into a new time zone.

To set the clock display:

1. Select SETTINGS from the Home Page, then select Time and Date.

2. Select Clock Display.

3. Turn the MENU knob to Off or On.

4. Press the MENU knob to select.

Press o BACK to go to the last menu and save the changes.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 135

Setting the Time and Date with Touchscreen Controls

To set the time:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home Page, then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Time, then touch or to increase or decrease hours, minutes, and AM or PM. Touch 1224 Hr for 12 or 24 hour clock.

3. Touch S to go back to the previous menu.

Auto Set requires an active connection to OnStar.

If auto timing is set, the time displayed on the clock may not update immediately when driving into a new time zone.

To set the date:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home Page, then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Set Date, then touch or to increase or decrease month, day, or year.

3. Touch S to go back to the previous menu.

To set the clock display:

1. Touch SETTINGS on the Home Page, then touch Time and Date.

2. Touch Clock Display, then touch Off or On to turn the clock display off or on.

3. Touch S to go back to the previous menu.

Power Outlets Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current

Accessory power outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, MP3 player, etc.

The vehicle may have up to five accessory power outlets:

Vehicles with a Center Console

. One in front of the cupholders on the center console.

. One inside the center storage console.

. One on the rear of the center storage console.

. One in the third row seat on the driver side.

. One in the rear cargo area on the passenger side.

Vehicles with Bench Seats

. One on the center stack below the climate control system.

. One in the storage area on the bench seat.

. One on the rear of the center armrest storage.

. One in the third row seat area on the driver side.

. One in the rear cargo area on the passenger side.

Lift the cover to access and replace when not in use.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

136 Instruments and Controls

The accessory power outlets are powered as follows:

. The power outlet near the cupholders for vehicles with a center console or on the center stack for vehicles with bench seats, can be configured to operate using Retained Accessory Power (RAP) or battery power modes. If these power outlets are used while in the battery power mode, this could cause interference between the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter and the vehicle, and the vehicle may not start. See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 250 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 252.

. The power outlets in the third row seat area or in the rear cargo area are powered at all times. The power outlets inside the storage area, on the rear of the console, or on the bench seat are only powered when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY, or when RAP is active.

{ Warning

Power is always supplied to the outlet, if configured accordingly. Do not leave electrical equipment plugged in when the vehicle is not in use because the vehicle could catch fire and cause injury or death.

Caution

Leaving electrical equipment plugged in for an extended period of time while the ignition is in LOCK/OFF will drain the battery. Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 15 ampere rating.

Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer.

When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow the proper installation instructions included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 315.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment from the power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only, such as cell phone charge cords.

Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating Current

If equipped with this power outlet, it can be used to plug in electrical equipment that uses a maximum limit of 150 watts.

For vehicles with a center console, the 110/120 volt power outlet is on the rear of the center console.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 137

For vehicles with bench seats, the 110/120 volt power outlet is on the center stack below the climate controls.

An indicator light on the outlet turns on to show it is in use. The light comes on when the ignition is in ON/RUN, equipment requiring less than 150 watts is plugged into the outlet, and no system fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come on when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or if the equipment is not fully seated into the outlet.

If equipment is connected using more than 150 watts or a system fault is detected, a protection circuit shuts off the power supply and the indicator light turns off. To reset the circuit, unplug the item and plug it back in or turn the ignition off and then back to ON/RUN. The power restarts when equipment using 150 watts or less is plugged into the outlet and a system fault is not detected.

The power outlet is not designed for the following, and may not work properly if they are plugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peak wattage, such as compressor-driven refrigerators and electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring an extremely stable power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets and touch sensor lamps.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless Charging The vehicle may have wireless charging on top of the center console. See Center Console Storage 0 125. The system wirelessly charges one PMA or Qi compatible mobile device.

To check for phone or other device compatibility:

. In the U.S., see my.chevrolet.com/learn.

. In Canada, see gmtotalconnect.ca.

. Or, see your dealer for details.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect the operation of an implanted pacemaker or other medical devices. If you have one, it is recommended to consult with your doctor before using the wireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory Power (RAP). The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate charging when the vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

The operating temperature is 20 C (4 F) to 60 C (140 F) for the charging system and 0 C (32 F) to 35 C (95 F) for the phone.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

138 Instruments and Controls

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from the charging pad before charging your mobile device. Metal objects, such as coins, keys, rings, or paper clips, between the phone and charging pad will become very hot. On the rare occasion that the charging system does not detect a metal object, and the object gets wedged between the phone and charger, remove the phone and allow the metallic object to cool before removing it from the charging pad, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from the charging pad. The system may not charge if there are any objects on the charging pad.

2. Place the mobile device face up on the@ symbol on the charging pad.

3. The} will display on theV on the infotainment screen. This indicates that the mobile device is properly positioned and charging. If a phone is placed on the charging pad and} does not display, remove the phone from the pad, turn 180 degrees and wait three seconds before placing/ aligning the phone on the pad again.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 139

Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Warning lights and gauges can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention to the warning lights and gauges could prevent injury.

Some warning lights come on briefly when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When one of the warning lights comes on and stays on while driving, or when one of the gauges shows there may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

140 Instruments and Controls

Instrument Cluster

Base Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 141

Uplevel Cluster (English Shown, Metric Similar)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

142 Instruments and Controls

Cluster Menu (Uplevel Cluster)

There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays.

Press o to access the cluster

applications. Usew orx to scroll through the list of available applications. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles.

. Info App. This is where the selected Driver Information Center (DIC) displays can be

viewed. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) in the Index.

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Settings

Audio

Press V to select the Audio app,

then press p to enter the Audio menu. In the Audio menu browse for music, select from the favorites, or change the audio source. In the main application view, usew orx to change the station or go to the next or previous track.

Phone

Press V to select the Phone app,

then press p to enter the Phone menu. In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, scroll through contacts, select from the favorites, or change the

phone source. If there is an active call, mute the phone or switch to handset operation.

Navigation

Press V to select the Navigation

app, then press p to enter the Navigation menu. If there is no active route, you can resume the last route and turn the voice prompts on/off. If there is an active route, you can cancel the route.

Settings

Press V to select the Settings app.

Usew orx to scroll through items in the Settings menu.

Units : Press p while Units is displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose English or metric units by pressing V while the desired item is highlighted. A checkmark will be displayed next to the selected item.

Info Pages : Press p while Info Pages is displayed to enter the Info Pages menu and select the items to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 143

be displayed in the Info app. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) in the Index.

Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display allows the driver to set a speed that they do not want to exceed. To set the Speed Warning, press p when Speed Warning is

displayed, or press V on the main view to set the speed value. Press w orx to adjust the value. Press V to set the speed. Once the speed is set, this feature can be turned off by pressing V while viewing this page. If the selected speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed with a chime.

Software Information : Press p while Software Information is highlighted to display open source software information.

Speedometer The speedometer shows the vehicle’s speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

Odometer The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either kilometers or miles.

Trip Odometer The trip odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven since the trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed and reset through the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

Tachometer The tachometer displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm).

Fuel Gauge

Metric

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

144 Instruments and Controls

English

When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuel gauge pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, the low fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon.

Here are four things that some owners ask about. None of these show a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank’s capacity to fill the tank.

. The gauge moves a little while turning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off.

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

Metric

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 145

English

The engine oil pressure gauge shows the engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds per square inch) when the engine is running.

Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil viscosity.

A reading outside the normal operating range can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Check the vehicle’s oil as soon as possible. See OIL

PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE under Engine Oil Messages 0 167 and Engine Oil 0 321.

Caution

Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Metric

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

146 Instruments and Controls

English

This gauge measures the temperature of the vehicle’s engine coolant.

While driving under normal operating conditions, if the needle moves into the red warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as possible.

Voltmeter Gauge

When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, this gauge shows the condition of the charging system. The gauge can transition from a higher to lower or a lower to higher reading. This is normal. If the vehicle is operating outside the normal operating range, the charging system light comes on. See Charging System Light 0 149 for more information. The voltmeter gauge may also read lower when in fuel economy mode. This is normal.

Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number of electrical accessories are operating in the vehicle and the engine is left idling for an extended period. This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum power.

The vehicle can only be driven for a short time with the readings outside the normal operating range. If the vehicle must be driven, turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner.

Readings outside the normal operating range indicate a possible problem in the electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced as soon as possible.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 147

Safety Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt Reminder Light

There is a driver safety belt reminder light on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind the driver to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle may continue several times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled, neither the light nor the chime comes on.

Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light

There may be a passenger safety belt reminder light near the passenger airbag status indicator. See Passenger Sensing System 0 97.

For vehicles equipped with the passenger safety belt reminder light, when the vehicle is started this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their safety belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if the passenger remains or becomes unbuckled while the vehicle is moving.

If the passenger safety belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on.

The front passenger safety belt reminder light and chime may turn on if an object is put on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic device. To turn off the reminder light and/or chime, remove the object from the seat or buckle the safety belt.

Airbag Readiness Light This light shows if there is an electrical problem with the airbag system. The system check includes the airbag sensor(s), passenger sensing system (if equipped), the pretensioners, the airbag modules, the wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, see Airbag System 0 90.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

148 Instruments and Controls

The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it fixed immediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away.

If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. See Airbag System Messages 0 172.

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System 0 97 for important safety information. The passenger airbag status indicator is in the overhead console.

United States

Canada and Mexico

When the vehicle is started, the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, or the symbol for on and off, for several seconds as a system check. Then, after

several more seconds, the status indicator will light either ON or OFF, or the on or off symbol, to let you know the status of the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is allowed to inflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag.

If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 149

Warning (Continued)

with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 147 for more information, including important safety information.

Charging System Light

The charging system light comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on, but the engine is not running, as a check to show the light is working. It should go out when the engine is started.

If the light stays on, or comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the electrical charging

system. Have it checked by your dealer. Driving while this light is on could drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or is flashing, the Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays a message.

See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages 0 164.

If a short distance must be driven with the light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, such as the radio and air conditioner.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) This light is part of the vehicles emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it is working when the ignition is in ON/RUN with the engine not running for Key Access or in Service Only Mode for Keyless Access.

See Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) 0 250 or Ignition Positions (Key Access) 0 252.

Malfunctions are often indicated by the system before any problem is noticeable. Being aware of the light and seeking service promptly when it comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be lower, and the vehicle may not run smoothly. This could lead to costly repairs that might not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

150 Instruments and Controls

Caution

Modifications to the engine, transmission, exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the use of replacement tires that do not meet the original tire specifications, can cause this light to come on. This could lead to costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. This could also affect the vehicles ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/ Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 318.

If the light is flashing : A malfunction has been detected that could damage the emission control system and increase vehicle emissions. Diagnosis and service may be required.

To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle speed and avoid hard accelerations and uphill grades.

If towing a trailer, reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find a safe place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait at least 10 seconds before restarting the engine. If the light is still flashing, follow the previous guidelines and see your dealer for service as soon as possible.

If the light is on steady : A malfunction has been detected. Diagnosis and service may be required.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to the vehicle using the capless funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can under Filling the Tank 0 299. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with the adapter removed may turn off the light.

. Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient engine operation and poor driveability, which may go away once the engine is warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off. See Fuel 0 296.

If the light remains on, see your dealer.

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test, the test equipment will likely connect to the vehicle’s Data Link Connector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 151

not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 315. See your dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not pass inspection if:

. The light is on when the engine is running.

. The light does not come on when the ignition is in ON/RUN with the engine not running for Key Access or in Service Only Mode for Keyless Access.

. Critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed. If this happens, the vehicle would not be ready for inspection and might require several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can happen if the 12-volt battery has recently been replaced or run down, or if the vehicle has been recently serviced.

See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass or cannot be made ready for the test.

Brake System Warning Light The vehicle brake system consists of two hydraulic circuits. If one circuit is not working, the remaining circuit can still work to stop the vehicle. For normal braking performance, both circuits need to be working.

If the warning light comes on, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away.

Metric English

This light should come on briefly when the engine is started. If it does not come on then, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

When the ignition is on, the brake system warning light also comes on when the parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released, it means the vehicle has a brake problem.

If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The pedal might be harder to push, or the pedal can go closer to the floor. It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on, have the vehicle towed for service. See Towing the Vehicle 0 391.

{ Warning

The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for service.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

152 Instruments and Controls

Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem.

If the light comes on while driving, stop as soon as it is safely possible and turn off the vehicle. Then start the engine again to reset the system. If the ABS light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. A chime may also sound when the light comes on steady.

If the ABS light is the only light on, the vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock brakes are not functioning.

If both the ABS and the brake system warning light are on, the vehicle’s antilock brakes are not functioning and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See your dealer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light 0 151 and Brake System Messages 0 165.

Tow/Haul Mode Light

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode feature, this light comes on when the Tow/Haul Mode has been activated.

See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light (1500 Series)

If available, this light comes on briefly while starting the vehicle.

If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced.

This light is green if LKA is available to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking without using the turn signal in that direction. The LKA light will turn amber.

This light is amber and flashes as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series) 0 294.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 153

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your

dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off.

The traction off light comes on when the Traction Control System (TCS) has been turned off by pressing and releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak button.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFF light come on when StabiliTrak is turned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Adjust driving accordingly.

See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.

This light comes on when the StabiliTrak system is turned off. If StabiliTrak is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak systems, and the warning light turns off.

See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine is started.

If the light does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

154 Instruments and Controls

If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak system have been disabled. A DIC message may display. Check the DIC messages to determine which feature(s) is no longer functioning and whether the vehicle requires service.

If the light is on and flashing, the TCS and/or the StabiliTrak system is actively working.

See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. It provides information about tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more of the tires are significantly underinflated.

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire pressure message may also display. See Tire Messages 0 172. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the pressure value shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 364.

When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge and comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working.

It also comes on when the fuel tank is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced.

Security Light

The security light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 155

serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the engine does not start, there could be a problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) 0 54 or Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) 0 55.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when the high-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 189.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when the IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is enabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 187.

Front Fog Lamp Light

For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes on when the fog lamps are on.

The light goes out when the fog lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 192 for more information.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when the exterior lamps are in use. See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 187.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is white when the cruise control is on and ready, and turns green when the cruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 276.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

156 Instruments and Controls

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is on and ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278.

Information Displays

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster. The displays show the status of many vehicle systems. The trip odometer reset stem in the instrument cluster is used to access the DIC menu items.

DIC Menu Items

Turn the trip odometer reset stem to scroll through the following menu items:

. Digital Speedometer

. Trip

. Fuel Range

. Average Fuel Economy

. Tire Pressure

. Remaining Oil Life

. Transmission Fluid Temperature

. Trailer Brake

. Hourmeter

. Unit

Digital Speedometer

The speedometer shows how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset.

Trip

Turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRIP displays. The current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the last reset for the trip odometer is shown. The trip odometer can be reset to zero by pressing and holding the trip odometer reset stem while the trip odometer is displayed.

Fuel Range

This display shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 157

Average Fuel Economy

The Average Fuel Economy display shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. This number is based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. Reset this display by pressing the trip odometer reset stem.

Tire Pressure

Turn the trip odometer reset stem until a vehicle with the approximate pressures of all four tires displays. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi).

See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 366 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367.

Remaining Oil Life

Turn the trip odometer reset stem until REMAINING OIL LIFE displays. An estimate of the oil’s remaining useful life is shown. REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means 99% of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. See Engine Oil Messages 0 167. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 321. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, see Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

Transmission Fluid Temperature

The temperature of the automatic transmission fluid displays in either degrees Celsius (C) or degrees Fahrenheit (F).

Trailer Brake

On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, turn the trip odometer reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT displays.

TRAILER GAIN shows the Trailer Gain setting. This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either a trailer connected or disconnected.

TRAILER OUTPUT shows the power output to the trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes is connected. Output is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes may appear in the TRAILER OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected.

Hourmeter

This display shows the total number of hours the engine has run.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

158 Instruments and Controls

Unit

This will change the displays on the instrument cluster and DIC to either metric or English (US) measurements. To change the units, press the trip odometer reset stem when UNITS is displayed to enter the Unit menu. Turn the trip odometer reset stem to switch between English and metric. Press the trip odometer reset stem when the desired setting is displayed.

Compass

The vehicle may have a compass in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Compass 0 134.

Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) The DIC displays are shown in the center of the instrument cluster in the Info app. See Instrument Cluster 0 140. The displays show the status of many vehicle systems. The controls for the DIC are on the right steering wheel control.

w orx : Press to move up or down in a list. In the main view, you can press up and down to move between different info app pages.

o or p : Press to move between the interactive display zones in the cluster.

V (Set/Reset) : Press to open a menu or select a menu item. Press and hold to reset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can be turned on or off through the Settings menu.

1. Press o to access the cluster applications.

2. Pressw orx to scroll to the Settings application.

3. Press V to enter the Settings menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages and press p.

5. Pressw orx to move through the list of possible information displays.

6. Press V while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item. When an item is selected, a checkmark will appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of all possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your particular vehicle. Some items may not be turned on by default but can be turned on through the Settings app. See DIC Info Page Options earlier in this section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 159

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph).

Trip A or Trip B : Shows the current distance traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last reset.

This also shows the approximate average liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the last time this menu item was reset. This number reflects only the approximate average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change.

Press and hold V while this display is active to reset the trip odometer and the average fuel economy. Trip A and Trip B can also be reset by pressing p and choosing reset.

Fuel Range : Shows the approximate distance the vehicle can be driven without refueling. LOW will be displayed when the

vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy over recent driving history and the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil’s remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display. See Engine Oil Messages 0 167. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil 0 321. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule. See Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

The Oil Life display must be reset after each oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life display at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. It cannot be reset accurately until

the next oil change. To reset the engine oil life system, press and hold V for several seconds while the Oil Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 366 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367.

Fuel Economy : The center displays the approximate instantaneous fuel economy as a number and bar graph. Displayed above the bar graph is a running average of fuel economy for the most recently traveled selected distance. Displayed below the bar graph is the best average fuel economy that has been achieved for the selected distance. The selected distance is displayed at the top of the page as last xxx mi/km. Next to the odometer, the Active Fuel Management displays the number of

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

160 Instruments and Controls

cylinders the vehicle is running on. See Active Fuel Management 0 259.

Press p to select the distance or

reset best value. Usew andx to

choose the distance and press V.

Pressw andx to select Reset Best Score. Press V to reset the best average fuel economy. After reset, the momentary average fuel economy will display.

The display provides information on how current driving behavior affects the running average and how well recent driving compares to the best that has been achieved for the selected distance.

Timer : This display can be used as a timer. To start the timer, press V while this display is active. The display will show the amount of time that has passed since the timer was last reset. To stop the timer, press V briefly while this display is active and the timer is running. To reset

the timer to zero, press and hold V while this display is active, or press p and select reset.

Speed Limit (If Equipped) : Shows sign information, which comes from a roadway database in the onboard navigation.

Engine Hours : Shows the total number of hours the engine has run.

Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the temperature of the automatic transmission fluid in either degrees Celsius (C) or degrees Fahrenheit (F).

Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, the trailer brake display appears in the DIC.

TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either a trailer connected or disconnected.

OUTPUT shows the power output to the trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes is connected. Output

is displayed as a bar graph. Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected.

Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch and roll information, road wheel angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD) status.

Blank Page : Shows no information.

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright or too high in your field of view, it may take you more time to see things you need to see when it is dark outside. Be sure to keep the HUD image dim and placed low in your field of view.

If equipped with HUD, some information concerning the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is projected through the HUD lens on top of the instrument panel. The

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 161

information appears as an image focused out toward the front of the vehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid, you may misjudge the distance and damage your vehicle. Do not use the HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can be displayed in various languages. The speedometer reading and other numerical values can be displayed in either English or metric units.

The language selection is changed through the radio and the units of measurement is changed through the instrument cluster. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176 and Cluster Settings Menu under Instrument Cluster 0 140.

HUD Display on the Vehicle Windshield

The HUD may display some of the following vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Tachometer

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Departure

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in the HUD may be cleared by using the steering wheel controls. See Vehicle Messages 0 164.

Some information shown may not be available on your vehicle if it is not equipped with these features.

The HUD control is to the left of the steering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.

3. Use the following settings to adjust the HUD.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

162 Instruments and Controls

$ (Image Adjustment) : Press down or lift up to center the HUD image. The HUD image can only be adjusted up and down, not side to side.

! (Display View) : Press to select the display view. Each press will change the display view.

D (Image Brightness) : Lift up and hold to brighten the display. Press down and hold to dim the display. Hold down to turn the display off.

The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting. The HUD brightness control can also be adjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of the sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal.

Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD. Some vehicle information and vehicle messages or alerts may be displayed in any view.

Metric

English

Speed View : This display gives the speedometer reading (in English or metric units), speed limit, Adaptive Cruise Control speed, Lane Departure Warning, and vehicle ahead indicator. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active.

Metric

English

Audio/Phone View : This displays the speed view along with audio/ phone information. The current radio station, media type, and incoming calls will be displayed.

All HUD views may briefly display audio information when the driver uses the steering wheel controls to adjust the audio settings appearing in the instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing in the instrument cluster may also display in any HUD view.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 163

Metric

English

Navigation View : This displays the speed view along with Turn-by-Turn Navigation information. The compass heading is displayed when navigation routing is not active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the instrument cluster may also be displayed in any HUD view.

Metric

English

Performance View : This displays the speedometer reading, rpm reading, transmission positions, and gear shift indicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windshield to remove any dirt or film that could reduce the sharpness or clarity of the HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering the HUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is not too dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the proper height.

. Polarized sunglasses are not worn.

. Windshield and HUD lens are clean.

If the HUD image is not correct, contact your dealer.

The windshield is part of the HUD system. See Windshield Replacement 0 342.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

164 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Messages Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the status of the vehicle or some action that may be needed to correct a condition. Multiple messages may appear one after another.

The messages that do not require immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by pressing V or the trip odometer reset stem on the base cluster.

The messages that require immediate action cannot be cleared until that action is performed.

All messages should be taken seriously and clearing the message does not correct the problem.

The following are the possible messages and some information about them.

Battery Voltage and Charging Messages

BATTERY LOW START VEHICLE

When the vehicles battery is severely discharged, this message will display and four chimes will sound. Start the vehicle immediately. If the vehicle is not started and the battery continues to discharge, the climate controls, heated seats, and audio systems will shut off and the vehicle may require a jump start. These systems will function again after the vehicle is started.

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when the battery voltage drops below expected levels and features are disabled. Turn off all unnecessary accessory features.

SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM

On some vehicles, this message displays if there is a problem with the battery charging system. Under certain conditions, the charging system light may also turn on in the instrument cluster. See Charging System Light 0 149. Driving with this problem could drain the battery. Turn off all unnecessary accessories. Have the electrical system checked as soon as possible. See your dealer.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when the vehicle is in transport mode. Some features can be disabled while in this mode, including Remote Keyless Entry (RKE), remote start, and the vehicle alarm system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service to turn transport mode off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 165

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message is displayed when the brake fluid level is low. See Brake Fluid 0 335.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message may be displayed when there is a problem with the brake boost assist system. When this message is displayed, the brake boost assist motor might be heard operating and you might notice pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal under these conditions. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service.

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM

On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, this message displays and a chime may sound when there is a problem with the ITBC system.

When this message displays, power is no longer available to the trailer brakes.

As soon as it is safe to do so, carefully pull your vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. If this message still displays, either your vehicle or the trailer needs service. See your dealer.

See Integrated Trailer Brake Control System under Towing Equipment 0 308 for more information.

Compass Messages Dashes may be displayed if the vehicle temporarily loses communication with the Global Positioning System (GPS).

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) speed is set. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278.

ADAPTIVE CRUISE TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when attempting to activate Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) when it is temporarily unavailable. The ACC system does not need service.

This can occur under the following conditions:

. Cruise is turned on when the vehicle is stopped.

. The radar cannot see objects well. See the next message.

FRONT RADAR BLOCKED SEE OWNERS MANUAL

This message can display when:

. The radar is not clean. Keep the radar sensors free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Clean the entire front and/or rear of the vehicle. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care 0 397.

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar object detection or camera performance.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

166 Instruments and Controls

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when the cruise control speed is set. See Cruise Control 0 276.

NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS PEDAL APPLIED

This message displays when Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is active and the driver is pressing the gas pedal. When this occurs, ACC will not brake. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL

If this message displays, take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and/or the Active Emergency Braking System may not work. Do not use these systems until the vehicle has been repaired.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFORE EXITING

This message may display if Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is engaged holding the vehicle at a stop, and the driver attempts to exit the vehicle. Put the vehicle in P (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

This message displays and a chime may sound if a door is not fully closed. Stop and turn off the vehicle, check the door for obstructions, and close the door again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC.

HOOD OPEN

This message displays and a chime may sound if the hood is not fully closed. Stop and turn off the vehicle, check the hood for obstructions, and close the hood again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC.

REAR ACCESS OPEN

This message will display when the liftgate is open. Close the liftgate completely.

Engine Cooling System Messages

A/C OFF DUE TO HIGH ENGINE TEMP

This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 145. To avoid added strain on a hot engine, the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off. When the coolant temperature returns to normal, the air conditioning compressor turns back on. You can continue to drive your vehicle.

If this message continues to appear, have the system repaired by your dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 167

ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 145.

When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode to prevent damage to the engine or transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE

This message displays and a chime may sound if the engine cooling system reaches unsafe temperatures for operation. Stop and turn off the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so to avoid severe damage. This message clears when the engine has cooled to a safe operating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when the engine oil needs to be changed. When you change the engine oil, be sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message. See Engine Oil Life System 0 323 for information on how to reset the message. See Engine Oil 0 321 and Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this message displays when the engine oil level may be too low. Check the oil level before filling to the recommended level. If the oil is not low and this message remains on, take the vehicle to your dealer for service. See Engine Oil 0 321.

ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE ENGINE

This message displays when the engine oil becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature. Stop

and allow the vehicle to idle until it cools down. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 145.

OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE

This message displays if low oil pressure levels occur. Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and do not operate it until the cause of the low oil pressure has been corrected. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. See Engine Oil 0 321.

Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays and a chime may sound when the cooling system temperature gets too hot and the engine further enters the engine coolant protection mode. See Engine Overheating 0 332 for more information.

This message also displays when the vehicle’s engine power is reduced. Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle’s ability to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

168 Instruments and Controls

accelerate. If this message is on, but there is no reduction in performance, proceed to your destination. The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven. The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on, but acceleration and speed may be reduced. Anytime this message stays on, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when the vehicle is low on fuel. Refuel as soon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN START YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when trying to start the vehicle if an RKE transmitter is not detected. The transmitter battery may be weak.

See Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when the transmitter battery may be weak. See Starting the Vehicle with a Low Transmitter Battery under Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

NO REMOTE DETECTED PRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays when attempting to turn off the vehicle and the RKE transmitter is no longer detected. Restarting is allowed without the RKE transmitter for five minutes. Press the brake pedal and start button to restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYS PROGRAMMED

This message displays when programming new keys to the vehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays when leaving the vehicle with the RKE transmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY

This message displays when the battery in the RKE transmitter needs to be replaced.

Lamp Messages

TURN SIGNAL ON

This message displays and a chime sounds if a turn signal is left on for 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn signal lever to the off position.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 169

Object Detection System Messages

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP OFF

This message displays when the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System has been turned off. See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 291.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP REDUCED

This message displays when the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System has been set to the Alert setting. This setting disables most FAB functions. Some last-second automatic braking capability is still provided with the Alert setting, but braking is less likely to occur. See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 291.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System has been unavailable for

some time. The FAB System does not need service. This message can display under the following conditions:

. The front of the vehicle or windshield is not clean. Keep these areas clean and free of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. For cleaning instructions, see Exterior Care 0 397.

. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the object detection performance.

This message may also be displayed if there is a problem with the StabiliTrak system. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

FORWARD COLLISION ALERT OFF

This message displays when the Forward Collision Alert has been turned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKED CLEAN WINDSHIELD

This message displays when the camera is blocked. Cleaning the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror may correct the issue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system will not operate. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and Front Automatic Braking (FAB) may not work or may not work as well.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that the driver has turned the Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) and Lane Change Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSIST UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system is temporarily unavailable. The LKA system does not need service.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

170 Instruments and Controls

This message could be due to the camera being blocked. Clean the outside of the windshield behind the rearview mirror.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when the Parking Assist system has been turned off or when there is a temporary condition causing the system to be disabled.

SERVICE AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Forward Collision Alert (FCA), and/or the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System may not work. Do not use these systems until the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on after continued driving, the vehicle needs service. Do not use the Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Front Automatic

Braking (FAB), and Forward Collision Alert (FCA) features. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is a problem with the Parking Assist system. Do not use this system to help you park. See your dealer for service.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM

If this message remains on after continued driving, the vehicle needs service. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) features will not work. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEM UNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) are disabled either because the sensor is blocked and cannot detect vehicles in the blind zone, or the

vehicle is passing through an open area, such as the desert, where there is insufficient data for operation. This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray. The vehicle does not need service. For cleaning, see «Washing the Vehicle» under Exterior Care 0 397.

Ride Control System Messages

SERVICE LEVELING SYSTEM

If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride Control suspension system or Automatic Level Control, this message displays when the leveling system is not operating properly. Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

If this message displays, it means there may be a problem with the StabiliTrak system. If you see this message, try to reset the system. Stop; turn off the engine for at least 15 seconds; then start the engine again. If this message still comes

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 171

on, it means there is a problem. You should see your dealer for service. The vehicle is safe to drive; however, you do not have the benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce your speed and drive accordingly.

SERVICE SUSPENSION SYSTEM

If the vehicle has the Magnetic Ride Control suspension system, this message displays when the suspension system is not operating properly. Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer.

SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL

This message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System (TCS). When this message displays, the system will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your driving accordingly. See your dealer for service. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

STABILITRAK INITIALIZING

This message may come on if the StabiliTrak system has not fully initialized because of road conditions or the incorrect tire size. When the StabiliTrak system is fully initialized, the message will turn off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272. If this message continues to be displayed for multiple ignition cycles and on different road surfaces, see your dealer for service.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message displays when the traction control has been turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message displays when the traction control is active. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

STABILITRAK OFF

This message displays when the StabiliTrak system has been turned off. Adjust your driving accordingly.

To limit wheel spin and realize the full benefits of the stability enhancement system, you should normally leave StabiliTrak on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

STABILITRAK OFF may also display when the stability control has been automatically disabled. Several conditions can cause this message to appear:

. If the system is overheating, which could occur if StabiliTrak activates continuously for an extended period of time.

. If the brake system warning light is on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 151.

. If the stability system takes longer than usual to complete its diagnostic checks due to driving conditions.

. If an engine or vehicle-related problem has been detected and the vehicle needs service. See your dealer.

. If the transfer case is in Four-Wheel Drive Low.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

172 Instruments and Controls

The message turns off as soon as the conditions that caused the message to be displayed are no longer present.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is a problem with the airbag system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service.

Security Messages

SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

This message displays when there is a problem with the theft-deterrent system. The vehicle may or may not restart, so you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer before turning off the engine. See Immobilizer Operation (Key Access) 0 54 or Immobilizer Operation (Keyless Access) 0 55.

Steering System Messages

STEERING ASSIST IS REDUCED DRIVE WITH CARE

This message may display if a problem occurs with the electric power steering system. If this message appears, steering effort may be slightly higher than normal. The vehicle is still safe to drive. Use caution while in reduced assist mode. If this message is persistent or appears repeatedly, take the vehicle to your dealer for service. See Steering 0 235.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays when there is a problem with electric power steering. If this message displays and a reduction in steering performance or loss of power steering assistance is noticed, see your dealer. See Steering 0 235.

Starting the Vehicle Messages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed when attempting to start the vehicle without first pressing the brake pedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS START SYSTEM

This message is displayed if there is a problem with the pushbutton start system. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service.

Tire Messages

SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays if a part on the system is not working properly. The tire pressure light also flashes and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 173

then remains on during the same ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Light 0 154. Several conditions may cause this message to appear. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367. If the warning comes on and stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. See your dealer.

TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the system is relearning the tire positions on your vehicle. The tire positions must be relearned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor. See Tire Inspection 0 370, Tire Rotation 0 370, Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 366, and Tire Pressure 0 364.

TIRE PRESSURE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE

If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this message displays when the pressure in one or more of the vehicle’s tires is low. This message also displays with a vehicle picture

to indicate the location of the low tire. The low tire pressure warning light will also come on. See Tire Pressure Light 0 154. You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time. If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Tires 0 357, Vehicle Load Limits 0 245, and Tire Pressure 0 364. The DIC also shows the tire pressure values. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

Transmission Messages

4WD OFF

If equipped with four-wheel drive, this message displays when the four-wheel-drive system is temporarily disabled due to an overheated condition. The vehicle will run in two-wheel drive when this message is present. Once the four-wheel-drive system cools down,

the message turns off and the four-wheel-drive system returns to normal operation.

4WD SHIFT IN PROGRESS

This message will display while the four-wheel-drive system is shifting.

FOR 4WD LOW SHIFT TO NEUTRAL

If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is requested, and the vehicle speed is correct, but the transmission is not in N (Neutral), this message will display until the transmission is shifted to N (Neutral).

FOR 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX

If a four-wheel drive shift into 4 n is requested, but the vehicle speed is too high, this message will display until the correct vehicle speed is reached.

GRADE BRAKING ACTIVE

This message displays when grade braking has been activated while driving on downhill grades. This message will only appear the first

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

174 Instruments and Controls

time the feature is activated in an ignition cycle. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264, Automatic Transmission 0 260, and Cruise Control 0 276.

GRADE BRAKING OFF

This message displays when grade braking has been disabled with the Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264, Automatic Transmission 0 260, and Cruise Control 0 276.

GRADE BRAKING ON

This message displays when grade braking has been enabled with the Tow/Haul Mode button on the end of the shift lever. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264, Automatic Transmission 0 260, and Cruise Control 0 276.

SERVICE 4WD

If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, this message may display if a problem occurs with the four-wheel-drive system. If this message appears, stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle. Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ OFF position for at least

one minute, then restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display. If the message is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving, the four-wheel-drive system needs service. See your dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when the shift lever is in M (Manual Mode) and a transmission range has been selected that is unavailable at the current vehicle speed.

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SHIFT TO NEUTRAL

If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is requested, and the vehicle speed is correct, but the transmission is not in N (Neutral), this message will display until the transmission is shifted to N (Neutral).

TO EXIT 4WD LOW SLOW TO XXX

If a four-wheel drive shift out of 4 n is requested, but the vehicle speed is too high, this message will display until the correct vehicle speed is reached.

TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE

This message displays and a chime may sound if the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the transmission fluid temperature high can cause damage to the vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it idle to allow the transmission to cool. This message clears and the chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level.

When towing, use Tow/Haul Mode to prevent damage to the engine or transmission. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

VEHICLE IN 4WD LOW

This message will display if the vehicle is driven in 4 n for about 10 minutes above 72 km/h (45 mph).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 175

Vehicle Reminder Messages

CHECK TRAILER WIRING

On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, this message may display and a chime may sound when one of the following conditions exists:

. A trailer with electric brakes becomes disconnected from the vehicle.

If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle is stopped, this message clears itself after a short time.

If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle is moving, this message stays on until the ignition is turned off.

. There is a short in the wiring to the electric trailer brakes.

When this message displays, power is no longer available to the trailer brakes.

As soon as it is safe to do so, carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. This message clears if the trailer is reconnected. This message also clears if you acknowledge it. If this message still displays, either the vehicle or the trailer needs service. See your dealer.

See Integrated Trailer Brake Control System under Towing Equipment 0 308.

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE

This message displays when ice conditions are possible.

TRAILER CONNECTED

On vehicles with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, this message displays briefly when a trailer with electric or electric over hydraulic brakes is first connected to the vehicle.

This message clears itself after several seconds. This message also clears if you acknowledge it. After this message clears, the TRAILER GAIN and OUTPUT displays appear in the DIC.

See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158 and Integrated Trailer Brake Control System under Towing Equipment 0 308.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID

This message displays when the windshield washer fluid is low. Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for the location of the windshield washer fluid reservoir. Also, see Washer Fluid 0 334 for more information.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

176 Instruments and Controls

Vehicle Personalization Use the audio system controls to access the personalization menus for customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possible personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available.

Base Radio Audio System Controls

MENU : Press the center of the knob to enter menus and select menu items. Turn the knob to scroll through the menus.

o BACK : Press to return to the previous menu or exit.

Uplevel Radio Audio System Controls

1. Press the desired feature to display a list of available options.

2. Press to select the desired feature setting.

3. Press o BACK on the

faceplate or the 0 screen button to return to the previous menu or exit.

Turn the vehicle to ON/RUN to access the Settings menu, then select SETTINGS from the Home Page on the infotainment system display.

Personalization Menus

The following list of menu items may be available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Detailed information for each menu follows.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. See Clock 0 134.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select from the available language(s).

The selected language will display on the system, and voice recognition will reflect the selected language.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainment system and steering wheel controls. It may also limit access to vehicle storage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad.

2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation screen.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 177

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock or unlock the system. Press Back to go back to the previous menu.

Radio

Select and the following may display:

. Manage Favorites

. Number of Favorites Shown

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Auto Volume

. Maximum Startup Volume

. Audio Cue Volume

Manage Favorites

This allows favorites to be edited. See Manage Favorites in Radio Setup under Home Page 0 200 or Manage Favorites in Settings under Radio in the infotainment manual.

Number of Favorites Shown

Press to set the number of favorites to display.

Select the desired number or select Auto and the infotainment system will automatically adjust the number of favorites shown.

Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible Touch Feedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volume based on vehicle speed and ambient noise.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High.

Maximum Startup Volume

This feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is started and the volume is greater than this level, the volume is adjusted to this level. To set the maximum startup volume, turn the MENU knob or select + or to increase or decrease.

Audio Cue Volume

This feature sets the volume of audio files played at system startup and shutdown.

Select On, then select + or to increase or decrease the volume.

Vehicle

Select and the following may display:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality

Select and the following may display:

. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Defog

. Auto Rear Defog

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

178 Instruments and Controls

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximum auto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the auto defog comes on when the climate control sensor detects high interior humidity. Air will be directed to the windshield.

Select Off or On.

Auto Rear Defog

If equipped, this feature will automatically turn on the rear window defogger when the vehicle is first started in cold weather and turn off when the vehicle is warmed.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select and the following may display:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Go Notifier

. Parking Assist

. Lane Change Alert

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Side Blind Zone Alert

Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts to beeps or seat vibrations. This setting affects all crash alerts including Forward Collision, Lane Departure Warning, and Parking Assist alerts.

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and Front Automatic Braking (FAB). The Off setting disables all FCA and FAB functions. With the Alert and Brake setting, both FCA and FAB are available. The Alert setting disables FAB, but some last-second automatic braking capability is still provided, though less likely to occur. See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 291.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder that Adaptive Cruise Control provides when it has brought the vehicle to a complete stop behind another stopping vehicle, and then that vehicle drives on.

Select Off or On.

Parking Assist

If equipped, this allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Select Off, On, or On with Towbar Attached.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 292.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 179

Side Blind Zone Alert

This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 292.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience

Select and the following may display:

. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Auto Memory Recall

This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Memory Seats 0 69.

Select Off or On.

Easy Exit Options

This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Memory Seats 0 69.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of the chime volume level.

Select + or to adjust the volume.

Reverse Tilt Mirror

When on, the driver and/or passenger mirrors will tilt downward when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the ground near the rear wheels.

Select Off, On — Driver and Passenger, On — Driver, or On — Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside rearview mirrors will automatically fold or unfold when the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter Q or K is pressed and held.

Select Off or On.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

When on and the front wiper is on and wiping, the rear wiper will automatically activate when the vehicle is shifted to R (Reverse).

Select Off or On.

Lighting

Select and the following may display:

. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exterior lamps and allows some of the exterior lamps and most of the interior lamps to turn on briefly when K on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of how long the exterior lamps stay on when leaving the vehicle when it is dark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

180 Instruments and Controls

Power Door Locks

Select and the following may display:

. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep the driver door from locking when the vehicle is off, the driver door is open, and locking is requested. If Off is selected, the Delayed Door Lock menu will be available.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of the doors will automatically unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay the locking of the doors. To override the delay, press the power door lock switch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Select and the following may display:

. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps will flash when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type of feedback is given when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doors will unlock when pressing K on the RKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door Only.

Remote Start Auto Cooled Seats

If equipped and turned on, this feature will turn the cooled seats on when using remote start on warm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, this feature will turn the heated seats on when using remote start on cold days.

Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 181

Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to be opened when pressing and holding K on the RKE transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of what doors will unlock when using the button on the driver door to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to be turned on or off and selects feedback. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

Select Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert when the RKE transmitter is left in the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth

Select and the following may display:

. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

. Text Message Alerts

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See Pairing in Infotainment Controls under Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217 or Pairing in Infotainment Controls under Bluetooth in the infotainment manual.

Device Management

Select to connect to a different phone source, disconnect a phone, or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Select to change the ring tone for the specific phone. The phone does not need to be connected to change the ring tones.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mail number for all connected phones. To change the voice mail number, select EDIT or press the EDIT button. Type a new number, then select SAVE or press the SAVE button.

Text Message Alerts

This feature allows text messages to be received. See Text Messaging under Phone in the infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

182 Instruments and Controls

Apple CarPlay

Select and the following may display:

. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto under Phone in the infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices. Apple CarPlay must be on for this feature to be accessed. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto under Phone in the infotainment manual.

Android Auto

Select and the following may display:

. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devices to be connected to the infotainment system through a USB port. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto under Phone in the infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices. Android Auto must be on for this feature to be accessed. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto under Phone in the infotainment manual.

Voice

Select and the following may display:

. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

. Display What Can I Say? Tips

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustment of the sensitivity of the speech recognition system.

Select Confirm More or Confirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voice prompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audio feedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.

Display What Can I Say? Tips

This feature gives voice command tips.

Select Off or On.

Display

Select and the following may display:

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen, then follow the prompts.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 183

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Touch anywhere on the display area or press any faceplate button to turn the display on.

Rear Camera

Select and the following may display:

. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

When on, guide line will show on the screen when in reverse. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Select Off or On.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

When on, guide line will show on the screen when in reverse. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Select Off or On.

Return to Factory Settings

Select and the following may display:

. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoring vehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear all private information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restore radio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainment system current software information.

Universal Remote System See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Universal Remote System Programming

If equipped, these buttons are in the overhead console.

This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices. These

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

184 Instruments and Controls

instructions refer to a garage door opener, but can be used for other devices.

Do not use the Universal Remote system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature. This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.

Read the instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. It may help to have another person assist with the programming process.

Keep the original hand-held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming. Erase the programming when vehicle ownership is terminated. See Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons later in this section.

To program a garage door opener, park outside directly in line with and facing the garage door opener receiver. Clear all people and objects near the garage door.

Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a new battery for quick and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

Programming the Universal Remote System

For questions or help programming the Universal Remote system, call 1-800-355-3515 or see www.homelink.com.

Programming involves time-sensitive actions, and may time out causing the procedure to be repeated.

To program up to three devices:

1. Hold the end of the hand-held transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) away from the Universal Remote system buttons with the indicator light in view. The hand-held transmitter was supplied by the manufacturer of the garage door opener receiver.

2. At the same time, press and hold both the hand-held transmitter button and one of the three Universal Remote

system buttons to be used to operate the garage door. Do not release either button until the indicator light goes from a slow to a rapid flashing light. Then release both buttons.

Some garage door openers may require substitution of Step 2 with the procedure under Radio Signals for Canada and Some Gate Operators later in this section.

3. Press and hold the newly programmed Universal Remote system button for five seconds while watching the indicator light and garage door activation.

. If the indicator light stays on continuously or the garage door moves when the button is pressed, then programming is complete. There is no need to complete Steps 46.

. If the indicator light does not come on or the garage door does not move, a second button press may

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Instruments and Controls 185

be required. For a second time, press and hold the newly programmed button for five seconds. If the light stays on or the garage door moves, programming is complete.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds, then changes to a solid light and the garage door does not move, continue with programming Steps 46.

Learn or Smart Button

4. After completing Steps 13, locate the Learn or Smart button inside the garage on the garage door opener receiver.

The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer.

5. Press and release the Learn or Smart button. Step 6 must be completed within 30 seconds of pressing this button.

6. Inside the vehicle, press and hold the newly programmed Universal Remote system button for two seconds and then release it. If the garage door does not move or the lamp on the garage door opener receiver does not flash, press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds, then release it. Again, if the door does not move or the garage door lamp does not flash, press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds, then release it.

The Universal Remote system should now activate the garage door.

Repeat the process for programming the two remaining buttons.

Radio Signals for Canada and Some Gate Operators

For questions or programming help, call 1-800-355-3515 or see www.homelink.com.

Canadian radio-frequency laws and some U.S. gate operators require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission. This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote system to pick up the signal during programming.

If the programming did not work, replace Step 2 under Programming the Universal Remote System with the following:

Press and hold the Universal Remote system button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Remote system. The Universal Remote system indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under Programming the Universal Remote System to complete.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

186 Instruments and Controls

Universal Remote System Operation

Using the Universal Remote System

Press and hold the appropriate Universal Remote system button for at least one-half second. The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted.

Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons

Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle ownership is terminated.

To erase:

1. Press and hold the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash. This should take about 10 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

Reprogramming a Single Universal Remote System Button

To reprogram any of the system buttons:

1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. Do not release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the button, proceed with Step 1 under Programming the Universal Remote System.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Lighting 187

Lighting

Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 187 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Automatic Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 191 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Lighting Features Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Battery Load Management . . . 194 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 195

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.

There are four positions:

O (Off) : Turns off the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to the off position again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on.

For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position will only work when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

AUTO (Automatic) : Automatically turns on the headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped), and license plate lamps.

When the vehicle is turned off and the headlamps are in AUTO, the headlamps turn off. When the key is removed, the headlamps automatically come on for a set time. The time of the delay can be changed using the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on the parking lamps including all lamps, except the headlamps.

2 (Headlamps) : Turns on the headlamps with the parking lamps and instrument panel lights.

When the headlamps are turned on while the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off automatically 10 minutes after the ignition is

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

188 Lighting

turned off. When the headlamps are turned on while the vehicle is off, the headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes before turning off to prevent the battery from being drained. Turn the headlamp control off and then back to the headlamp on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes.

To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns the vehicle’s high-beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beam headlamps on when it is dark enough and there is no other traffic present.

This light comes on in the instrument cluster when the IntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system, with the turn signal lever in the neutral position, turn the exterior lamp control to AUTO. The blue high-beam on light appears on the instrument cluster when the high beams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the high beams when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph).

There is a sensor near the top center of the windshield that automatically controls the system. Keep this area of the windshield clear of debris to allow for best system performance.

The high-beam headlamps remain on, under the automatic control, until one of the following situations occurs:

. The system detects an approaching vehicle’s headlamps.

. The system detects a preceding vehicle’s taillamps.

. The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required.

. The vehicle’s speed drops below 20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system can be disabled by the High/Low-Beam Changer or the Flash-to-Pass feature. If this happens, the High/Low-Beam Changer must be activated two times within five seconds to reactivate the IntelliBeam system. The instrument cluster light will come on to indicate the IntelliBeam is reactivated. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer 0 189 and Flash-to-Pass 0 189.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Lighting 189

The high beams may not turn off automatically if the system cannot detect another vehicle’s lamps because of any of the following:

. The other vehicle’s lamps are missing, damaged, obstructed from view, or otherwise undetected.

. The other vehicle’s lamps are covered with dirt, snow, and/or road spray.

. The other vehicle’s lamps cannot be detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions.

. The vehicle’s windshield is dirty, cracked, or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such that the front end points upward, causing the light sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps.

. The vehicle is being driven on winding or hilly roads.

The automatic high-beam headlamps may need to be disabled if any of the above conditions exist.

Exterior Lamps Off Reminder A reminder chime sounds when the headlamps or parking lamps are manually turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is open. To disable the chime, turn the lamps off.

Headlamp High/ Low-Beam Changer $ (Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer) : Push the turn signal lever toward the instrument panel to change the headlamps from low to high beam.

Pull the turn signal lever toward you and release it to return to low-beam headlamps.

When the high-beam headlamps are on, this indicator light on the instrument cluster will also be on.

Flash-to-Pass This feature lets you use the high-beam headlamps to signal a driver in front of you that you want to pass. It works even if the headlamps are in the automatic position.

To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward you, then release it.

If the headlamps are in the automatic position or on low beam, the high-beam headlamps will turn on. Depending on the type of headlamp, they will either turn off after a short duration or stay on as long as you hold the lever toward you. The high-beam indicator on the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

190 Lighting

instrument cluster will come on. Release the lever to return to normal operation.

Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of the vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada.

The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control is in AUTO.

. The transmission is not in P (Park).

. The light sensor determines it is daytime.

When the DRL system is on, only the DRL are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on.

When it begins to get dark, the automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the headlamps.

To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp control to the off position and then release. For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only work when the vehicle is in P (Park).

Automatic Headlamp System When the exterior lamp control is set to AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the headlamps come on automatically.

There is a light sensor on top of the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, otherwise the headlamps will come on when they are not needed.

The system may also turn on the headlamps when driving through a parking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the automatic headlamp system comes on immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 193.

When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Lighting 191

The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers are activated in daylight with the engine on, and the exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the headlamps, parking lamps, and other exterior lamps come on. The transition time for the lamps coming on varies based on wiper speed. When the wipers are not operating, these lamps turn off. Move the exterior lamp control to O or; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers

| (Hazard Warning Flashers) : Press this button to make the front and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off.

When the hazard warning flashers are on, the vehicle’s turn signals will not work.

Turn and Lane-Change Signals

An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change.

Move the turn signal lever all the way up or down to signal a turn.

Raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn signals to automatically flash three times. It will flash six times if Tow/ Haul Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

192 Lighting

The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released.

If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses 0 347.

Turn Signal On Chime

If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each flash of the turn signal. The message TURN SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime and message off, move the turn signal lever to the off position.

Fog Lamps

If equipped with fog lamps, the button is on the exterior lamp control, to the left of the steering column.

The ignition must be in the ON/RUN position for the fog lamps to come on.

# (Fog Lamps) : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. A light will come on in the instrument cluster.

When the fog lamps are turned on, the parking lamps automatically turn on.

When the headlamps are changed to high beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog lamps will come on again.

Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to be on with the fog lamps.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Lighting 193

Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination Control

This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights and is next to the exterior lamp control.

D (Instrument Panel Illumination) : Move the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights.

Dome Lamps

There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, if equipped.

To change the dome lamp settings, press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamps off, even when a door is open.

DOOR : The lamps come on automatically when a door is opened.

ON : Turns all dome lamps on.

Reading Lamps

There are reading lamps in the overhead console and the headliner, if equipped. To operate, the ignition must be in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position, or using Retained Accessory Power (RAP).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

194 Lighting

Pressm orn next to each reading lamp to turn it on or off.

Lighting Features

Entry Lighting Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps turn on briefly at night, or in areas with limited lighting, when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a door is opened, the interior lamps come on if the dome lamp control is in the DOOR position. After about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can be disabled manually by changing the ignition out of the OFF position, or by pressing the RKE transmitter Q button.

This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Locator Lights under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Exit Lighting Some exterior lamps and interior lamps come on when the key is removed from the ignition. The exterior and interior lamps remain on for a set amount of time, then automatically turn off.

If equipped with Keyless Access, the exterior lamps automatically turn on when the drivers door is opened after the ignition is turned to OFF. The interior lights turn on when the ignition is turned to OFF.

The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off.

This feature can be changed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Battery Load Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM), which estimates the battery’s temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery.

When the battery’s state of charge is low, the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging. The voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on the Driver Information Center (DIC),

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Lighting 195

if equipped, may show the voltage moving up or down. This is normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high. This is true for all vehicles. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs when several of the following are on, such as: headlamps, high beams, fog lamps, rear window defogger, climate control fan at high speed, heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into accessory power outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery. It does this by balancing the generator’s output and the vehicle’s electrical needs. It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever needed. It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories.

Normally, these actions occur in steps or levels, without being noticeable. In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action, this action may be noticeable to the driver. If so, a DIC message might be displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. See Battery Voltage and Charging Messages 0 164.

Battery Power Protection This feature shuts off the dome and reading lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is off. This will keep the battery from running down.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

196 Infotainment System

Infotainment System

Introduction Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 197 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Radio AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Rear Side Window Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 205

Audio Players CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Phone Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 212 Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls — Base Radio) . . . . . . 213

Bluetooth (Voice Recognition — Base Radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Trademarks and License Agreements Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Introduction

Infotainment Base radio information is included in this manual. See the infotainment manual for information on other available infotainment systems.

Read the following pages to become familiar with these features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road for too long or too often while using any infotainment feature can cause a crash. You or others could be injured or killed. Do not give extended attention to infotainment tasks while driving. Limit your glances at the vehicle displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands whenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-in features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some functions when driving. These

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 197

functions may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are also available through the instrument cluster and steering wheel controls.

Before driving:

. Become familiar with the operation, faceplate buttons, and screen buttons.

. Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers.

. Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single button or by using a single voice command if equipped with Bluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 234.

To play the infotainment system with the ignition off, see Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

Theft-Deterrent Feature TheftLock is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle’s radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.

Overview

Infotainment System Overview

The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons on the faceplate and steering wheel controls, if equipped. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

198 Infotainment System

Radio with CD

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 199

Radio with TONE

1. q (Favorite Pages)

. Press to scroll down through the favorite pages for each source.

2. Favorites/Soft Keys

. Press to select favorite stations.

. Press and hold to save favorite stations.

. Press to select a screen button when displayed.

3. r (Favorite Pages)

. Press to scroll up through the favorite pages for each source.

4. MENU

. Press to access the menu for the current audio source.

. Press to select the highlighted menu option.

. Turn to scroll through a list.

. Turn to manually select a station.

5. CD Slot (If Equipped)

6. o BACK

. Press to return to the previous screen in a menu.

7. { (Home Page)

. Press to go to the Home Page from any point in the system. See Home Page following.

8. X (Eject) (If Equipped) or TONE (If Equipped)

. PressX to eject the CD (if equipped).

. Press TONE to open the Tone Settings menu (if equipped).

9. g orl (Seek)

. CD (If Equipped): Press g to seek the beginning of the current or previous track. If the track has played for less than five seconds, it seeks the previous track. If longer than five seconds, the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

200 Infotainment System

current track will start from the beginning. Pressl to seek the next track.

. AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped): Pressg orl to seek to the previous or next strong station.

. CD (If Equipped): Press and holdg to quickly reverse through a track. Release the button to return to playing speed. Press and holdl to fast forward through a track. Release the button to return to playing speed.

10. RADIO

. Press to change the audio source between AM, FM, or SiriusXM, if equipped.

11. MEDIA

. Press to change the audio source between CD, USB, and AUX.

12. O (Power/Volume)

. Press to turn the audio on.

. Press and hold to turn it off.

. When on, press to mute the system. Press again to unmute.

. Turn to increase or decrease the volume.

Home Page

Home Page Features

The infotainment system displays a Home Page that makes it easy to access all of the applications. Turn the MENU knob to highlight feature icons. Press the MENU knob to access the features options.

Various functions are disabled when the vehicle is moving.

AUDIO : Select the AUDIO screen icon to display the active source page. The sources available are AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped), CD, USB/iPod, and AUX. See AM-FM Radio 0 202, Satellite Radio 0 204, CD Player 0 206, and Auxiliary Jack 0 211.

PHONE : Select the PHONE screen icon to display the Phone main page. See Bluetooth Overview in Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217.

NAV (Navigation, If Equipped) : Select the NAV screen icon to display the OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation. See OnStar Overview in OnStar, if equipped.

SETTINGS : Select the SETTINGS screen icon to display the Settings main page. See Setting Radio Preferences following.

Setting Radio Preferences

Select the SETTINGS screen icon to display the Settings menu and the following may display:

Time : See Clock 0 134.

Language (Current Language) : This will set the display language in the radio and instrument cluster. Select to display a list of languages. Select BACK to go back to the previous menu.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 201

Valet Mode:

Using the circular numeric keypad, enter a four-digit code:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight a number.

2. Press the MENU knob to select it. Do this for each one of the four digits. Select Enter to go to the confirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Select LOCK to lock the system. This will also lock access to the storage behind the radio, if equipped. See Instrument Panel Storage 0 123.

4. Enter the four-digit code to unlock the system.

Radio : See Radio Setup later in this section.

Vehicle : See Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Display : Press the MENU knob to turn the display on or off.

Return to Factory Settings : See Return to Factory Settings later in this section.

Software Information : Press the MENU knob to select Save Vehicle Info to USB. Press the MENU knob again to start downloading the vehicle information to the USB.

Radio Setup

From the RADIO/BAND screen icon, the following may be displayed:

Manage Favorites:

. Turn the MENU knob and press to select a favorite.

. To delete a favorite, press the button just below the DELETE screen button.

. To move a favorite, press the MOVE screen button. Turn the MENU knob to select a new location, then press the DROP screen button to select the new location.

. Select o BACK to go back to the previous menu.

Number of Favorites Shown : To set the number of favorites for display, select Auto to automatically adjust the number of Favorites pages shown as Favorites are

added and removed. Another way to adjust is to select a number from 5 25 to show that selection of favorites.

Audible Touch Feedback : Select to turn feedback off or on.

Auto Volume (If Equipped) : This feature adjusts the volume based on vehicle speed. The options are Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. Select the desired volume.

Maximum Startup Volume : This feature sets the maximum startup volume. If the vehicle is started and the volume is greater than this level, the volume is adjusted to this level. To set the maximum startup volume, Turn the MENU knob to increase or decrease startup volume.

Rear Camera

From the Rear Camera screen button, the following may display:

Guidance Lines (If Equipped) : This feature will display guidance lines on the screen when in R (Reverse). Select Off or On.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

202 Infotainment System

See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (If Equipped) : This feature will display an alert icon when cross traffic is detected.

Select Off or On.

See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 286.

Return to Factory Settings

Select and the following may display:

Restore Vehicle Settings : This option will restore factory vehicle personalization settings. Select Cancel or Confirm.

Clear All Private Data : This option clears all private information from the vehicle. Select Cancel or Confirm.

Restore Radio Settings : This option will restore factory radio settings. Select Cancel or Continue.

English and Metric Unit Conversion

To change the display units between English and metric units, see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

Software Updates See the website for more information.

Website Information

In the U.S., see www.chevrolet.com

In Canada, see www.chevrolet.gm.ca

In Mexico, see www.chevrolet.com.mx

Radio

AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio

While on the audio main page, press the RADIO or MEDIA button repeatedly through the available sources (AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped), CD, USB, and AUX).

The steering wheel controls can also be used to adjust the volume. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 130.

AM, FM, SiriusXM (If Equipped)

To select AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if equipped), press the RADIO button to toggle to the desired broadcast source.

Press the RADIO faceplate button to display the active radio source. Press the MENU knob and the following radio settings may display:

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 203

Tone Settings:

. Bass, Midrange, and Treble: Turn the MENU knob and highlight. Press the MENU knob to select. Turn the MENU knob to adjust.

. Balance: Turn the MENU knob to highlight. Press the MENU knob to select. Turn the MENU knob left for more sound from the left speakers or right for more sound from the right speakers. The middle position balances the sound between the left and right speakers.

. Fade: Turn the MENU knob to highlight. Press the MENU knob to select. Turn the MENU knob to the left for more sound from the front speakers and to the right for more sound from the rear speakers. The middle position balances the sound between the front and rear speakers.

. EQ (Equalizer): Turn the MENU knob to highlight. Turn the MENU knob to scroll through the options. Press the MENU knob

to select. Press the o BACK button to go to the previous menu.

Station List : Select to display a list of AM or FM stations. Press o BACK to go to the previous menu.

Auto Volume : If equipped, this feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Select the level between off, low, medium-low, medium, medium-high, and high. Press o BACK to go to the previous menu.

EQ (Equalizer) Settings : In certain configurations the available choices are Manual and Talk.

Options for SiriusXM Only (If Equipped)

XM View : XM view allows the channel list to be viewed by channel name, artist playing on channel, or song playing on channel. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press the MENU knob to select. Press o BACK to go to the previous menu.

Channel List : Select to display a list of SiriusXM stations. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press the MENU knob to select. Press o BACK to go to the previous menu.

Also see the radio settings common for all sources earlier in this section.

Finding a Station

Seeking a Station

Pressg orl to search for the previous or next strongest station.

Tuning a Station

Turn the MENU knob to manually find a station.

Storing Radio Station Presets

Up to 25 preset stations from all bands can be stored in the favorite lists in any order. Up to five stations can be stored in each favorite page and the number of favorites can be set.

AM, FM, or SiriusXM (If Equipped) : While on the active source main page, such as AM, FM,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

204 Infotainment System

or SiriusXM (if equipped), press and hold a favorites/soft-key button on the faceplate.

Mixed-Audio Favorites

Media and Broadcast favorites can be stored.

To display the favorites page, press q or r button on the radio faceplate.

From the Settings menu press the MENU knob to select Manage Favorites. The Manage Favorites feature has the option of moving or deleting a favorite. See Manage Favorites under Overview 0 197.

Satellite Radio

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service

Vehicles with a SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM satellite radio subscription can receive SiriusXM programming.

SiriusXM is a satellite radio service based in the 48 contiguous United States and 10 Canadian provinces. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide

variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. A service fee is required to receive the SiriusXM service. See www.siriusxmradio.com or call 1-866-635-2349 (U.S.); or see www.xmradio.ca or call 1-877-209-0079 (Canada).

When SiriusXM is active, the channel name and number, category name, song title, and artist display on the screen.

Browsing SiriusXM Channels

To browse the SiriusXM channels:

1. Press the MENU knob.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight XM Channel List.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired XM Channels.

Radio Reception Frequency interference and static can occur during normal radio reception if items such as phone chargers, vehicle convenience

accessories, and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet. If there is interference or static, unplug the item from the accessory power outlet.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in electronic circuit that automatically works to reduce interference, some static can occur, especially around tall buildings or hills, causing the sound to fade in and out.

AM

The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each other. Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 205

SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service

If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals, causing the sound to fade in and out. In addition, traveling or standing under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM signal for a period of time.

Cell Phone Usage

Cell phone usage, such as making or receiving phone calls, charging, or just having the phone on may cause static interference in the radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off if this happens.

Rear Side Window Antenna The AM-FM antenna is in the passenger right rear side window. Make sure the inside surfaces of the rear side windows are not scratched and that the lines on the glass are

not damaged. If the inside surfaces are damaged, they could interfere with radio reception.

For proper radio reception, the antenna connector must be properly attached to the post on the glass.

The connector attachment to the glass is exposed. Tampering with or disconnecting the connector will interfere with radio reception.

If a cellular telephone antenna needs to be attached to the glass, make sure that the grid lines for the AM-FM antenna are not damaged. There is enough space between the grid lines to attach a cellular telephone antenna without interfering with radio reception.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside of the rear side windows may affect radio reception or damage the rear side window antenna. Repairs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the warranty. Do not clear the inside of the rear side windows with sharp objects.

Caution

Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film. The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception. Any damage caused to the backglass antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Multi-Band Antenna The multi-band antenna is on the roof of the vehicle. The antenna is used for OnStar, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service System, and GPS (Global Positioning System),

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

206 Infotainment System

if the vehicle has these features. Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear reception.

If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, reception can also be affected.

Items on the roof of the vehicle can interfere with the performance of the radio system and OnStar (if equipped). Make sure the multi-band antenna is not obstructed.

Audio Players

CD Player If equipped, the CD player can be used for CD and MP3 audio.

With the vehicle on, insert a disc into the slot, label side up. Press the MEDIA button to select CD as a source.

The system is capable of playing most:

. Audio CDs

. CD-R

. CD-RW

. MP3 or unprotected WMA formats

When playing any compatible recordable disc, the sound quality can be reduced due to disc quality, the method of recording, the quality of the music that has been recorded, or the way the disc has been handled.

There can be increased skipping, difficulty in finding tracks, and/or difficulty in loading and ejecting.

If these problems occur, check the disc for damage or try a known good disc.

To avoid damage to the CD player:

. Do not use scratched or damaged discs.

. Do not apply labels to discs. The labels could get caught in the player.

. Insert only one disc at a time.

. Keep the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, and debris.

. Use a marking pen to label the top of the disc.

Loading and Ejecting Discs

To load a disc:

1. Turn the vehicle on.

2. Insert a disc into the slot, label side up. The player pulls it in the rest of the way. If the disc is damaged or improperly loaded, there is an error and the disc ejects.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 207

Playing an Audio CD

Press the MEDIA button on the faceplate until CD is selected.

On the CD main page, either a track number displays at the beginning of each track, or Song, Artist, and Album information displays when available.

Use the following screen controls to play the disc:

t (Seek Previous/Fast Reverse): While on the CD main page:

. Press to seek to the beginning of the current or previous track. If the track has been playing for less than five seconds, it seeks to the previous track. If longer than five seconds, the current track starts from the beginning.

. Press and hold to fast reverse through a track. Release the button to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.

u (Seek Next/Fast Forward): While on the CD main page:

. Press to seek to the next track.

. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release the button to return to playing speed. Elapsed time displays.

j /r (Pause/Play): While on the CD main page, press to pause. Press again to resume.

Z (Shuffle): PressZ to play the songs in random order. Press again to turn off.

If a Blu-ray Disc or DVD disc is loaded into the disc player and the CD screen button is selected, a message comes on the screen to use the Video application. The Video application is only available on vehicles with Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE).

CD Menu

While on the CD main page, press the MENU knob to display the CD menu and the following may display:

Browse : Select to display the files or songs on the CD.

Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See Tone Settings under AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Auto Volume : If equipped, this feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Select the level between Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, and High. Press BACK to go to the previous menu.

EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this feature adjusts the equalizer settings. See EQ (Equalizer) in AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Error Messages

If Disc Error displays and/or the disc comes out, it could be for one of the following reasons:

. The disc has an invalid or unknown format.

. The disc is very hot. Try the disc again when the temperature returns to normal.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

208 Infotainment System

. The road is very rough. Try the disc again when the road is smoother.

. The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, or upside down.

. The air is very humid. Try the disc again later.

. There was a problem while burning the disc.

. The label is caught in the CD player.

If Disc Player Error displays, it could be for one of the following reasons:

. The player temperature is too high.

. There are load or eject errors.

If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason, try a known good CD.

If any error continues, contact your dealer.

Playing an MP3 CD

To play an MP3 CD, follow the same instructions as Playing an Audio CD previously in this section.

The following guidelines must be met when creating an MP3 disc, otherwise the CD might not play:

. Sampling rate: 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.

. Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256, and 320 kbps.

. Maximum number of folders: eight folders with 255 files per folder.

. Maximum of 1,000 files on a disc.

. Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW.

Root Directory

The root directory is treated as a folder. All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders.

Empty Folders

If a root directory or folder is empty or contains only folders, the player advances to the next folder in the

file structure that contains a compressed audio file. The empty folder(s) are not displayed or numbered.

No Folder

When the CD only contains compressed audio files without any folders, all files are under the root folder.

USB Port

Playing from a USB

A USB mass storage device or Media Transfer Protocol (MTP) device can be connected to the USB port.

The USB ports are in the center stack or inside the front seat armrest.

USB MP3 Player and USB Drives

. The USB MP3 players and USB drives connected must comply with the USB Mass Storage Class specification (USB MSC).

. Hard disk drives are not supported.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 209

To play a USB device:

. Connect the USB.

. Press the MEDIA button on the faceplate until the connected device is shown.

While the USB source is active, use the corresponding faceplate buttons to operate USB function:

. t (Seek Previous/Fast Reverse)

. u (Seek Next/Fast Forward)

. j /r (Play/Pause)

. Z (Shuffle)

For information on how to use the screen icons, see Playing an Audio CD previously in this section.

USB Menu

Press the MENU knob to display the USB menu and the following may display:

Browse : Select to display the files and folders on the USB device.

Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See Tone Settings under AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Auto Volume : If equipped, see Playing an Audio CD previously in this section.

EQ (Equalizer) Settings : If equipped, this feature adjusts the equalizer settings. See EQ (Equalizer) Settings in AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Playing from an iPod/iPad/ iPhone

This feature supports the following devices:

. iPod nano (1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th generation)

. iPod with video (5.0 and 5.5 generation).

. iPod classic (6th generation)

. iPod touch (1st and 2nd generation)

. iPad

. iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS, iPhone 4

There may be problems with operation and function in the following situations:

. When connecting a device with a more recent version of the firmware installed than is supported by the infotainment system.

. When connecting a device on which firmware from other providers is installed.

To connect and control a device:

1. Connect one end of the standard USB cable to the device’s dock connector.

2. Connect the other end to a USB port in the center console. See Center Console Storage 0 125.

3. Press the MEDIA button to select the source.

The music information displays on the radios display and begins playing through the vehicles audio system.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

210 Infotainment System

The device battery recharges automatically while the vehicle is on. When the vehicle is off while a device is connected using the USB cable, the device battery stops charging and the device will automatically turn off.

If the device is an unsupported model, it can still be listened to in the vehicle by connecting to the auxiliary input jack using a standard 3.5 mm (1/8 in) stereo cable.

Menu

Press the MENU knob to display the device Menu and the following may display:

Browse : Select to display the files or songs on the device. See Browse Device Media later in this section.

Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See Tone Settings under AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Auto Volume : If equipped, see Playing an Audio CD previously in this section.

EQ (Equalizer) Settings : If equipped, this feature adjusts the equalizer settings. See EQ (Equalizer) Settings in AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Browse Device Media

Use the following to browse:

Playlists:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to view the playlists stored on the device.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select a playlist name to view a list of all songs in the playlist.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.

Artists:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to view the artists stored on the device.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select an artist name to view a list of all albums by the artist.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select an album name to view a list of all songs on the album.

4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.

Albums:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to view the albums stored on the device.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select an album name to view a list of all songs on the album.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.

Genres:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to view the genres stored on the device.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 211

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select a genre name to view a list of artists of that genre.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select to view albums by that artist.

4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select an album to view songs.

5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.

Songs:

1. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to view a list of all songs stored on the device.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight and press to select the song from the list to begin playback.

Auxiliary Jack The AUX jack is in the center stack or inside the front seat armrest. See Center Console Storage 0 125.

Possible auxiliary audio sources include:

. Laptop computer

. Audio music player

This jack is not an audio output. Do not plug headphones into the auxiliary input jack. Auxiliary devices should be set up while the vehicle is in P (Park).

Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack.

If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently active, press the MEDIA faceplate button repeatedly to scroll through all of the available audio source screens, until the AUX source screen is shown.

Playing from the AUX Jack

An auxiliary device is played through the audio system and controlled through the device itself.

AUX Menu

Press the MENU knob to display the AUX menu and the following may display:

Tone Settings : Select to adjust Bass, Midrange, Treble, Balance, Fade, and EQ (Equalizer). See Tone Settings under AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Auto Volume : If equipped, see Playing an Audio CD previously in this section.

EQ (Equalizer) : If equipped, this feature adjusts the pre-defined equalizer settings. See EQ (Equalizer) in AM-FM Radio 0 202.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

212 Infotainment System

Phone

Bluetooth (Overview) Instructions for using the cell phone may differ between infotainment systems. The base radio and base radio with connectivity instructions are included in this manual. See the infotainment manual for instructions on the uplevel radios.

Bluetooth-capable systems can interact with many cell phones, allowing:

. Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode.

. Sharing of the cell phones address book or contact list with the vehicle.

To minimize driver distraction, before driving, and with the vehicle parked:

. Become familiar with the features of the cell phone. Organize the phone book and contact lists clearly and delete

duplicate or rarely used entries. If possible, program speed dial or other shortcuts.

. Review the controls and operation of the infotainment system.

. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. The system may not work with all cell phones. See Pairing in this section.

. If the cell phone has voice dialing capability, learn to use that feature to access the address book or contact list. See Voice Pass-Thru in this section.

. See Storing and Deleting Phone Numbers in this section.

{ Warning

When using a cell phone, it can be distracting to look too long or too often at the screen of the phone or the infotainment system. Taking your eyes off the road too

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.

Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a Hands-Free Profile to make and receive phone calls. The infotainment system and voice recognition are used to control the system. The system can be used while in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. The range of the Bluetooth system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions and not all phones work with the Bluetooth system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth for more information about compatible phones.

Bluetooth Controls

Use the buttons on the instrument panel, faceplate, and the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth system.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 213

Steering Wheel Controls

g (Press to Talk) : Press to answer incoming calls, confirm system information, and start voice recognition.

i (Phone/Mute) : Press to end a call, reject a call, or cancel an operation. Press to mute or unmute the infotainment system.

Infotainment System Controls

For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Overview 0 197.

MENU : Turn to scroll through a list. Press to select the highlighted list option.

{ (Home Page) : Press to go to the Home Page. See Home Page 0 200.

PHONE : Select to enter the phone main menu. See Bluetooth (Overview) 0 212 or Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) 0 213 or Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio) 0 217.

Voice Recognition

The voice recognition system uses commands to control the system and dial phone numbers.

Noise : The system may not recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise, such as noise from open windows or loud talking inside the vehicle.

When to Speak : A tone sounds to indicate that the system is ready for a voice command. Wait for the tone and then speak.

How to Speak : Speak clearly in a calm and natural voice.

Audio System

When using the Bluetooth system, sound comes through the vehicle’s front audio system speakers and overrides the audio system. Use the O knob during a call to change the volume level. The system maintains a minimum volume level.

Bluetooth Audio Quality

Turn off the Echo and Noise cancellation feature on your phone, if supported, for the best hands-free performance.

See www.gm.com/bluetooth.

Bluetooth (Infotainment Controls Base Radio) For information about how to navigate the menu system using the infotainment controls, see Overview 0 197.

Switching to Handset or Hands-Free Mode

To switch between handset mode and hands-free mode, use the OnStar command, transfer call.

Pairing

A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone must be paired to the Bluetooth system and then connected to the vehicle before it can be used. See your cell phone manufacturer’s user guide for Bluetooth functions before pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

214 Infotainment System

phone is not connected, calls can be made using OnStar Hands-Free Calling, if available. See OnStar Overview 0 437, if equipped.

Pairing Information

. Up to five cell phones can be paired to the Bluetooth system.

. The pairing process is disabled when the vehicle is moving.

. Pairing only needs to be completed once per phone, unless the pairing information on the cell phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system.

. Only one paired cell phone can be connected to the Bluetooth system at a time.

. If multiple paired cell phones are within range of the system, the system connects to the first available paired cell phone in the order that they were newly paired to the system. To connect to a different paired phone, see Connecting to a Different Phone later in this section.

Pairing a Phone or Device

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob to access the PHONE screen button, then press the MENU knob to select the PHONE screen button. If a device has been previously paired, the main Phone menu will be shown. If no devices have been paired, Step 2 can be skipped.

2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Manage Phones.

3. Press the button just below the PAIR screen button. A four-digit Personal Identification Number (PIN) appears on the display. The PIN is used in Step 5.

4. Start the pairing process on the cell phone to be paired to the vehicle. See your cell phone manufacturer’s user guide for information on this process.

5. Locate the device named Your Vehicle in the list on the cell phone. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the

PIN provided in Step 3. If a six digit code is shown on the phone and the vehicle screen, confirm the codes are the same. The system recognizes the new connected phone after the pairing process is complete.

6. If the phone prompts to accept connection or allow phone book download, select Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted.

7. Repeat Steps 16 to pair additional phones or devices.

Listing All Paired and Connected Phones

1. To list all paired devices, from the Home Page turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Manage Phones.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 215

Deleting a Paired Phone

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Manage Phones.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the phone to be deleted.

4. Press the button below the DELETE screen button to delete the highlighted device.

5. A confirmation screen is displayed. Press the button just below the DELETE screen button to confirm deletion.

Connecting to a Different Phone

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Manage Phones.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the phone to be connected.

4. Press the button just below the CONNECT screen button to connect to the highlighted device.

Phone Menu

Once a phone is connected and selected, the following may display:

Recent Calls : Turn the MENU knob to highlight Recent Calls and press to select.

Contacts : Turn the MENU knob to highlight Contacts and press to select.

Keypad : Turn the MENU knob to highlight Keypad and press to select.

Active Call : Turn the MENU knob to highlight Active Call and press to select and display the active call screen.

Manage Phones : Turn the MENU knob to highlight Manage Phones and press to select.

Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent Calls

For cell phones that support the Contacts and Recent Calls feature, the Bluetooth system can use the contacts stored on your cell phone to make calls. See your cell phone manufacturers user guide or contact your wireless provider to find out if this feature is supported by your phone.

If the phone prompts to allow phone book download during the pairing process, select Always Accept and Allow. The phone book may not be available if not accepted.

When a cell phone supports the phone book feature, the Contacts and Recent Calls menus are automatically available.

The Contacts menu allows you to access the phone book stored in the cell phone to make a call.

The Recent Calls menu allows you to access the phone numbers from the Incoming Calls, Outgoing Calls, and Missed Calls menus on the cell phone to make a call.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

216 Infotainment System

To make a call using the Contacts menu:

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Contacts and press to select.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the letter group and press to select.

4. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the contact and press to select.

5. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the desired number, then press the MENU knob to call the contact.

To make a call using the Recent Calls menu:

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight Recent Calls and press to select.

If necessary, select between Missed, Recent, and Sent calls by pressing the button below the appropriate screen button.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the contact or the phone number.

4. Press the MENU knob to call the contact.

Making a Call Using the Keypad

To make a call:

1. From the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob and press to select Keypad.

3. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the first digit and press to select. Continue this process through the number. To call, press the button just below the CALL screen button.

Accepting or Declining a Call

When an incoming call is received, the infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

Accepting a Call

To accept a call, do one of the following:

. Press the button just below the ANSWER screen button.

. Press g on the steering wheel controls.

Declining a Call

To decline a call, do one of the following:

. Press the button just below the IGNORE screen button.

. Pressi on the steering wheel controls.

. Do nothing.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported on the Bluetooth phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 217

Accepting a Call Waiting Call

To accept a call waiting call, do one of the following:

. Press the button just below the SWITCH screen button.

. Press g on the steering wheel controls.

Declining a Call Waiting Call

To decline a call waiting call, do one of the following:

. Press the button just below the IGNORE screen button.

. Pressi on the steering wheel controls.

. Do nothing.

Ending a Call

To end a call, do one of the following:

. Press the button just below the END screen button.

. Pressi on the steering wheel controls.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones

The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send numbers during a call. This is used when calling a menu-driven phone system.

1. When a call is active, press the button just below the KEYPAD screen button.

2. Turn the MENU knob to highlight the first digit and press to select.

If not initially in the phone application, from the Home Page, turn the MENU knob, then press to select the PHONE screen button. From the PHONE main menu, turn the MENU knob to highlight Active Call and press to select.

Bluetooth (Voice Recognition Base Radio)

Using Voice Recognition

To use voice recognition, press g on the steering wheel. Use the commands below for the various voice features. For additional information, say Help while you are in a voice recognition menu.

Pairing

Pairing a Phone

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Bluetooth.

3. Say Pair. The system responds with instructions and a four-digit Personal Identification Number (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5.

4. Start the pairing process on the cell phone that you want to pair. For help with this process, see your cell phone manufacturer’s user guide.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

218 Infotainment System

5. Locate the device named Your Vehicle in the list on the cell phone. Follow the instructions on the cell phone to enter the PIN provided in Step 3. The system may respond with a six digit code to be confirmed on the cell phone (instead of entering a four digit code), check that the same digits are shown on the cell phone and say «Yes» to confirm. Select Confirm on the cell phone as well. After the PIN is successfully entered, the system prompts you to provide a name for the paired cell phone. This name will be used to indicate which phones are paired and connected to the vehicle. The system responds with has been successfully paired after the pairing process is complete.

6. Repeat Steps 15 to pair additional phones.

Listing All Paired and Connected Phones

The system can list all cell phones paired to it. If a paired cell phone is also connected to the vehicle, the system responds with is connected after that phone name.

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Bluetooth.

3. Say List.

Deleting a Paired Phone

If the phone name to delete is unknown, see Listing All Paired and Connected Phones.

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Bluetooth.

3. Say Delete. The system asks for which phone to delete.

4. Say the name of the phone to delete.

Connecting to a Different Phone

To connect to a different cell phone, the Bluetooth system looks for the next available cell phone in the order in which all available cell phones were paired. This may need to be repeated depending on how many cell phones have been connected.

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Bluetooth.

3. Say Change phone.

. If another cell phone is found, the response will be is now connected.

This can be repeated to connect any of the up to five paired phones.

. If another cell phone is not found, the original phone remains connected.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 219

Storing and Deleting Phone Numbers

The following commands are used to delete and store phone numbers.

Store : This command will store a phone number, or a group of numbers as a name tag.

Digit Store : This command allows a phone number to be stored as a name tag by entering the digits one at a time.

Delete : This command is used to delete individual name tags.

Delete All Name Tags : This command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands-Free Calling Directory and the Destinations Directory.

Using the Store Command

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Store.

3. Say the entire phone number or a group of digits all at once with no pauses, then follow the

directions given by the system to save a name tag for this number.

Using the Digit Store Command

If an unwanted number is recognized by the system, say Correction at any time to clear the last number.

To hear all of the digits recognized by the system, say Verify at any time.

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Digit Store.

3. Say each digit, one at a time. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, say Store, and then follow the directions given by the system to save a name tag for this number.

Using the Delete Command

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Delete.

3. Say the name tag you want to delete.

Using the Delete All Name Tags Command

This command deletes all stored name tags in the Hands-Free Calling Directory and the Destinations Directory.

To delete all name tags:

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Delete all name tags.

Listing Stored Numbers

The list command will list all the stored numbers and name tags.

Using the List Command

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Directory.

3. Say Hands-Free Calling.

4. Say List.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

220 Infotainment System

Making a Call

Calls can be made using the following commands.

Dial or Call : The dial or call command can be used interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag.

Digit Dial : This command allows a phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time.

Re-dial : This command is used to dial the last number used on the cell phone.

Using the Dial or Call Command

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Dial or Call.

3. Say the entire number without pausing or say the name tag.

Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers.

Calling 911 Emergency (U.S. and Canada)

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Dial or Call.

3. Say 911.

4. Say Dial or Call.

Calling 066 Emergency (Mexico)

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Dial or Call.

3. Say 066.

4. Say Dial or Call.

Using the Digit Dial Command

The digit dial command allows a phone number to be dialed by entering the digits one at a time. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone.

If an unwanted number is recognized by the system, say Correction at any time to clear the last number.

To hear all of the numbers recognized by the system, say Verify at any time.

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Digit Dial.

3. Say each digit, one at a time. After each digit is entered, the system repeats back the digit it heard followed by a tone. After the last digit has been entered, say Dial.

Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers.

Using the Re-dial Command

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. After the tone, say Re-dial. The system dials the last number called from the connected cell phone.

Once connected, the person called will be heard through the audio speakers.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 221

Receiving a Call

When an incoming call is received, the audio system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle.

. Press g to answer the call.

. Pressi to ignore a call.

Call Waiting

Call waiting must be supported on the cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier.

. Press g to answer an incoming call when another call is active. The original call is placed on hold.

. Press g again to return to the original call.

. To ignore the incoming call, no action is required.

. Pressi to disconnect the current call and switch to the call on hold.

Three-Way Calling

Three-way calling must be supported on the cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier.

1. While on a call, press g. 2. Say Three-way call.

3. Use the Dial or Call command to dial the number of the third party to be called.

4. Once the call is connected, press g to link all callers together.

Ending a Call

Pressi to end a call.

Transferring a Call

Audio can be transferred between the Bluetooth system and the cell phone.

The cell phone must be paired and connected with the Bluetooth system before a call can be transferred. The connection process can take up to two minutes after the ignition is turned to ON/RUN.

To Transfer Audio from the Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio in the vehicle:

1. Press g. 2. Say Transfer Call.

To Transfer Audio to the Bluetooth System from a Cell Phone

During a call with the audio on the cell phone, press g. The audio transfers to the vehicle. If the audio does not transfer to the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature on the cell phone. See your cell phone manufacturer’s user guide for more information.

Voice Pass-Thru

Voice pass-thru allows access to the voice recognition commands on the cell phone. See your cell phone manufacturer’s user guide to see if the cell phone supports this feature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

222 Infotainment System

To access contacts stored in the cell phone:

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Bluetooth.

3. Say Voice. The system responds OK, accessing .

The cell phone’s normal prompt messages will go through their cycle according to the phone’s operating instructions.

Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones

The Bluetooth system can send numbers and the numbers stored as name tags during a call. You can use this feature when calling a menu-driven phone system. Account numbers can also be stored for use.

Sending a Number or Name Tag During a Call

1. Press g. The system responds Ready, followed by a tone.

2. Say Dial.

3. Say the number or name tag to send.

Clearing the System

Unless information is deleted out of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained indefinitely. This includes all phone pairing information. For information on how to delete this information, see Deleting a Paired Phone.

Trademarks and License Agreements FCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Made for iPod and Made for iPhone mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or iPhone and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards.

iPod and iPhone are trademarks of Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Infotainment System 223

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one time activation fee, and other fees may apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All fees and programming subject to change. Subscriptions subject to Customer Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM

service only available in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration of service may occur in extreme northern latitudes. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM Satellite Radio.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, manipulate, or otherwise make available any technology or software incorporated in receivers compatible with the SiriusXM

Satellite Radio System or that

support the SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice compression software included in this product is protected by intellectual property rights including patent rights, copyrights, and trade secrets of Digital Voice Systems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is required for any product that incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to be manufactured, distributed, or marketed in the SiriusXM service Area.

2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada).

HD Radio Technology (If Equipped)

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, HD Radio, and Arc logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp.

Bluetooth

The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and andy use of such marks by General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

224 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Rear Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Air Vents Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control System With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled. Some climate control settings can be changed. See Climate and Air Quality under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

1. Driver Temperature Control

2. A/C (Air Conditioning)

3. Air Delivery Mode Controls

4. Fan Control

5. Defrost

6. Passenger Temperature Control

7. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature)

8. Rear Window Defogger

9. RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Lockout)

10. Rear Temperature Control

11. Rear Air Delivery Mode Control

12. Rear Fan Control

13. Front Climate Control Power Button

14. Rear AUTO (Automatic Operation)

15. Rear Climate Control Power Button

16. Air Recirculation

17. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Climate Controls 225

Front Climate Controls

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controls the fan speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and recirculation in order to heat or cool the vehicle to the desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on, the system is in full automatic operation. If the air delivery mode or fan setting is manually adjusted, the auto indicator turns off and the selected settings are displayed.

To place the system in automatic mode:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the driver and passenger temperature.

To find your comfort setting, start with 22 C (72 F) and allow the system time to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature as needed for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster, recirculation may be automatically selected in warm weather.

The recirculation light will not come on when automatically controlled. Press@ to manually select recirculation; press it again to select outside air.

Do not cover the solar sensor on the top of the instrument panel near the windshield. This sensor regulates air temperature based on sun load. See Sensors later in this section.

Manual Operation

O (On/Off) : Press to turn the climate control system on or off. Outside air still enters the vehicle, and is directed to the floor. This direction can be changed by pressing the air delivery mode.

9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.

The maximum auto fan speed can be adjusted. See Climate and Air Quality under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : The temperature can be adjusted separately for the driver and passenger.

Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the driver or passenger temperature setting.

SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) : Press to link the passenger and rear climate temperature settings to the driver setting. The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When the passenger or rear climate settings are adjusted, the SYNC indicator light turns off.

Air Delivery Mode Control : PressY,\,[ , or- to change the direction of the airflow. An indicator light comes on in the selected mode button.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

226 Climate Controls

Changing the mode cancels the automatic operation and the system goes into manual mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation.

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level) : Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to the floor outlets, with some to the windshield, side window outlets, and second row floor outlets.

(Defog) : This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is directed to the windshield, floor outlets, and side window vents.

0 (Defrost) : Press to clear the windshield of fog or frost more quickly. Air is directed to the windshield and the side window vents. The system automatically forces outside air into the vehicle and the air conditioning compressor will run, unless the outside temperature is close to freezing.

Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear.

See Air Vents 0 229.

A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is enabled. If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing.

@ (Recirculation) : Press to turn on recirculation. An indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. It can also be used to help reduce outside air and odors that enter the vehicle. The air conditioning compressor also comes on when this mode is activated.

Auto Defog : The climate control system uses a sensor to automatically detect high humidity inside the vehicle. When high humidity is detected, the climate control system may adjust to outside air supply, turn on the air conditioner, and direct more air to the windshield. If the climate control

system does not detect possible window fogging, it returns to normal operation. To turn Auto Defog off or on, see Climate and Air Quality under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Rear Window Defogger

The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog from the rear window.

K (Rear Window Defogger) : Press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. An indicator light on the button comes on to show that the rear window defogger is on.

The rear window defogger only works when the ignition is in ON/ RUN. The defogger turns off if the ignition is turned to ACC/ ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF.

The rear window defogger can be set to automatic operation. When Auto Rear Defog is selected, the rear window defogger turns on automatically when the vehicle is first started in cold weather and turns off when the vehicle is warmed. To turn Auto Rear Defog

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Climate Controls 227

on or off, see Climate and Air Quality under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Caution

Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects.

Heated Mirror : If equipped with heated outside rearview mirrors, the mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defog button is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 57.

Rear Climate Controls

O (On/Off) : Press to turn the rear climate control system on or off.

AUTO : Press AUTO to control the rear passenger temperature, air delivery, and fan speed. AUTO appears in the display when automatic operation is active. If any

of the climate control settings except rear temperature are manually adjusted, this cancels full automatic operation.

Fan Control : Press up or down to increase or decrease the rear passenger area fan speed.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Press up or down to change the direction of the rear passenger airflow. Repeatedly press the switch until the desired mode appears on the display. Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections.

Temperature Control : Press up or down to increase or decrease the airflow temperature into the rear passenger area.

RCTRL (Rear Climate Control Lockout) : Press to lock or unlock control of the rear climate control system from the rear seat passengers. When locked, the rear climate control can only be adjusted from the front seat.

Remote Start Climate Control Operation

If equipped with the remote start feature, the climate control system will come on when the vehicle is started remotely, depending on the outside temperature. The rear window defogger and heated seats, if equipped, may also come on. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 43 and Heated and Cooled Front Seats 0 71.

Sensors

The solar sensor monitors the solar heat. Do not cover the solar sensor or the system will not work properly.

There is also an exterior temperature sensor behind the front grille. This sensor reads the outside

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

228 Climate Controls

air temperature and helps maintain the temperature inside the vehicle. Any cover on the front of the vehicle, including a snowplow, could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature.

The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain comfort settings by adjusting the outlet temperature, fan speed, and air delivery mode. The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the sun. The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures.

Rear Climate Control System The rear climate control system is located on the rear of the center console storage. The rear climate settings can be adjusted with this system.

1. Fan Control

2. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control)

4. TEMP (Temperature Control)

5. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped)

If the dual automatic climate control system rear climate control lockout feature is locked, the rear climate control settings can only be adjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

AUTO : Press AUTO to control the inside temperature, air delivery, and fan speed. A is indicated in the display when automatic operation is active. If any of the climate control settings are manually adjusted, this cancels full automatic operation.

The display only indicates climate control functions when the system is in rear independent mode.

Manual Operation

9 (Fan Control) : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn completely counterclockwise to turn the fan/power off.

TEMP (Temperature Control) : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the airflow temperature into the passenger area. If the SYNC button is pressed on the front climate controls, the rear climate temperature is linked to the driver temperature setting.

MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control) : Press to change the direction of the airflow in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Climate Controls 229

Repeatedly press the button until the desired mode appears on the display. Multiple presses will cycle through the delivery selections.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, If Equipped) : Press M or L to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. See Heated Rear Seats 0 72.

Air Vents Adjustable air vents are in the center and on the side of the instrument panel.

1. Slider Knob

2. Thumbwheel

Move the slider knobs (1) to change the direction of the airflow.

Use the thumbwheels (2) near the air vents to open or close off the airflow.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from the air inlets at the base of the windshield that could block the flow of air into the vehicle.

. When you enter a vehicle in cold weather, press the fan up button to the maximum fan level before driving. This helps clear the intake ducts of snow and moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of the window.

. Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

230 Climate Controls

Maintenance

Passenger Compartment Air Filter The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other airborne irritants from outside air that is pulled into the vehicle.

The filter should be replaced as part of routine scheduled maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 407. To find out what type of filter to use, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 417.

1. Open the glove box completely.

2. Disconnect the glove box door damper string from the glove box door assembly. A pen or pencil may be inserted through the end of the damper string to prevent the string from slipping inside the door assembly.

3. Remove the six screws and remove the access plate.

4. Release the two tabs holding the service door. Open the service door and remove the old filter.

5. Install the new air filter.

6. Close the service door and secure the tabs.

7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box.

See your dealer if additional assistance is needed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Climate Controls 231

Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

232 Driving and Operating

Driving and Operating

Driving Information Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 241 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 242 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 244 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Starting and Operating New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 249 Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Ignition Positions (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Ignition Positions (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 258 Parking over Things That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Active Fuel Management . . . . 259

Engine Exhaust Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Automatic Transmission Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 260 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Drive Systems Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Brakes Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 272

Ride Control Systems Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 274

Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . 275 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Automatic Level Control . . . . . . 275

Cruise Control Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 278

Driver Assistance Systems Driver Assistance Systems . . . 285 Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 286

Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 292 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Fuel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 California Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 298 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 233

E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Trailer Towing General Towing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 314

Conversions and Add-Ons Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Driving Information

Distracted Driving Distraction comes in many forms and can take your focus from the task of driving. Exercise good judgment and do not let other activities divert your attention away from the road. Many local governments have enacted laws regarding driver distraction. Become familiar with the local laws in your area.

To avoid distracted driving, always keep your eyes on the road, hands on the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone in demanding driving situations. Use a hands-free method to place or receive necessary phone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, or look up information on phones or other electronic devices.

. Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential distractions.

. Become familiar with vehicle features before driving, such as programming favorite radio stations and adjusting climate control and seat settings. Program all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parked to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children.

. Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversations while driving, whether with a passenger or on a cell phone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road too long or too often could cause a crash resulting in injury or death. Focus your attention on driving.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

234 Driving and Operating

Refer to the infotainment section for more information on using that system and the navigation system, if equipped, including pairing and using a cell phone.

Defensive Driving Defensive driving means always expect the unexpected. The first step in driving defensively is to wear the safety belt. See Safety Belts 0 81.

. Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) are going to be careless and make mistakes. Anticipate what they might do and be ready.

. Allow enough following distance between you and the driver in front of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a global tragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol. You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink.

Control of a Vehicle Braking, steering, and accelerating are important factors in helping to control a vehicle while driving.

Braking Braking action involves perception time and reaction time. Deciding to push the brake pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is reaction time.

Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of distance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include:

. Keep enough distance between you and the vehicle in front of you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is being driven, brake normally but do not pump the brakes. Doing so could make the pedal harder to push down. If the engine stops, there will be some power brake assist but it will be used when the brake is applied. Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 235

Steering

Electric Power Steering

This vehicle has electric power steering. It does not have power steering fluid. Regular maintenance is not required.

If power steering assist is lost due to a system malfunction, the vehicle can be steered, but may require increased effort.

See your dealer if there is a problem.

If the steering assist is used for an extended period of time, power assist may be reduced.

If the steering wheel is turned until it reaches the end of its travel, and is held in that position for an extended period of time, power steering assist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down.

See specific vehicle steering messages under Steering System Messages 0 172. See your dealer if there is a problem.

Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering a curve.

. Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating gently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies . There are some situations when

steering around a problem may be more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle’s right wheels can drop off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of the pavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

236 Driving and Operating

3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids that correspond to the vehicle’s three control systems:

. Braking Skid wheels are not rolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing conditions, and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these suggestions:

. Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and steer the way you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out. Be ready for a second skid if it occurs.

. Slow down and adjust your driving according to weather conditions. Stopping distance can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when traction is reduced by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water, ice, or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, or braking, including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only the braking skid.

Off-Road Driving Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel drive and

vehicles not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not be driven off-road except on a level, solid surface. For more contact information about the original equipment tires, see the Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information manual.

One of the best ways for successful off-road driving is to control the speed.

{ Warning

When driving off-road, bouncing and quick changes in direction can easily throw you out of position. This could cause you to lose control and crash. You and your passengers should always wear safety belts.

Before Driving Off-Road . Have all necessary maintenance

and service work completed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 237

. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check inflation pressure in all tires, including the spare, if equipped.

. Read all the information about four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual.

. Know the local laws that apply to off-road driving.

To gain more ground clearance if needed, it may be necessary to remove the front fascia lower air dam. However, driving without the air dam reduces fuel economy.

Caution

Operating the vehicle for extended periods without the front fascia lower air dam installed can cause improper air flow to the engine. Re-attach the front fascia air dam after off-road driving.

Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving

{ Warning

. Unsecured cargo on the load floor can be tossed about when driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.

. Keep cargo in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible. The heaviest things should be on the floor, forward of the rear axle.

. Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle’s center of gravity, making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or fatally injured if the vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads inside the cargo area, not on the roof.

For more information about loading the vehicle, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 244 and Tires 0 357.

Environmental Concerns . Always use established trails,

roads, and areas that have been set aside for public off-road recreational driving and obey all posted regulations.

. Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, or grasses or disturb wildlife.

. Do not park over things that burn. See Parking over Things That Burn 0 258.

Driving on Hills

Driving safely on hills requires good judgment and an understanding of what the vehicle can and cannot do.

{ Warning

Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can cause loss

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

238 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued)

of control. Driving across hills can cause a rollover. You could be injured or killed. Do not drive on steep hills.

Before driving on a hill, assess the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the vehicle and walk the hill before driving further.

When driving on hills:

. Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on the steering wheel.

. Maintain a slow speed.

. When possible, drive straight up or down the hill.

. Slow down when approaching the top of the hill.

. Use headlamps even during the day to make the vehicle more visible.

{ Warning

Driving to the top of a hill at high speed can cause an accident. There could be a drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even another vehicle. You could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a hill, slow down and stay alert.

. Never go downhill forward or backward with either the transmission or transfer case in N (Neutral). The brakes could overheat and you could lose control.

{ Warning

If the vehicle has the twospeed automatic transfer case, shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause your vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). This is because the N (Neutral) position on the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

transfer case overrides the transmission. You or someone else could be injured. If leaving the vehicle, set the parking brake and shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift the transfer case to any position but N (Neutral).

. When driving down a hill, keep the vehicle headed straight down. Use a low gear because the engine will work with the brakes to slow the vehicle and help keep the vehicle under control.

{ Warning

Heavy braking when going down a hill can cause your brakes to overheat and fade. This could cause loss of control and you or others could be injured or killed. Apply the brakes lightly when

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 239

Warning (Continued)

descending a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle speed under control.

If the vehicle stalls on a hill:

1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and then apply the parking brake.

2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the engine.

. If driving uphill when the vehicle stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and back straight down.

. Never try to turn the vehicle around. If the hill is steep enough to stall the vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it to roll over.

. If you cannot make it up the hill, back straight down the hill.

. Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) using only the brake.

The vehicle can roll backward quickly and you could lose control.

. If driving downhill when the vehicle stalls, shift to a lower gear, release the parking brake, and drive straight down the hill.

3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after stalling, set the parking brake, shift into P (Park), and turn the vehicle off.

3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help.

3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle would take if it rolled downhill.

. Avoid turns that take the vehicle across the incline of the hill. A hill that can be driven straight up or down might be too steep to drive across. Driving across an incline puts more weight on the

downhill wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover.

. Surface conditions can be a problem. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it can hit something that will trip it a rock, a rut, etc. and roll over.

. Hidden obstacles can make the steepness of the incline more severe. If a rock is driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the downhill wheels drop into a rut or depression, the vehicle can tilt even more.

. If an incline must be driven across, and the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. This should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

240 Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Getting out of the vehicle on the downhill side when stopped across an incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the rollover path.

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice

Use a low gear when driving in mud the deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck.

Traction changes when driving on sand. On loose sand, such as on beaches or sand dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. This affects steering, accelerating, and braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers.

Traction is reduced on hard packed snow and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce vehicle speed when driving on hard packed snow and ice.

{ Warning

Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary greatly and the vehicle could fall through the ice; you and your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces only.

Driving in Water

{ Warning

Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can sweep your vehicle downstream and you and your passengers could drown. If it is only shallow water, it can still wash away the ground from under your tires.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Traction could be lost, and the vehicle could roll over. Do not drive through rushing water.

Caution

Do not drive through standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts.

If the standing water is not too deep, drive slowly through it. At faster speeds, water splashes and the vehicle can stall. When going through water, the brakes get wet and it may take longer to stop. See Driving on Wet Roads later in this section.

After Off-Road Driving

Remove any brush or debris that has collected on the underbody or chassis, or under the hood. These accumulations can be a fire hazard.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 241

After operation in mud or sand, have the brake linings cleaned and checked. These substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Check the body structure, steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and exhaust system for damage and check the fuel lines and cooling system for any leakage.

More frequent maintenance service is required. See the Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

Driving on Wet Roads Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types of driving conditions and avoid driving through large puddles and deep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause pulling to one side. You could lose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply the brake pedal until the brakes work normally.

Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces. Driving through flowing water could cause the vehicle to be carried away. If this happens, you and other vehicle occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build up under the vehicle’s tires so they actually ride on the water. This can happen if the road is

wet enough and you are going fast enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wet weather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir filled.

. Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tires 0 357.

. Turn off cruise control.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

242 Driving and Operating

Hill and Mountain Roads Driving on steep hills or through mountains is different than driving on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and in good shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, cooling system, and transmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when going down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake performance, and could result in a loss of braking. Shift the transmission to a lower gear to let the engine assist the brakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with the ignition off is dangerous. This can cause overheating of the brakes and loss of steering. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the center line.

. Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., falling rocks area, winding roads, long grades, passing or no-passing zones) and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires and the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 C (32 F) when freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain until roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to spin and makes the surface under the tires slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but the brakes should be applied sooner than when on dry pavement. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) 0 270.

. Allow greater following distance and watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can occur on otherwise

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 243

clear roads in shaded areas. The surface of a curve or an overpass can remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden steering maneuvers and braking while on ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program 0 427. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe:

. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaust under the vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to get inside. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. It can cause unconsciousness and even death.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base of the vehicle, especially any blocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the vehicle side that is away from the wind, to bring in fresh air.

. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.

. Adjust the climate control system to circulate the air inside the vehicle and set

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the fan speed to the highest setting. See Climate Control Systems.

For more information about CO, see Engine Exhaust 0 259.

To save fuel, run the engine for short periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive, when running the engine, push the accelerator pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

244 Driving and Operating

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out later in this section.

The Traction Control System (TCS) can often help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 272. If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out following.

{ Warning

If the vehicle’s tires spin at high speed, they can explode, and you or others could be injured. The vehicle can overheat, causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as little as possible and avoid going above 56 km/h (35 mph).

For information about using tire chains on the vehicle, see Tire Chains 0 376.

Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out

Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the front wheels. For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear, spinning the wheels as little as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. See Towing the Vehicle 0 391. Recovery hooks can be used, if equipped.

Recovery Hooks

{ Warning

Never pull on recovery hooks from the side. The hooks could break and you and others could

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

be injured. When using recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle from the front.

Caution

Do not drive through standing water if it is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can damage the axle and other vehicle parts.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 245

If the vehicle has recovery hooks at the front of the vehicle, use them if the vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled some place to continue driving.

Vehicle Load Limits It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all nonfactory-installed options. Two labels on the vehicle may show how much weight it was designed to carry, the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification/Tire label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping distance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading Information Label

Label Example

A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and loading information label shows the number of occupant seating positions (1), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in kilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the size of the original equipment

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

246 Driving and Operating

tires (3) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (4). For more information on tires and inflation see Tires 0 357 and Tire Pressure 0 364.

There is also important loading information on the vehicle Certification/Tire label. It may show the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the front and rear axles. See Certification/Tire Label later in this section.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1. Locate the statement «The

combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.» on your vehicles placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the «XXX» amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

See Trailer Towing 0 304 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 247

3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs)

Example 2

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs)

3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs)

Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)

2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs)

3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs)

Refer to the vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about the vehicle’s capacity weight and seating positions. The combined

weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle’s capacity weight.

Certification/Tire Label

A vehicle specific Certification/ Tire label is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). The label may shows the size of the vehicle’s original tires and the inflation pressures needed to obtain the gross weight capacity of the vehicle. This is called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

248 Driving and Operating

(GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo.

The Certification/Tire label also may show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure to spread your load equally on both sides of the centerline.

The Certification/Tire label may also include information about the Front Axle Reserve Capacity.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the vehicle handles. This could cause loss of control and a crash. Overloading can also reduce stopping distance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle.

Caution

Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle.

The label will help decide how much cargo and installed equipment the truck can carry.

Using heavier suspension components to get added durability might not change the

weight ratings. Ask your dealer to help load the vehicle the right way.

{ Warning

Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn, or in a crash.

. Put things in the cargo area of the vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.

. Never stack heavier things, like suitcases, inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats.

. Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in the vehicle.

. When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it whenever you can.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 249

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave a seat folded down unless you need to.

There is also important loading information for off-road driving in this manual. See Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving under Off-Road Driving 0 236.

Starting and Operating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

The vehicle does not need an elaborate break-in. But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines:

. Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500mi).

. Do not drive at any one constant speed, fast or slow, for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle.

. Avoid making hard stops for the first 322 km (200mi) or so. During this time the new brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake linings.

. Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 304 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and more information.

Following break-in, engine speed and load can be gradually increased.

Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal If equipped, the position of the throttle and brake pedals can be changed.

The pedals can only be adjusted when the vehicle is in P (Park).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

250 Driving and Operating

The switch used to adjust the pedals is to the left of the steering wheel.

Press the switch to the left to move the pedals closer to your body. Press the switch to the right to move the pedals away.

Before you start driving, fully press the brake pedal to confirm the adjustment is right for you.

The vehicle may have a memory function, which lets pedal settings be saved and recalled. See Memory Seats 0 69.

Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)

Vehicles with Keyless Access have pushbutton starting.

Pressing the button cycles it through three modes: ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, and Stopping the Engine/OFF.

The transmitter must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing interference to the Keyless Access

system. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key Access) 0 35 or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation (Keyless Access) 0 37.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle must be in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be applied.

Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press the ENGINE START/STOP button once to turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition will return to ACC/ ACCESSORY and display the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Transmission Messages 0 173. When the vehicle is shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will switch to OFF.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 251

Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.

The vehicle may have an electric steering column lock. The lock is activated when the vehicle is switched to OFF and either front door is opened. A sound may be heard as the lock actuates or releases. The steering column lock may not release with the wheels turned off center. If this happens, the vehicle may not start. Move the steering wheel from left to right while attempting to start the vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle needs service.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting

to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift to P (Park), and turn the ignition to OFF. On vehicles with an automatic transmission, the shift lever must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 271.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, press and hold the ENGINE START/ STOP button for longer than two seconds, or press twice in five seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : This mode allows some electrical accessories to be used when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing the button one time without the brake pedal applied will place the ignition system in ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ ACCESSORY to OFF after five minutes to prevent battery rundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This mode is for driving and starting. With the ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, pressing the button once will place the ignition system in ON/RUN/START. Once engine cranking begins, release the button. Engine cranking will continue until the engine starts. See Starting the Engine 0 253. The ignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

252 Driving and Operating

be required for emission inspection purposes. With the vehicle off, and the brake pedal not applied, pressing and holding the button for more than five seconds will place the vehicle in Service Only Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do in ON/RUN, but the vehicle will not be able to be driven. The engine will not start in Service Only Mode. Press the button again to turn the vehicle off.

Ignition Positions (Key Access)

Vehicles with Key Access have an ignition switch with four different positions.

To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY and the regular brake pedal must be applied.

0 (STOPPING THE ENGINE/LOCK/ OFF) : When the vehicle is stopped, turn the ignition switch to LOCK/ OFF to turn the engine off. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 256.

This position locks the ignition and steering wheel. It also locks the transmission on automatic transmission vehicles. The key can be removed in LOCK/OFF.

The steering can bind with the wheels turned off center. If this happens, move the steering wheel from right to left while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work, then the vehicle needs service.

Do not turn the engine off when the vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in an emergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may deplete power assist, requiring increased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply the brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shift to P (Park), and turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. On vehicles with an automatic transmission, the shift lever must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/ OFF position.

4. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 271.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 253

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle while moving may cause loss of power assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. While driving, only shut the vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and must be shut off while driving, turn the ignition to ACC/ ACCESSORY.

Caution

Using a tool to force the key to turn in the ignition could cause damage to the switch or break the key. Use the correct key, make sure it is all the way in, and turn it only with your hand. If the key cannot be turned by hand, see your dealer.

1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position lets things like the radio and the windshield wipers operate

while the engine is off. It also unlocks the steering wheel. Use this position if the vehicle must be pushed or towed.

2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and indicator lights. This position can also be used for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the malfunction indicator lamp as may be required for emission inspection purposes. The switch stays in this position when the engine is running. The transmission is also unlocked in this position on automatic transmission vehicles.

If the key is left in the ACC/ ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position with the engine off, the battery could be drained. The vehicle may not start if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time.

3 (START) : This is the position that starts the engine. When the engine starts, release the key. The ignition switch returns to ON/RUN for driving.

A warning tone will sound when the driver door is opened and the ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/OFF, and the key is in the ignition.

Starting the Engine For a heavyduty Suburban, see the Suburban HeavyDuty Package supplement.

Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any other position. To restart the engine when the vehicle is already moving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. If you do, you could damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) only when the vehicle is stopped.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

254 Driving and Operating

Caution

If you add electrical parts or accessories, you could change the way the engine operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 315.

Starting Procedure (Key Access)

1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the ignition key to START. When the engine starts, let go of the key. The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts.

When the low fuel warning lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is displayed in the Driver

Information Center (DIC), hold the ignition switch in the START position to continue engine cranking.

Caution

Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by returning the ignition to the START position immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below 18 C or 0 F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there while holding the key in START for up to 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the engine

starts, let go of the key and accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.

Starting Procedure (Keyless Access)

1. With the Keyless Access system, the RKE transmitter must be in the vehicle. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the brake pedal applied. When the engine begins cranking, let go of the button.

The idle speed will go down as the engine gets warm. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not in the vehicle, if there is interference, or if the RKE battery is low, the Driver

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 255

Information Center (DIC) will display a message. See Key and Lock Messages 0 168.

Caution

Cranking the engine for long periods of time, by returning the ignition to the START position immediately after cranking has ended, can overheat and damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to let the cranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold weather (below 18 C or 0 F), it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you press the ENGINE START/ STOP button, for up to a maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, to allow the cranking motor to cool down. When the

engine starts, let go of the button, and the accelerator. If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again, do the same thing. This clears the extra gasoline from the engine. Do not race the engine immediately after starting it. Operate the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts.

Engine Heater The engine coolant heater can provide easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions at or below 18 C (0 F). Vehicles with an engine heater should be plugged in at least four hours before starting. There may be an internal thermostat in the plug end of the cord, which will prevent engine coolant heater operation at temperatures above 18 C (0 F).

To Use the Engine Coolant Heater

1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. The cord is by the left front fender, next to the engine compartment fuse block.

Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for a replacement. Inspect the cord for damage yearly.

3. Plug the cord into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

{ Warning

Improper use of the heater cord or an extension cord can damage the cord and may result in overheating and fire.

. Plug the cord into a three-prong electrical utility receptacle that is protected by a ground fault detection

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

256 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued)

function. An ungrounded outlet could cause an electric shock.

. Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. Failure to use the recommended extension cord in good operating condition, or using a damaged heater or extension cord, could make it overheat and cause a fire, property damage, electric shock, and injury.

. Do not operate the vehicle with the heater cord permanently attached to the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle. Possible heater cord and thermostat damage could occur.

. While in use, do not let the heater cord touch vehicle parts or sharp edges. Never close the hood on the heater cord.

. Before starting the vehicle, unplug the cord, reattach the cover to the plug, and securely fasten the cord. Keep the cord away from any moving parts.

4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts. If you do not, it could be damaged.

The length of time the heater should remain plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a dealer in the area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) The following vehicle accessories can be used for up to 10 minutes after the engine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. OnStar System (if equipped)

. Sunroof (if equipped)

. Accessory Power Outlets. The console and center seat outlets are RAP powered.

These features work when the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ ACCESSORY. Once the key is turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, the windows and sunroof continue to work up to 10 minutes until any door is opened. The radio continues to work for up to 10 minutes or until the driver door is opened.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 257

Shifting Into Park

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, use the steps that follow. If the vehicle has a four-wheel drive transfer case with a N (Neutral) position, and the transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 301.

1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the parking brake.

See Parking Brake 0 271.

2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go.

3. Be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).

4. Turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF.

5. Remove the key and take it with you. If you can leave the vehicle with the ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is in P (Park).

Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle with the engine running. The vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

If you have four-wheel drive and the transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).

And, if you leave the vehicle with the engine running, it could overheat and even catch fire. You or others could be injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running unless you have to.

If you have to leave the vehicle with the engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set before you leave it. After you move the shift lever into P (Park), hold the regular brake pedal down. Then, see if you can move the shift lever away from P (Park) without first pulling it toward you. If you can, it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

258 Driving and Operating

Torque Lock

If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift into P (Park) properly before you leave the driver seat. To find out how, see Shifting Into Park 0 257.

When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out of P (Park) before you release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transmission. You will then be able to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).

Shifting out of Park This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system. The shift lock release is designed to:

. Prevent ignition key removal unless the shift lever is in P (Park).

. Prevent movement of the shift lever out of P (Park), unless the ignition is in ON/RUN and the regular brake pedal is applied.

The shift lock release is always functional except in the case of an uncharged or low voltage (less than 9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an uncharged battery or a battery with low voltage, try charging or jump starting the battery. See Jump Starting North America 0 388.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Move the shift lever to the desired position.

If you still are unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever.

2. While holding down the brake pedal, press the shift lever all the way into P (Park).

3. Move the shift lever to the desired position.

If you are still having a problem shifting, then have the vehicle serviced soon.

Parking over Things That Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under the vehicle and ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, dry grass, or other things that can burn.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 259

Active Fuel Management

Vehicles with V8 engines may have Active Fuel Management. This system allows the engine to operate on either all or half of its cylinders, depending on the driving conditions.

When less power is required, such as cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the system will operate in the half cylinder mode, allowing the vehicle to achieve better fuel economy. When greater power demands are required, such as accelerating from a stop, passing, or merging onto a freeway, the system will maintain full-cylinder operation.

If the vehicle has an Active Fuel Management indicator, see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158 for more information on using this display.

Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and even death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areas with poor ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes).

. The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openings in the vehicle body from damage or aftermarket modifications that are not completely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with the windows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repaired immediately.

Never park the vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed area such as a garage or a building that has no fresh air ventilation.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

260 Driving and Operating

Running the Vehicle While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running.

If the vehicle is left with the engine running, follow the proper steps to be sure the vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park 0 257 and Engine Exhaust 0 259.

Automatic Transmission If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever position indicator within the instrument cluster. This display comes on when the ignition key is turned to the ON/RUN position.

There are several different positions for the shift lever.

See Range Selection Mode under Manual Mode 0 262.

P : This position locks the rear wheels. It is the best position to use when starting the engine because the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). See Torque Lock under Shifting Into Park 0 257.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure the vehicle will not move, even when you are on fairly level ground, always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting Into Park 0 257 and Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 301.

R : Use this gear to back up.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is moving forward could damage the transmission. The

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 261

Caution (Continued)

repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is stopped.

To rock the vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 244.

N : In this position, the engine does not connect with the wheels. To restart when you are already moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed is dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal, the vehicle could move very rapidly. You could lose control and hit

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

people or objects. Do not shift into a drive gear while the engine is running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the engine running at high speed may damage the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Be sure the engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normal driving. It provides the best fuel economy. If you need more power for passing, and you are:

. Going less than about 55 km/h (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or more, push the accelerator all the way down.

By doing this, the vehicle shifts down to the next gear and has more power.

Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode when towing a trailer, carrying a heavy load, driving on steep hills, or driving off-road. Shift the transmission to a lower gear selection if the transmission shifts too often.

Downshifting the transmission in slippery road conditions could result in skidding. See Skidding under Loss of Control 0 236.

The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving conditions in order to reduce rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift stabilization feature is designed to determine, before making an upshift, if the engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by analyzing things such as vehicle speed, throttle position, and vehicle load. If the shift stabilization feature determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, the transmission does not upshift and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

262 Driving and Operating

instead holds the current gear. In some cases, this could appear to be a delayed shift, however the transmission is operating normally.

The transmission uses adaptive shift controls. The adaptive shift control process continually compares key shift parameters to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the transmissions computer. The transmission constantly makes adjustments to improve vehicle performance according to how the vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy load or when the temperature changes. During this adaptive shift control process, shifting might feel different as the transmission determines the best settings.

When temperatures are very cold, the transmission’s gear shifting could be delayed providing more stable shifts until the engine warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable with a cold transmission. This difference in shifting is normal.

M : This position allows selection of a range of gears appropriate for current driving conditions. If equipped, see Range Selection Mode under Manual Mode 0 262.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Normal Mode Grade Braking

If equipped with a gasoline engine and an automatic transmission, Normal Mode Grade Braking is enabled when the vehicle is started, but is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. The first time

the system engages for each ignition key cycle, a DIC message will be displayed. See Transmission Messages 0 173.

To disable or enable Normal Mode Grade Braking within the current ignition key cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for five seconds. When the button is released, the requested mode change is made. A DIC message displays. See Transmission Messages 0 173.

For other forms of grade braking, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 264 and Cruise Control 0 276.

Manual Mode

Range Selection Mode

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 263

If equipped, Range Selection Mode helps control the vehicle’s transmission and vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a trailer by letting you select a desired range of gears.

To use this feature:

1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode).

2. Press the plus/minus buttons on the shift lever to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions.

When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a number displays next to the M, indicating the current transmission range.

This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in M (Manual Mode). All

gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically shift to lower gears. For example, when 5 (Fifth) is selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are automatically shifted by the transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/minus button on the shift lever is used to change to the range.

In vehicles with gasoline engines, when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode), a downshift may occur. The gear that the transmission is operating in when the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode) determines if a downshift occurs. See the following chart.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

264 Driving and Operating

Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)

6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st

Range after shifting from D (Drive) to M (Manual Mode)

M4 M4 M3 M2 M2 M1

Grade Braking is not available when Range Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul Mode can be used.

Caution

Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Low Traction Mode

Low Traction Mode assists in vehicle acceleration when road conditions are slippery, such as with ice or snow. While the vehicle is at a stop, select M2 using Range Selection Mode. This will limit torque to the wheels and help to prevent the tires from spinning.

Tow/Haul Mode

The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift cycling. This provides increased performance, vehicle control, and enhanced transmission and engine cooling when driving down steep hills or mountain grades, towing, or hauling heavy loads.

The selector button is on the end of the shift lever. Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off by pressing the button. When the Tow/Haul Mode is enabled, a light on the instrument cluster will come on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 265

See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 152 and Hill and Mountain Roads 0 242.

Also see Tow/Haul Mode under Towing Equipment 0 308.

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking

Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Selection Mode. See Tow/Haul Mode listed previously and Manual Mode 0 262. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.

To disable or enable Tow/Haul Grade Braking within the current ignition key cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for five seconds. When the button is released, the requested mode change is made. A DIC message is displayed. See Transmission Messages 0 173.

See Towing Equipment 0 308.

For other forms of grade braking, see Automatic Transmission 0 260 and Cruise Control 0 276.

Drive Systems

Four-Wheel Drive If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the front axle for extra traction. Read the appropriate section for transfer case operation before using.

Caution

Do not drive on clean, dry

pavement in 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended period of time. These conditions may cause premature wear on the vehicles powertrain.

Driving on clean, dry pavement in four-wheel drive may:

. Cause a vibration to be felt in the steering system.

. Cause tires to wear faster.

. Make the transfer case harder to shift, and cause it to run noisier.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

266 Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or someone else could be seriously injured. Be sure to set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). See Parking Brake 0 271.

Caution

Extended high-speed operation in

4 n may damage or shorten the life of the drivetrain.

Engagement noise and bump when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or from N (Neutral), with the engine running, is normal.

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case

Use the transfer case knob next to the steering wheel to shift into and out of four-wheel drive.

Indicator lights display which setting the transfer case is in. N (Neutral) is indicated on the knob. The indicator lights will display briefly when the ignition is turned on and one will stay on. If the lights display momentarily when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but none stay on, the knob may have been turned while the vehicle was off. To see the indicator, turn the knob to another

position so that it matches the actual transfer case setting. If no lights display, take the vehicle to your dealer for service. An indicator light flashes while shifting the transfer case and remains illuminated when the shift is complete.

If the transfer case cannot make a requested shift, it will return to the last chosen setting. Turn the knob back to the previous transfer case setting to see the indicator.

The settings are:

N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 391 or Towing the Vehicle 0 391.

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving on most streets and highways. The front axle is not engaged. This setting provides the best fuel economy.

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use when road surface traction conditions are variable. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the vehicle’s

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 267

power is sent to the front and rear wheels automatically based on driving conditions. This setting provides slightly lower fuel economy than 2 m. Do not use AUTO mode, if equipped, to park on a steep grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO mode only the rear wheels will hold the vehicle from sliding when parked. If parking on a steep grade, use 4 m to keep all four wheels engaged.

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this position when extra traction is needed, such as when driving on snowy or icy roads, when off-roading, or when plowing snow.

4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting engages the front axle and delivers extra torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills.

Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control and StabiliTrak off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO

Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO position at any speed, except from 4 n. The indicator light will flash while shifting and will remain on when the shift is completed.

Shifting Into 2 m

Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, except when shifting from 4 n. The indicator light will flash while shifting and will remain on when the shift is completed.

Shifting Into 4 n

When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).

To shift into 4 n: 1. The ignition must be in ON/

RUN and the vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the

transmission in N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for

the 4 n indicator light to stop flashing before shifting the transmission into gear.

Caution

Shifting the transmission into gear before the requested mode indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the transfer case.

If the transmission is in gear and/or moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 n indicator light will flash for 30 seconds and not complete the shift. After 30 seconds the transfer case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob

to 4 m to display the indicator. With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

268 Driving and Operating

Shifting Out of 4 n To shift:

1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in N (Neutral) and the ignition in ON/RUN. It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).

2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. Wait for the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light to stop flashing before shifting the transmission into gear.

Caution

Shifting the transmission into gear before the requested mode indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the transfer case.

If the transmission is in gear and/or moving more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light will flash for 30 seconds but will not

complete the shift. With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift again.

Shifting Into N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.

2. Set the parking brake and press and hold the brake pedal. See Parking Brake 0 271.

3. Start the vehicle or turn the ignition to ON/RUN.

4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).

5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 6. Turn the transfer case knob

clockwise to N (Neutral) until it stops and hold it there until the N (Neutral) light starts blinking. This will take at least 10 seconds. Then slowly release the dial to the 4 n position. The N (Neutral) light

will come on when the transfer case shift to N (Neutral) is complete.

7. With the engine running, verify that the transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission to R (Reverse), then shift the transmission to D (Drive). There should be no movement of the vehicle while shifting the transmission.

8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY.

9. Place the transmission shift lever in P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 391.

10. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Shifting Out of N (Neutral)

To shift:

1. Set the parking brake and apply the brake pedal.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off.

3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 269

4. Turn the transfer case knob to the desired setting.

After the transfer case has shifted out of N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will go out.

5. Release the parking brake.

6. Start the engine and shift the transmission to the desired gear.

Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case

Use the transfer case knob next to the steering wheel to shift into and out of four-wheel drive.

Indicator lights display which setting the transfer case is in. The indicator lights will display briefly when the ignition is turned on and one will stay on. If the lights display momentarily when the ignition is in ON/RUN, but none stay on, the knob may have been turned while the vehicle was off. To see the indicator, turn the knob to another position so that it matches the actual transfer case setting. If no lights display, take the vehicle to your dealer for service. An indicator light flashes while shifting the transfer case and remains illuminated when the shift is complete.

If the transfer case cannot make a requested shift, it will return to the last chosen setting. Turn the knob back to the previous transfer case setting to see the indicator.

The settings are:

2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving on most streets and highways. The front axle is not engaged. This setting provides the best fuel economy.

AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use when road surface traction conditions are variable. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the vehicle’s power is sent to the front and rear wheels automatically based on driving conditions. This setting provides slightly lower fuel economy than 2 m. Do not use AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) mode to park on a steep grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) mode only rear wheels will hold the vehicle from sliding when parked. If parking on a steep grade, use 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High) to keep all four wheels engaged.

4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this position when extra traction is needed, such as when driving on snowy or icy roads, when off-roading, or when plowing snow.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

270 Driving and Operating

Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO

Turn the knob to the 4 m or AUTO position. This can be done at any speed. The indicator light will flash while shifting. It will remain on when the shift is completed.

Shifting Into 2 m

Turn the knob to the 2 m position. This can be done at any speed. The indicator light will flash while shifting. It will remain on when the shift is completed.

Brakes

Antilock Brake System (ABS) This vehicle has ABS, an advanced electronic braking system that helps prevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to drive away, ABS checks itself. A momentary motor or clicking noise might be heard while this test is going on, and it might even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, this warning light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 152.

If driving safely on a wet road and it becomes necessary to slam on the brakes and continue braking to

avoid a sudden obstacle, a computer senses the wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will separately work the brakes at each wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressure to each wheel, as required, faster than any driver could. This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard.

As the brakes are applied, the computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, there will not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always leave enough room up ahead to stop, even with ABS.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 271

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let ABS work. You may hear the ABS pump or motor operating and feel the brake pedal pulsate. This is normal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brake at the same time. In many emergencies, steering can help more than even the very best braking.

Parking Brake

Set the parking brake by holding the regular brake pedal down, then pushing down the parking brake pedal.

If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 151.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damage to brake system parts. Make sure that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving.

To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal down, then push down momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel the pedal release. Slowly pull your foot up off the parking brake pedal. If the parking brake is not released when you begin to drive, the brake

system warning light will flash and a chime will sound warning you that the parking brake is still on.

If you are towing a trailer and are parking on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 301.

Brake Assist The Brake Assist feature is designed to assist the driver in stopping or decreasing vehicle speed in emergency driving conditions. This feature uses the stability system hydraulic brake control module to supplement the power brake system under conditions where the driver has quickly and forcefully applied the brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle. The stability system hydraulic brake control module increases brake pressure at each corner of the vehicle until the ABS activates. Minor brake pedal pulsation or pedal movement during this time is normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

272 Driving and Operating

the driving situation dictates. The Brake Assist feature will automatically disengage when the brake pedal is released or brake pedal pressure is quickly decreased.

Hill Start Assist (HSA) Vehicles with StabiliTrak have an HSA feature, which may be useful when the vehicle is stopped on a grade. This feature is designed to prevent the vehicle from rolling, either forward or rearward, during vehicle drive off. After the driver completely stops and holds the vehicle in a complete standstill on a grade, HSA will be automatically activated. During the transition period between when the driver releases the brake pedal and starts to accelerate to drive off on a grade, HSA holds the braking pressure for a maximum of two seconds to ensure that there is no rolling. The brakes will automatically release when the accelerator pedal is applied within the two-second window. If the vehicle is equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake

Control (ITBC) system, HSA may also apply the trailer brakes. It will not activate if the vehicle is in a drive gear and facing downhill or if the vehicle is facing uphill and in R (Reverse). There may be situations on minor hills (less than 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or while pulling a trailer where HSA may activate.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction Control System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an electronic stability control system. These systems help limit wheel spin and assist the driver in maintaining control, especially on slippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that any of the drive wheels are spinning or beginning to lose traction. When this happens, TCS applies the brakes to the spinning wheels and reduces engine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when the vehicle senses a difference between the intended path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping the vehicle on the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 273

intended path. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 314.

If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. Cruise control may be turned back on when road conditions allow.

Both systems come on automatically when the vehicle is started and begins to move. The systems may be heard or felt while they are operating or while performing diagnostic checks. This is normal and does not mean there is a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave both systems on for normal driving conditions, but it may be necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 244 and Turning the Systems Off and On later in this section.

When the transfer case is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system is automatically disabled,

the StabiliTrak OFF light comes on, and the appropriate message will appear on the DIC. Both traction control and StabiliTrak are automatically disabled in this condition.

The indicator light for both systems is in the instrument cluster. This light will:

. Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak is activated.

. Turn on and stay on when either system is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and stays on to indicate that the system is inactive and is not assisting the driver in

maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive, but driving should be adjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds.

3. Start the engine.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. If the condition persists, see your dealer.

Turning the Systems Off and On

The button for TCS and StabiliTrak is on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

274 Driving and Operating

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged.

To turn off only TCS, press and release the g button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrument cluster. The appropriate message will display in the DIC. See Ride Control System Messages 0 170. To turn TCS on again, press and release the g button. The traction

off light i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when the g button is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak, press and hold the g button until

the traction off light i and the

StabiliTrak OFF light g come on and stay on in the instrument

cluster, then release. The appropriate message will display in the DIC. See Ride Control System Messages 0 170.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on again, press and release the g button. The traction off light i and

the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the instrument cluster turn off.

StabiliTrak will automatically turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). Traction control will remain off.

The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 314 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 272.

Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 318.

Hill Descent Control (HDC) If equipped, HDC can be used when driving downhill. It sets and maintains vehicle speed while descending a very steep incline in a forward or reverse gear.

The HDC switch is on the center stack.

Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle speed must be below 50 km/h (31 mph).

The HDC light displays on the instrument cluster when enabled.

HDC can maintain vehicle speeds between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and 14 mph) on an incline greater than or equal to a 10% grade. A blinking HDC light indicates the system is actively applying the brakes to maintain vehicle speed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 275

When HDC is activated, the initial HDC speed is set to the current driving speed. It can be increased or decreased by pressing the +RES or SET- steering wheel controls or by applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This adjusted speed becomes the new set speed.

HDC will remain enabled between 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph); however vehicle speed cannot be set or maintained in this range. It will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC.

When enabled, if the vehicle is at a speed above 22 km/h (14 mph) and less than 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC message will display.

Magnetic Ride Control This vehicle may have a semi-active damping system called Magnetic Ride Control. With this feature,

improved vehicle ride and handling is provided under a variety of passenger and loading conditions.

Magnetic Ride Control is fully automatic and uses a computer controller to continuously monitor vehicle speed, wheel to body position, lift/dive, and steering position of the vehicle. The controller then sends signals to each shock absorber to independently adjust the damping level to provide the optimum vehicle ride.

Magnetic Ride Control also interacts with the Tow/Haul Mode that, when activated, will provide additional control of the shock absorbers. This additional control results in better ride and handling characteristics when the vehicle is loaded or towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul Mode under Towing Equipment 0 308.

Locking Rear Axle Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a standard axle most of the time, but

when traction is low, this feature will allow the rear wheel with the most traction to move the vehicle.

Automatic Level Control The Automatic Level Control (ALC) rear suspension is available on light-duty vehicles and comes as a part of the Magnetic Ride Control suspension, if equipped. ALC may also be available as a stand alone feature.

This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions. An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height. The system is activated when the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter. The system may exhaust (lower vehicle height) for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key has

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

276 Driving and Operating

been turned off. You may hear the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted.

If a weight-distributing hitch is being used, it is recommended to allow the shocks to inflate, thereby leveling the vehicle prior to adjusting the hitch.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at a steady speed. Do not use cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous on slippery roads. On such roads, fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose control. Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the brakes are applied, the cruise control disengages.

For an explanation of how cruise control interacts with the Range Selection Mode, Tow/Haul Mode,

and Grade Braking systems. See Grade Braking under Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and the system begins to limit wheel spin, cruise control will automatically disengage. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 272. If a collision alert occurs when cruise control is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288. When road conditions allow the cruise control to be safely used again, it can be turned back on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 277

5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the system on or off. A white indicator comes on in the instrument cluster when cruise is turned on.

SET (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to set the speed and activate cruise control. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : If there is a set speed in memory, press to resume that speed or press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control is already active, use to increase vehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengage cruise control without erasing the set speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If5 is on when not in use, the SET or +RES control could get pressed and go into cruise when not desired. Keep the cruise 5 button off when cruise is not being used.

The cruise control light on the instrument cluster will come on green after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed.

1. Press5 to turn the cruise system on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET. The desired set speed briefly appears in the instrument cluster.

4. Remove foot from the accelerator.

The cruise control indicator on the instrument cluster turns green after cruise control has been set to the desired speed. See Instrument Cluster 0 140.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied or* is pressed, the cruise control is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reaches about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, briefly press the +RES button. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control

If the cruise control system is already activated:

. Press and hold the +RES button on the steering wheel until the vehicle accelerates to the desired speed, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed in small increments, briefly press +RES. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 140. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

278 Driving and Operating

Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control

If the cruise control system is already activated:

. Press and hold the SET button until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.

. To slow down in small increments, briefly press SET. For each press, the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 140. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal to increase the vehicle speed. When you take your foot off the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the previous set cruise speed. While pressing the accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly

pressing the SET button will result in cruise control set to the current vehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control works on hills depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and the steepness of the hills. When going up steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. When going downhill, Cruise Grade Braking helps maintain the driver selected speed.

Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the vehicle is started and cruise control is active. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists in maintaining driver selected speed when driving on downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle.

To disable and enable Cruise Grade Braking for the current ignition key cycle, press and hold the Tow/Haul button for five seconds. A DIC message displays. See Transmission Messages 0 173.

For other forms of descent control, see Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 274,Automatic Transmission 0 260, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruise control:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral).

. To turn off cruise control, press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erased from memory when the 5 button is pressed, or if the ignition is turned off.

Adaptive Cruise Control If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it allows the driver to select the cruise control set speed and following gap. Read this entire section before using this system.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 279

The following gap is the following time between your vehicle and a vehicle detected directly ahead in your path, moving in the same direction. If no vehicle is detected in your path, ACC works like regular cruise control. ACC uses a radar sensor. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can apply acceleration or limited, moderate braking to maintain the selected following gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. If ACC is controlling your vehicle speed when the traction control system (TCS) or electronic stability control system activates, the ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 272. When road conditions allow ACC to be safely used, the ACC can be turned back on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS or electronic stability control system is disabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking ability and may not have time to slow the vehicle down enough to avoid a collision with another vehicle you are following. This can occur when vehicles suddenly slow or stop ahead, or enter your lane. Also see Alerting the Driver in this section. Complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 234.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roads or when the sensors are blocked by snow, ice, or dirt. The system may not detect

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

a vehicle ahead. Keep the entire front of the vehicle clean.

. Visibility is low, such as in fog, rain, or snow conditions. ACC performance is limited under these conditions.

. On slippery roads where fast changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

280 Driving and Operating

5 (On/Off) : Press to turn the system on or off. The indicator turns white on the instrument cluster when ACC is turned on.

SET (Set/Coast) : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC. If cruise control is already active, use to decrease vehicle speed.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Press briefly to resume the previous set speed or hold to accelerate. If ACC is already active, use to increase vehicle speed.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengage ACC without erasing the selected set speed.

3 (Follow Distance Gap) : Press to select a following gap time (or distance) setting for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise button is on when not in use, the cruise on/off control could get pressed and cruise control could become active when not desired. Keep the cruise control off when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired for cruise. This is the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in its path.

ACC will not set or resume at a speed less than 25 km/h (16 mph).

To set ACC:

1. Press5.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release the SET control on the steering wheel.

4. Remove foot from the accelerator.

After ACC is set, it may immediately apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected closer than the selected following gap.

The ACC indicator displays on the Driver Information Center (DIC) in the instrument cluster. When ACC is active, the indicator turns green.

Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding traffic speeds, and weather conditions when selecting the set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged without erasing the set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press +RES on the steering wheel. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to the higher speed. Press SET . Release the control and the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the higher speed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 281

When the accelerator pedal is pressed, ACC will not brake because it is overridden. A warning message will appear on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Cruise Control Messages 0 165.

. Press and hold +RES until the desired set speed appears on the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed in small increments, briefly press +RES. For each press, the vehicle goes to the next 1 km/h (1 mph) faster mark on the speedometer.

When it is determined that there is no vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond the selected following gap, then the vehicle speed will increase to the set speed.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 140. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While ACC is at a Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do one of the following:

. Use the brake to get to the desired lower speed. Press SET and release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will now cruise at the lower speed.

. Press and hold SET until the desired lower speed is reached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed in small increments, briefly press SET. For each press, the vehicle speed goes to the next 1 km/h (1 mph) slower mark on the speedometer.

The speedometer reading can be displayed in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 140. The increment value used depends on the units displayed.

Selecting the Follow Distance Gap

When a slower moving vehicle is detected ahead within the selected following gap, ACC will adjust the vehicle’s speed and attempt to maintain the follow distance gap selected.

Press3 on the steering wheel to adjust the following gap. When pressed, the current gap setting displays briefly on the instrument cluster. Subsequent presses cycle the3 button through three settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The gap setting will be maintained until it is changed.

Since each gap setting corresponds to a following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the following distance will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the further back your vehicle will follow a vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting the following gap. The range of selectable gaps may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

282 Driving and Operating

Changing the gap setting automatically changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288.

Alerting the Driver

If ACC is engaged, driver action may be required when ACC cannot apply sufficient braking because of approaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, six red lights will flash on the windshield, and either eight beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. See Collision/Detection Systems under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

See Defensive Driving 0 234.

Approaching and Following a Vehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in the instrument cluster.

The vehicle ahead symbol only displays when a vehicle is detected in your vehicles path moving in the same direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACC will not respond to or brake to vehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicle down and adjusts vehicle speed to follow the vehicle in front at the selected follow gap. The vehicle speed increases or decreases to follow the vehicle in front of you, but will not exceed the set speed. It may apply limited braking, if necessary. When braking is active, the brake lights will come on. The automatic

braking may feel or sound different than if the brakes were applied manually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) may not detect and react to stopped or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For example, the system may not brake for a vehicle it has never detected moving. This can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may not stop and could cause a crash. Use caution when using ACC. Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 283

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengage and you will need to manually apply the brakes to slow the vehicle when:

. Your vehicle speed goes below the minimum speed of 16 km/h (10 mph).

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System (TCS) or electronic stability control system has activated or been disabled.

. No traffic or other objects are being detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

A message will appear on the DIC indicating that cruise is disengaging.

The ACC active symbol will not be displayed when ACC is no longer active.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is active, a warning message in the DIC will indicate that automatic braking will not occur. See Vehicle Messages 0 164. ACC

will resume operation when the accelerator pedal is not being pressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automatically apply the brakes if your foot is resting on the accelerator pedal. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you.

Curves in the Road

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle ahead in your lane. You could be startled if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle in another lane, or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane. You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose control of your vehicle. Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary. Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves.

ACC may operate differently in a sharp curve. It may reduce the vehicle speed if the curve is too sharp.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

284 Driving and Operating

When following a vehicle and entering a curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this happens, the vehicle ahead symbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brakes.

ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/or braking that is considered unnecessary. It could respond to vehicles in different lanes, signs, guardrails, and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve. This is normal operation. The vehicle does not need service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it is completely in the lane. The brakes may need to be manually applied.

Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect a vehicle in the

lane while driving on steep hills. The driver will often need to take over acceleration and braking on steep hills, especially when towing a trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC disengages.

Disengaging ACC

There are three ways to disengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Press5.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed is erased from memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is turned off.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 285

Cleaning the Sensing System

The radar sensor on the front of the vehicle can become blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. This area needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see Washing the Vehicle under Exterior Care 0 397.

System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Driver Assistance Systems This vehicle may have features that work together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and parking. Read this entire section before using these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the Driver Assistance Systems. These systems do not replace the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or warnings provided by these systems. Failure to use proper care when driving may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 234.

Under many conditions, these systems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objects outside the area monitored by the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide you with enough time to avoid a crash.

. Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensor is not cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

286 Driving and Operating

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance features alert the driver of obstacles by beeping. To change the volume of the warning chime, see Comfort and Convenience under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To change this, see Collision/Detection Systems under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA), Front Parking Assist (FPA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), the RVC displays an image of the area behind the vehicle

in the center stack display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after a short delay. To return to the previous screen sooner, press a button on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of 8 km/h (5 mph). The rear vision camera is above the license plate.

1. View Displayed by the Camera

1. View Displayed by the Camera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther or closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper do not display.

A warning triangle may display on the RVC screen to show that RPA has detected an object. This triangle changes from amber to red and increases in size the closer the object.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 287

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, animals, or any other object outside of the cameras field of view, below the bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using only these camera(s). Always check behind and around the vehicle before driving. Failure to use proper care may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA, as the vehicle moves at speeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on the bumpers may detect objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below bumper level. These detection distances may be shorter during warmer or humid

weather. Blocked sensors will not detect objects and can also cause false detections. Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system does not detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects located below the bumper or that are too close or too far from the vehicle. It is not available at speeds greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, or vehicle damage, even with parking assist, always check the area around the vehicle and check all mirrors before moving forward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have a parking assist display with bars that show distance to object and object location information for RPA, and on some vehicles, FPA. As the object gets closer, more bars light up and the bars change color from yellow to amber to red.

When an object is first detected in the rear, one beep will be heard from the rear, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse two times. When an object is very close (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), a continuous beep will sound from the front or rear depending on object location, or both sides of the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

288 Driving and Operating

Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for FPA are higher pitched than for RPA.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning triangle with a left or right pointing arrow on the RVC screen to warn of traffic coming from the left or right. This system detects objects coming from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side of the vehicle. When an object is detected, either three beeps sound from the left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur on the left or right side, depending on the direction of the detected vehicle.

Use caution while backing up when towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button to the left of the steering wheel is used to turn on or off the Front and Rear Parking Assist. The indicator light in the button comes on when the features are on and turns off when the features have been disabled.

Front and Rear Parking Assist can be turned off, on, or on with towbar through vehicle personalization. See Parking Assist under Vehicle Personalization 0 176. If the parking assist is turned off through vehicle personalization, the parking assist button will be disabled. To turn the parking assist on again, select On in the vehicle personalization menu. The On with Towbar setting allows for the parking assist to work

properly with a small item attached to the trailer hitch. Turn off parking assist when towing a trailer.

To turn the rear parking assist symbols, guidance lines, or Rear Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see Rear Camera under Vehicle Personalization 0 176

Assistance Systems for Driving If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), Lane Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA), and/or the Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System can help to avoid a crash or reduce crash damage.

Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System If equipped, the FCA system may help to avoid or reduce the harm caused by front-end crashes. When approaching a vehicle ahead too

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 289

quickly, FCA provides a red flashing alert on the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within a distance of approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can detect vehicles to distances of approximately 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 278.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system and does not apply the brakes. When approaching a slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, or when following a vehicle too closely, FCA may not provide a warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any warning at all. FCA does not warn of pedestrians,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

animals, signs, guardrails, bridges, construction barrels, or other objects. Be ready to take action and apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving 0 234.

FCA can be disabled with the FCA steering wheel control, or if your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), through vehicle personalization. See the Auto Collision Preparation portion of Collision/Detection Systems under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA system detects a vehicle ahead. When a vehicle is detected,

the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may not be detected on curves, highway exit ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a vehicle ahead is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not detect another vehicle ahead until it is completely in the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warning to help avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, or snow, or if the headlamps or windshield are not cleaned or in proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in good repair.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

290 Driving and Operating

Collision Alert

When your vehicle approaches another detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA display will flash on the windshield. Also, eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control may be disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on the steering wheel. Press[ /3 to set the FCA timing to Far, Medium, Near, or on some vehicles, Off. The first button press shows the current setting on the DIC. Additional button presses will change this setting. The chosen setting will remain until it is changed and will affect the timing of both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert features. The timing of both alerts will vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will occur. Consider traffic and weather conditions when selecting

the alert timing. The range of selectable alert timing may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. These alerts are normal operation and the vehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem to operate properly, cleaning the outside of the windshield in front of the camera sensor behind the rearview mirror, and cleaning the front of the vehicle where radar sensors are located, may correct the issue.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 291

For cleaning instructions, see Washing the Vehicle under Exterior Care 0 397.

System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions.

Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System If the vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it also has FAB, which includes Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the system detects a vehicle ahead in your path that is traveling in the same direction that you may be about to crash into, it can provide a boost to braking or automatically brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or lessen the severity of crashes when driving in a forward gear. Depending on the situation, the vehicle may automatically brake moderately or hard. This front automatic braking can only occur if a vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 288.

The system works when driving in a forward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to approximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crash preparation feature and is not designed to avoid crashes. Do not rely on FAB to brake the vehicle. FAB will not brake outside of its operating speed range and only responds to detected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles with a trailer, tractors, muddy vehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle when weather limits visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially blocked by pedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is always required while driving, and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes and/or steer the vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to a complete stop to try to avoid a potential crash.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake the vehicle suddenly in situations where it is unexpected and undesired. It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead, guardrails, signs, and other non-moving objects. To override FAB, firmly press the accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

292 Driving and Operating

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brake pedal is applied quickly by providing a boost to braking based on the speed of approach and distance to a vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal movement during this time is normal and the brake pedal should continue to be applied as needed. IBA will automatically disengage only when the brake pedal is released.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle braking in situations when it may not be necessary. You could block the flow of traffic. If this occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal and then apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle personalization. See Auto Collision Preparation in Collision/Detection Systems under Vehicle Personalization 0 176.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing a trailer could cause you to lose control of the vehicle and crash. Turn the system to Off when towing a trailer.

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) If equipped, the SBZA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in that blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and a vehicle is also detected on the same side, the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA) If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with avoiding lane change crashes that occur with moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly approaching these areas from behind. The LCA warning display will light up in the corresponding outside side mirror and will flash if the turn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles outside of the system detection zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under all driving conditions. Failure to use proper care when changing lanes may result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. Before making a lane change, always check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 293

LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone 2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone of approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning area starts at approximately the middle of the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also warned of vehicles rapidly approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before making a lane change, check the LCA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side Mirror Display

Right Side Mirror Display

When the vehicle is started, both outside mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to indicate the system is operating. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right side mirror display will light up if a moving vehicle is detected in the next lane over in that blind zone or rapidly approaching that zone.

If the turn signal is activated in the same direction as a detected vehicle, this display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled through vehicle personalization using the Side Blind Zone Alert option. See Collision/Detection Systems under Vehicle Personalization 0 176. If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a straight highway road with traffic and roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).

LCA displays may not come on when passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA detection zones that extend back from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use caution while changing lanes when towing a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

294 Driving and Operating

trailer. LCA may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending out to either side of the vehicle. Attached objects may also interfere with the detection of vehicles. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driver to vehicles in the next lane over, especially in wet conditions or when driving on sharp curves. The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up due to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other non-moving objects. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors in the left or right corners of the rear bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For cleaning instructions, see «Washing the Vehicle» under Exterior Care 0 397. If the DIC still displays the system unavailable message after cleaning both sides of the vehicle toward the rear corners of the vehicle, see your dealer.

If the LCA displays do not light up when moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or are rapidly approaching this zone and the system is clean, the system may need service. Take the vehicle to your dealer.

When LCA is disabled for any reason other than the driver turning it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On option will not be available on the personalization menu.

Radio Frequency Information

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. It may provide a warning if the vehicle is crossing a detected lane marking without using a turn signal in the lane departure direction. Since this system is part of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) system, read the entire LKA section before using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500 Series) If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due to unintentional lane departures. It may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking without using a turn signal in that direction. It may also provide a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system alert as the lane marking is crossed. The LKA system will not assist or provide an LDW alert if it detects that you are actively steering. Override LKA by turning the steering wheel. LKA uses a camera to detect lane markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. It may not keep the vehicle in the

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 295

Warning (Continued)

lane or give a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a lane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systems may not:

. Provide an alert or enough steering assist to avoid a lane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings under poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if the windshield or headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, or ice, if they are not in proper condition, or if the sun shines directly into the camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads.

If LKA only detects lane markings on one side of the road, it will only assist or provide an LDW

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

alert when approaching the lane on the side where it has detected a lane marking. Even with LKA and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. Always keep your attention on the road and maintain proper vehicle position within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could occur. Always keep the windshield, headlamps, and camera sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a trailer or on slippery roads could cause loss of control of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on the windshield ahead of the rearview mirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressA to the left of the steering wheel.

When on,A is green if LKA is available to assist and provide LDW alerts. It may assist by gently turning the steering wheel and displayA as amber if the vehicle approaches a detected lane marking without using a turn signal in that direction. It may also provide an LDW alert by flashingA amber as the lane marking is crossed. Additionally, there will be three beeps, or the driver seat will pulse three times, on the right or left, depending on the lane departure direction.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

296 Driving and Operating

The LKA system does not continuously steer the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active driver steering, an alert and chime may be provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss.

When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly

The system performance may be affected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings, such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioning properly when lane markings are clearly visible, cleaning the windshield may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the road, temporary or construction lane markings, or other road imperfections. This is normal system operation; the vehicle does not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue.

Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of this vehicle. When driving in the U.S. and Canada, to help keep the engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance, we recommend using TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines. See www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasolines.

If the vehicle has a yellow label on the fuel door, E85 or FlexFuel can be used in the vehicle. See E85 or FlexFuel 0 298.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 297

Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 or higher. Do not use gasoline with an octane rating below 87, as it may cause engine damage and will lower fuel economy.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in the appropriate season. The fuels industry automatically modifies the fuel for the appropriate season. If fuel is left in the vehicle tank for long periods of time, driving or starting could be affected. Drive the vehicle until the fuel is at one-half tank or less, then refuel with the current seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. If these gasolines comply with the previously described specification, then they are acceptable to use. However, E85 (85% ethanol) and

other fuels containing more than 15% ethanol must be used only in FlexFuel vehicles.

Caution

Do not use fuel containing methanol. It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty.

Some gasolines, mainly high octane racing gasolines, can contain an octane-enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use gasolines and/or fuel additives with MMT as they can reduce spark plug life and affect emission control system performance. The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on. If this occurs, see your dealer for service.

California Fuel Requirements If the vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards, it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications. See the underhood emission control label. If this fuel is not available in states adopting California Emissions Standards, the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications, but emission control system performance might be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp could turn on and the vehicle may not pass a smog-check test. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 149. If this occurs, return to your authorized dealer for diagnosis. If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used, repairs may not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

298 Driving and Operating

Fuels in Foreign Countries If planning to drive in countries outside the U.S. or Canada, the proper fuel might be hard to find. Check regional auto club or fuel retail brand websites for availability in the country where driving. Never use leaded gasoline, fuel containing methanol, manganese, or any other fuel not recommended. Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Fuel Additives To keep fuel systems clean, TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is recommended. See Fuel 0 296.

If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of Fuel System Treatment PLUS added to the fuel tank at every engine oil change can help. Fuel System Treatment PLUS is the only gasoline additive recommended by General Motors. It is available at your dealer.

Do not use additives with E85 or FlexFuel.

E85 or FlexFuel For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package supplement.

Vehicles with fuel caps marked as E85 or FlexFuel can use either unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other vehicles should use only the unleaded gasoline as described in Fuel 0 296.

The use of E85 or FlexFuel is encouraged when the vehicle is designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel is made from renewable sources.

Many fuel stations will not have an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump available. Those stations that do have E85 should have a label indicating the FlexFuel ethanol content. Do not use the fuel if the ethanol content is greater than 85%.

The starting characteristics of E85 or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for use when temperatures fall below -18 C (0 F). Use gasoline or add gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.

Because E85 or FlexFuel has less energy per liter (gallon) than gasoline, the vehicle will need to be refilled more often. See Filling the Tank 0 299.

Caution

Some additives are not compatible with E85 or FlexFuel and can harm the vehicle’s fuel system. Do not add anything to E85 or FlexFuel. Damage caused by additives would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Do not use fuel containing methanol. It can corrode metal parts in the fuel system and also damage plastic and rubber parts.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 299

Caution (Continued)

That damage would not be covered under the vehicle warranty.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently and can cause injury or death.

. To help avoid injuries to you and others, read and follow all the instructions on the fuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine when refueling.

. Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away from fuel.

. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not use a cell phone while refueling.

. Do not reenter the vehicle while pumping fuel.

. Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let children pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if the refueling nozzle is inserted too quickly. This spray can happen if the tank is nearly full, and is more likely in hot weather. Insert the refueling nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop prior to beginning to flow fuel.

To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door.

The vehicle has a capless refueling system and does not have a fuel cap. The filling nozzle must be fully inserted and latched prior to starting fuel flow.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

300 Driving and Operating

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by more than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues, including engine stalling and damage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 397.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you are refueling, do not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant. Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank With a Portable Gas Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable gas can:

1. Locate the capless funnel adapter from inside the vehicle.

2. Insert and latch the funnel into the capless fuel system.

{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without using the funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage and damage the capless fuel system. This could cause a fire and you or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return to the storage location.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel container while it is in the vehicle can cause fuel vapors that can ignite either by static electricity or other means. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be damaged. Always:

. Use approved fuel containers.

. Remove the container from the vehicle, trunk, or pickup bed before filling.

. Place the container on the ground.

. Place the nozzle inside the fill opening of the container before dispensing fuel, and

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 301

Warning (Continued)

keep it in contact with the fill opening until filling is complete.

. Fill the container no more than 95% full to allow for expansion.

. Do not smoke, light matches, or use lighters while pumping fuel.

. Avoid using cell phones or other electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General Towing Information Only use towing equipment that has been designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer or trailering dealer for assistance with preparing the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle 0 391. For towing the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 391.

Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the state and local laws that apply to trailer towing.

. Do not tow a trailer during the first 800 km (500 mi) to prevent damage to the engine, axle, or other parts.

. Then during the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer towing, do not drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/ or hilly conditions.

. Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control when towing.

. Turn off Parking Assist when towing.

. The Front Automatic Braking System should be set to Off when towing. See Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System 0 291.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

302 Driving and Operating

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaust gases may collect at the rear of the vehicle and enter if the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window is open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most window open.

. Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel.

. Also adjust the climate control system to a setting that brings in only outside air. See Climate Control Systems in the Index.

For more information about carbon monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 259.

Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience. The combination you are driving is longer and not as responsive as the

vehicle itself. Get acquainted with the handling and braking of the rig before setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitch parts and attachments, safety chains, electrical connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. If the trailer has electric brakes, start the combination moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and the lamps and any trailer brakes still work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving the vehicle without a trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing

More passing distance is needed when towing a trailer. The combination will not accelerate as quickly and is longer so it is

necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane.

Backing Up

Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. To move the trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged. Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering.

When turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so the trailer will not strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 303

or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.

If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn out, the arrows on the instrument cluster will still flash for turns. It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep downgrade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes might get hot and no longer work well.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift the transmission to a lower gear if the transmission shifts too often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

When towing, use the Tow/Haul Mode to prevent damage to the engine or transmission. See Tow/ Haul Mode 0 264.

When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, consider the following: Engine coolant will boil at

a lower temperature than at normal altitudes. If the engine is turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle may show signs similar to engine overheating. To avoid this, let the engine run while parked, preferably on level ground, with the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes before turning the engine off. If the overheat warning comes on, see Engine Overheating 0 332.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill with the trailer attached can be dangerous. If something goes wrong, the rig could start to move. People can be injured, and both the vehicle and the trailer can be damaged. When possible, always park the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing downhill or into traffic if facing uphill.

2. Have someone place chocks under the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the parking brake and shift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Let up on the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

304 Driving and Operating

7. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

Maintenance when Trailer Towing

The vehicle needs service more often when pulling a trailer. See Maintenance Schedule 0 407. Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transmission fluid, engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling system, and brake system. It is a good idea to inspect these before and during the trip.

Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See New Vehicle Break-In 0 249.

Before towing a trailer, see «Hands-Free Operation» under Liftgate 0 47.

{ Warning

The driver can lose control when pulling a trailer if the correct equipment is not used or the vehicle is not driven properly. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the brakes may not work well or even at all. The driver and passengers could be seriously injured. The vehicle may also be damaged; the resulting repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer only if all the steps in this section have been followed. Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

Caution

Pulling a trailer improperly can damage the vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

correctly, follow the advice in this section and see your dealer for important information about towing a trailer with the vehicle.

To identify the trailering capacity of the vehicle, read the information in Weight of the Trailer following.

Trailering is different than just driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be used properly.

The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. So please read this section carefully before pulling a trailer.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 305

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It depends on how the rig is used. Speed, altitude, road grades, outside temperature, and how much the vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. It can depend on any special equipment on the vehicle, and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry. See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section.

Trailer Weight Rating (TWR) is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has only the driver and all required trailering equipment. Weight of additional optional equipment, passengers, and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted from the trailer weight rating.

Use the following chart to determine how much the vehicle can weigh, based upon the vehicle model and options.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

306 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR*

1500 Series 2WD Short Wheelbase

5.3LV8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3LV8 3.42 3 901 kg (8,600 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 2WD Long Wheelbase

5.3LV8 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3LV8 3.42 3 765 kg (8,300 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 4WD Short Wheelbase

5.3LV8 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3LV8 3.42 3 810 kg (8,400 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

1500 Series 4WD Long Wheelbase

5.3LV8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb)

5.3LV8 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lb) 6 350 kg (14,000 lb)

*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded.

Ask your dealer for trailering information or advice.

Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer is very important because it is also part of the vehicle weight. The Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)

includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and the people who will be riding in the vehicle as well as trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, equipment, passengers, and cargo in the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 307

vehicle reduce the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which will also reduce the trailer weight the vehicle can tow. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245 for more information about the vehicle’s maximum load capacity.

Trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10% to 15% of the loaded trailer weight (2) up to the maximums for vehicle series and hitch type.

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Maximum Tongue

Weight

1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lb)

1500 Weight Distributing 453 kg (1,000 lb)

Do not exceed the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch extension that will position the hitch ball closest to the vehicle. This will help reduce the effect of trailer tongue weight on the rear axle.

Trailer rating may be limited by the vehicle’s ability to carry tongue weight. Tongue weight cannot cause the vehicle to exceed the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating). See Total Weight on the Vehicle’s Tires following.

After loading the trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they are not, adjustments might be made by moving some items around in the trailer.

If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch receiver, choose a carrier that positions the load as close to the vehicle as possible. Make sure the total weight, including the carrier, is no more than half of the maximum allowable tongue weight for the vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.

Total Weight on the Vehicle’s Tires

Be sure the vehicle’s tires are inflated to the inflation pressures found on the Certification label on the center pillar or see Vehicle Load Limits 0 245. Make sure not to exceed the GVWR limit for the vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded for the trip including the weight of the trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing hitch, make sure

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

308 Driving and Operating

not to exceed the RGAWR before applying the weight distribution spring bars.

Weight of the Trailering Combination

It is important that the combination of the tow vehicle and trailer does not exceed any of its weight ratings GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue Weight. The only way to be sure it is not exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded for the trip, getting individual weights for each of these items.

Towing Equipment

Hitches

The correct hitch equipment helps maintain combination control. Most small-to-medium trailers can be towed with a weight-carrying hitch which simply features a coupler latched to the hitch ball. Larger trailers may require a weight-distributing hitch that uses spring bars to distribute the trailer

tongue weight among the two vehicle and trailer axles. See Weight of the Trailer Tongue in Trailer Towing 0 304 for rating limits with various hitch types.

Consider using sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway controls or refer to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.

Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment

1. Front of Vehicle 2. Body to Ground Distance

When using a weight-distributing hitch, the spring bars should be adjusted so the distance (2) is the same after coupling the trailer to the tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between the vehicle and the trailer. Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer to help prevent the tongue from contacting the road if it becomes separated from the hitch. Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. If the trailer being towed weighs up to 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a factory-installed step bumper, safety chains may be attached to the attaching points on the bumper, otherwise, safety chains should be attached to holes on the trailer hitch platform. Always leave just enough slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 309

Trailer Brakes

A loaded trailer that weighs more than 900 kg (2,000 lb) needs to have its own brake system that is adequate for the weight of the trailer. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so they are installed, adjusted, and maintained properly.

Since the vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak, the trailer brakes cannot tap into the vehicle’s hydraulic system.

Trailer Wiring Harness

The seven-pin trailer connector is mounted in the bumper. This connector can be plugged into a seven-pin universal heavy-duty trailer connector available through your dealer.

The seven-wire harness contains the following trailer circuits:

. Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal

. Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn Signal

. Brown: Taillamps

. White: Ground

. Light Green: Back-up Lamps

. Red/Green: Battery Feed

. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake

To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/ Haul Mode button at the end of the shift lever. If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the headlamps to help charge the battery.

Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions

These wiring provisions are included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. These provisions are for an electric brake controller.

The harness should be installed by your dealer or a qualified service center.

Tow/Haul Mode

Pressing this button at the end of the shift lever turns on and off the Tow/Haul Mode.

This indicator light on the instrument cluster comes on when the Tow/ Haul Mode is on.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

310 Driving and Operating

Tow/Haul is a feature that assists when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 264.

Tow/Haul is designed to be most effective when the vehicle and trailer combined weight is at least 75 percent of the vehicle’s Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). See Weight of the Trailer under Trailer Towing 0 304. Tow/Haul is most useful under the following driving conditions:

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load through rolling terrain.

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in stop-and-go traffic.

. When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in busy parking lots where improved low speed control of the vehicle is desired.

Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul when lightly loaded or with no trailer at all will not cause damage. However, there is no benefit to the

selection of Tow/Haul when the vehicle is unloaded. Such a selection when unloaded may result in unpleasant engine and transmission driving characteristics and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ Haul is recommended only when pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load.

Integrated Trailer Brake Control System

The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with electric trailer brakes or most electric-over-hydraulic trailer brakes.

This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The power output to the trailer brakes is based on the amount of brake pressure being applied by the vehicles brake

system, and on the type of trailer brakes detected. This available power output to the trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide range of trailering situations.

The ITBC system is integrated with the vehicles brake, antilock brake, and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering conditions that cause the vehicles antilock brake or StabiliTrak systems to activate, power sent to the trailer’s brakes will be automatically adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This does not imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak.

If the vehicles brake, antilock brake, or StabiliTrak systems are not functioning properly, the ITBC system may not be fully functional or may not function at all. Make sure all of these systems are fully operational to ensure full functionality of the ITBC system.

The ITBC system is powered through the vehicle’s electrical system. Turning the ignition off will also turn off the ITBC system. The ITBC system is fully functional only when the ignition is in ON/RUN.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 311

{ Warning

Connecting a trailer that has an air brake system may result in reduced or complete loss of trailer braking. There may be an increase in stopping distance or trailer instability which could result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle, trailer, or other property. Use the ITBC system only with electric or electric over hydraulic trailer brakes.

Trailer Brake Control Panel

1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever

2. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons

The ITBC system has a control panel on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column. The control panel allows adjustment to the amount of output, referred to as Trailer Gain, available to the trailer brakes and allows manual application of the trailer brakes. The Trailer Brake Control Panel is used along with the Trailer Brake Display

Page on the DIC to adjust and display power output to the trailer brakes.

Trailer Brake DIC Display Page

The ITBC system displays messages in the Driver Information Center (DIC).

The display page indicates Trailer Gain setting, power output to the trailer brakes, trailer connection, and system operational status.

To display the Trailer Brake Display Page do any of the following:

. Scroll through the DIC menu pages.

. Press a Trailer Gain button. If the Trailer Brake Display Page is not currently displayed, press a Trailer Gain button to recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each press and release of the gain buttons will then change the Trailer Gain setting.

. Activate the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

312 Driving and Operating

TRAILER GAIN: This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either a trailer connected or disconnected. To adjust the Trailer Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain adjustment buttons. Press and hold a gain button to continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. To turn the output to the trailer off, adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0 (zero).

TRAILER OUTPUT: Displays any time a trailer with electric brakes is connected. Output to the trailer brakes is based on the amount of vehicle braking present and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain setting.

The Trailer Output will indicate — — — — — — on the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the following occur:

. No trailer is connected.

. A trailer without electric brakes is connected (no DIC message displayed).

. A trailer with electric brakes has become disconnected (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING message will also display on the DIC).

. There is a fault present in the wiring to the trailer brakes (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING message will also display on the DIC).

. The ITBC system is not working due to a fault (a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message will also display in the DIC).

Manual Trailer Brake Apply

The Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever is used to apply the trailers electric brakes independent of the vehicles brakes. Sliding the lever to the left will apply only the trailer brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain to properly adjust the power output to the trailer brakes.

The trailer’s and the vehicle’s brake lamps will come on when either vehicle brakes or manual trailer brakes are applied.

Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure

Trailer Gain should be set for a specific trailering condition and must be adjusted any time vehicle loading, trailer loading, or road surface conditions change.

{ Warning

Trailer brakes that are over-gained or under-gained may not stop the vehicle and the trailer as intended and can result in a crash. Always follow the instructions to set the Trailer Gain for the proper trailer stopping performance.

Use the following to adjust Trailer Gain for each towing condition:

1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer attached on a level road surface representative of the towing condition and free of traffic at about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 313

Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower than 32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may result in an incorrect gain setting.

2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer Gain adjustment buttons, to just below the point of trailer wheel lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks.

Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if towing a heavily loaded trailer. In this case, adjust the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable setting for the towing condition.

3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time vehicle loading, trailer loading, or road surface conditions change or if trailer wheel lock-up is noticed at any time while towing.

Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages

In addition to displaying TRAILER GAIN and OUTPUT through the DIC, trailer connection and ITBC system status are displayed on the DIC.

TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will briefly display when a trailer with electric brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This message will automatically turn off in about 10 seconds. This message can be acknowledged before it automatically turns off.

CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will display if:

. The ITBC system first determines connection to a trailer with electric brakes and then the trailer harness becomes disconnected from the vehicle.

If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle is stationary, this message will automatically turn off in about 30 seconds. This message will also turn off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer harness is reconnected.

If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle is moving, this message will continue until the ignition is turned off. This message will also turn off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer harness is reconnected.

. There is an electrical fault in the wiring to the trailer brakes. This message will continue as long as there is an electrical fault in the trailer wiring. This message will also turn off if it is acknowledged.

To determine if the electrical fault is on the vehicle side or trailer side of the trailer wiring harness connection:

1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness from the vehicle.

2. Turn the ignition off.

3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition back to RUN.

4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message reappears, the electrical fault is on the vehicle side.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

314 Driving and Operating

If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only reappears when connecting the trailer wiring harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is on the trailer side.

SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This message will display when there is a problem with the ITBC system. If this message continues over multiple ignition cycles, there is a problem with the ITBC system. Have the vehicle serviced.

If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message displays while driving, the ITBC system may not be fully functional or may not function at all. When traffic conditions allow, carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. If either of these messages continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs service.

A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and repair problems with the trailer. However, any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer repairs and trailer warranty information.

Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a TSC feature. Trailer sway is unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer while being towed. If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, to help reduce excessive trailer sway. If the vehicle is equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has the electric actuated brake system, StabiliTrak may also apply the trailer brakes.

If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will flash on the

instrument cluster. Vehicle speed must be reduced. If trailer sway continues, StabiliTrak can reduce engine torque to help slow the vehicle. See Traction Control/ Electronic Stability Control 0 272.

{ Warning

Even if the vehicle is equipped with TSC, trailer sway could result in loss of control and the vehicle could crash. If excessive trailer sway is detected, slow down to a safe speed. Check the trailer and vehicle to help correct possible causes. These could include an improperly or overloaded trailer, unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, excessive vehicle-trailer speed, or improperly inflated or incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See Towing Equipment 0 308 for trailer ratings and hitch setup recommendations.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Driving and Operating 315

Adding non-dealer accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See Accessories and Modifications 0 318.

Conversions and Add-Ons

Add-On Electrical Equipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 149. A device connected to the DLC such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicles systems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle’s 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 101 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 101.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

316 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . 317 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

California Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . 318

Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Vehicle Checks Doing Your Own Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Engine Compartment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 323 Automatic Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 327 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 332 Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 334 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335

Battery — North America . . . . . . 336 Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 339 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 340 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 341

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 341 Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 342 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 342

Headlamp Aiming Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Bulb Replacement Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 344

Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 346 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Electrical System Electrical System Overload . . . 347 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Wheels and Tires Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 359 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Tire Terminology and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 317

Tire Pressure Monitor System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Tire Pressure Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367

Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Different Size Tires and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 375 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 387

Jump Starting Jump Starting — North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Towing the Vehicle Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Appearance Care Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

General Information For service and parts needs, visit your dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:

California Proposition 65 Warning WARNING: Most motor vehicles, including this one, contain and/or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

318 Vehicle Care

harm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products contain and/or emit these chemicals.

See Battery North America 0 336 and Jump Starting North America 0 388.

California Perchlorate Materials Requirements Certain types of automotive applications, such as airbag initiators, safety belt pretensioners, and lithium batteries contained in Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, may contain perchlorate materials. Special handling may be necessary. For additional information, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.

Accessories and Modifications Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect vehicle performance and safety, including such things as airbags, braking, stability, ride and handling, emissions systems, aerodynamics, durability, and electronic systems like antilock brakes, traction control, and stability control. These accessories or modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of factory settings will not be covered by the warranty.

Damage to vehicle components resulting from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control module or software modifications, is not covered under the terms of the vehicle warranty and may affect remaining warranty coverage for affected parts.

GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories installed by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 101.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 319

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your Own Service Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work on your vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Service Publications Ordering Information 0 432.

This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 101.

Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 419.

Caution

Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not allow contaminants to contact the fluids, reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

Hood To open the hood:

1. Pull the handle with this symbol on it. It is inside the vehicle under the steering wheel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle to find the secondary hood release. The handle is under the front edge of the hood near the center. Push the handle to the right and at the same time raise the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 15 cm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, and push the front center of the hood with a swift, firm motion to fully close the hood.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

320 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 321

1. Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Starting North America 0 388.

2. Battery North America 0 336.

3. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 328.

4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 327.

5. Automatic Transmission Dipstick. See How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid under Automatic Transmission Fluid 0 324.

6. Remote Negative () Location (Out of View). See Jump Starting North America 0 388.

7. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 328.

8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil 0 321.

9. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil 0 321.

10. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Adding Washer Fluid under Washer Fluid 0 334.

11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 335.

12. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 348.

Engine Oil For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Engine Oil section in the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package supplement.

To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to engine oil. Following these simple, but important steps will help protect your investment:

. Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the proper viscosity grade. See Selecting the Right Engine Oil in this section.

. Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See Checking Engine Oil and When to Add Engine Oil in this section.

. Change the engine oil at the appropriate time. See Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

. Always dispose of engine oil properly. See What to Do with Used Oil in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

If equipped, the ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL message displays when the engine oil level may be too low. See Engine Oil Messages 0 167. Check the oil level before filling to the recommended level. If the oil is not low and this message remains on, see your dealer.

It is also a good idea to check the engine oil level at each fuel fill. In order to get an accurate reading, the vehicle must be on level ground. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for the location of the engine oil dipstick.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

322 Vehicle Care

Obtaining an accurate oil level reading is essential:

1. If the engine has been running recently, turn off the engine and allow several minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan. Checking the oil level too soon after engine shutoff will not provide an accurate oil level reading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handle may be hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or glove to touch the dipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean paper towel or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, and check the level.

When to Add Engine Oil

If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at the tip of the dipstick, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then recheck the level. See Selecting the Right Engine Oil in this section for an explanation of what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications 0 421.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above or below the acceptable operating range shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If you find that you have an oil level above the operating range, i.e., the engine has so much oil that the oil level

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

gets above the cross-hatched area that shows the proper operating range, the engine could be damaged. You should drain out the excess oil or limit driving of the vehicle and seek a service professional to remove the excess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for the location of the engine oil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range. Push the dipstick all the way back in when through.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oil depends on both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils that meet the dexos1 specification.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 323

Engine oils that have been approved by GM as meeting the dexos1 specification are marked with the dexos1 approved logo. See www.gmdexos.com.

Caution

Failure to use the recommended engine oil or equivalent can result in engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil.

When selecting an oil of the appropriate viscosity grade, it is recommended to select an oil of the correct specification. See Specification earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. The recommended oils meeting the dexos1 specification are all that is needed for good performance and engine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certain elements that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, or a good hand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer’s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If you change your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it in the

trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which include engine revolutions, engine temperature, and miles driven. Based on driving conditions, the mileage at which an oil change is indicated can vary considerably. For the oil life system to work properly, the system must be reset every time the oil is changed.

On some vehicles, when the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on to indicate that an oil change is necessary. See Engine Oil Messages 0 167. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1 000 km (600mi). It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

324 Vehicle Care

the oil life system might indicate that an oil change is not necessary for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be reset. For vehicles without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message, an oil change is needed when the OIL LIFE REMAINING percentage is near 0%. Your dealer has trained service people who will perform this work and reset the system. It is also important to check the oil regularly over the course of an oil drain interval and keep it at the proper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally, the oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the last oil change. Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed.

How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System

Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the system can calculate the next engine oil change. Always reset the

engine oil life to 100% after every oil change. It will not reset itself. To reset the engine oil life system:

1. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, the vehicle must be in P (Park) to access this display. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

2. Press and hold V, or the trip odometer reset stem if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, for several seconds. The oil life will change to 100%.

The oil life system can also be reset as follows:

1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off.

2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds.

3. Display the OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset.

If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message and it comes back on when the vehicle is started and/or the OIL LIFE REMAINING is near 0%, the engine oil life system has not been reset. Repeat the procedure.

Automatic Transmission Fluid For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

When to Check and Change Automatic Transmission Fluid

It is usually not necessary to check the transmission fluid level. The only reason for fluid loss is a transmission leak or overheated transmission. If a small leak is suspected, then use the following checking procedures to check the fluid level. However, if there is a large leak, then it may be necessary

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 325

to have the vehicle towed to a dealer service department and have it repaired before driving the vehicle further.

Caution

Use of the incorrect automatic transmission fluid may damage the vehicle, and the damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 407. Be sure to use the transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

How to Check Automatic Transmission Fluid

Caution

Too much or too little fluid can damage the transmission. Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine parts or exhaust system parts, starting a fire. Too little fluid could cause the transmission to overheat. Be sure to get an accurate reading if checking the transmission fluid.

Before checking the fluid level, prepare the vehicle:

1. Start the engine and park the vehicle on a level surface. Keep the engine running.

2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in P (Park).

3. With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shift lever through each gear range, pausing for about

three seconds in each range. Then, move the shift lever back to P (Park).

4. Allow the engine to idle (500 800 rpm) for at least one minute. Slowly release the brake pedal.

5. Keep the engine running and check the transmission fluid temperature on the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

6. Using the transmission fluid temperature reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the transmission fluid temperature reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the vehicle until the appropriate transmission fluid temperature is reached.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

326 Vehicle Care

Cold Check Procedure

Use this procedure only as a reference to determine if the transmission has enough fluid to be operated safely until a hot check procedure can be made. The hot check procedure is the most accurate method to check the fluid level. Perform the hot check procedure at the first opportunity. Use this cold check procedure to check fluid level when the transmission temperature is between 27 C and 32 C (80 F and 90 F).

1. Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the engine compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320.

2. Flip the handle up, then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.

3. Install the dipstick by pushing it back in all the way; wait three seconds, and then pull it back out again.

4. Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level. Repeat the check procedure to verify the reading.

5. If the fluid level is below the COLD check band, add only enough fluid as necessary to bring the level into the COLD band. It does not take much fluid, generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill.

6. Perform a hot check at the first opportunity after the transmission reaches a normal

operating temperature between 71 C to 93 C (160 F to 200 F).

7. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place.

Hot Check Procedure

Use this procedure to check the transmission fluid level when the transmission fluid temperature is between 71 C and 93 C (160 F and 200 F).

The hot check is the most accurate method to check the fluid level. The hot check should be performed at the first opportunity in order to verify the cold check. The fluid level rises as fluid temperature increases, so it is important to ensure the transmission temperature is within range.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 327

1. Locate the transmission dipstick at the rear of the engine compartment, on the passenger side of the vehicle.

See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320.

2. Flip the handle up, then pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel.

3. Install the dipstick by pushing it back in all the way; wait three seconds, and then pull it back out again.

4. Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level. Repeat the check procedure to verify the reading.

5. Safe operating level is within the HOT cross hatch band on the dipstick. If the fluid level is not within the HOT band, and the transmission temperature is between 71 C and 93 C (160 F and 200 F), add or drain fluid as necessary to bring the level into the HOT band. If the fluid level is low, add only enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT band. It does not take much fluid, generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do not overfill.

6. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push the dipstick back in all the way, then flip the handle down to lock the dipstick in place.

Consistency of Readings

Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedure described previously. Consistency (repeatable readings) is important to maintaining proper fluid level. If readings are still inconsistent, contact the dealer.

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for the location of the engine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing and inspecting the engine air cleaner/ filter, see Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have the engine running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine air cleaner/ filter, make sure the engine air cleaner/filter housing and nearby components are free of dirt and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

328 Vehicle Care

debris. Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/filter for damage, and replace if damaged. Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or components with water or compressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/ filter:

1. Screws (4) 2. Electrical Connector 3. Air Duct Clamp

1. Locate the air cleaner/filter assembly. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320.

2. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (3).

3. Disconnect the electrical connector (2) and the connector harness from the cover.

4. Remove the four screws (1) on top of the cover of the housing and lift up the cover.

5. Remove the engine air cleaner/ filter from the housing. Take care to dislodge as little dirt as possible.

6. Clean the engine air cleaner/ filter sealing surfaces and the housing.

7. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter.

8. Reverse Steps 2-4 to reinstall the filter cover housing.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires. Use caution when working on the engine and do not drive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can easily get into the engine, which could damage it. Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when you are driving.

Cooling System For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

The cooling system allows the engine to maintain the correct working temperature.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 329

1. Coolant Surge Tank 2. Coolant Surge Tank

Pressure Cap 3. Engine Electric

Cooling Fan(s)

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fan can start even when the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any engine cooling fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, and other engine parts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. If you do, you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If you run the engine, it could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you could be burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other than DEX-COOL can cause premature engine, heater core, or radiator corrosion. In addition, the engine coolant could require changing sooner. Any repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle.

Engine Coolant For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

The cooling system in the vehicle is filled with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever occurs first.

The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 332.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or some other liquid to the cooling system can be dangerous. Plain water and other liquids, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. The coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

330 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

With plain water or the wrong mixture, the engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning. The engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use a 50/ 50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL coolant. If using this mixture, nothing else needs to be added. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection down to 37 C (34 F), outside temperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to 129 C (265 F), engine temperature.

. Protects against rust and corrosion.

. Will not damage aluminum parts.

. Helps keep the proper engine temperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture, inhibitors, or additives are used in the vehicle cooling system, the engine could overheat and be damaged. Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack engine cooling parts. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Use only the proper mixture of engine coolant for the cooling system. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

Never dispose of engine coolant by putting it in the trash, or by pouring it on the ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of water. Have the coolant changed by an authorized service center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your health.

Checking Coolant

The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320.

The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant level.

Check to see if coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it cools down. The coolant level should be at or above the FULL COLD mark. If it is not, there may be a leak in the cooling system.

If coolant is visible but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark, see How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank, following.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 331

How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine.

Caution

This vehicle has a specific coolant fill procedure. Failure to follow this procedure could cause the engine to overheat and be severely damaged.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly. Never turn the cap when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system and surge tank pressure cap to cool.

If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add coolant.

1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise about one full turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some pressure left.

2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, and remove it.

3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the FULL COLD mark.

4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap off, start the engine and let it run until the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates approximately 90 C (195 F).

By this time, the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

332 Vehicle Care

mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark.

5. Replace the pressure cap tightly.

6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Steps 16.

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured.

Engine Overheating For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

Caution

Running the engine without coolant may cause damage or a fire. Vehicle damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The vehicle has several indicators to warn of engine overheating.

There is a coolant temperature gauge in the vehicle’s instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 145.

In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED messages in the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling System Messages 0 166 and Engine Power Messages 0 167.

If the decision is made not to lift the hood when this warning appears, get service help right away.

If the decision is made to lift the hood, make sure the vehicle is parked on a level surface.

Check to see if the engine cooling fan(s) are running. If the engine is overheating, the fans should be running. If they are not, do not continue to run the engine, and have the vehicle serviced.

If Steam is Coming from the Engine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly, even if you just open the hood. Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it. Just turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down. Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood.

If you keep driving when the engine is overheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. You or others could be badly burned. Stop the engine if it overheats, and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 333

If No Steam is Coming from the Engine Compartment

The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message, along with a low coolant condition, can indicate a serious problem.

If there is an engine overheat warning, but no steam is seen or heard, the problem may not be too serious. Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when the vehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

. Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 304.

If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message appears with no sign of steam, try this for a minute or so:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan speed. Open the windows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle.

If the temperature overheat gauge is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in front. If the warning does not come back on, continue to drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park the vehicle right away.

If there is still no sign of steam and the vehicle is equipped with an engine driven cooling fan, push down the accelerator until the engine speed is about twice as fast as normal idle speed for at least five minutes while the vehicle is

parked. If the warning is still there, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down.

If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine for five minutes while parked. If the warning is still displayed, turn off the engine until it cools down.

Engine Fan If the vehicle has electric cooling fans, the fans may be heard spinning at low speed during most everyday driving. The fans may turn off if no cooling is required. Under heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high outside temperatures, or operation of the air conditioning system, the fans may change to high speed and an increase in fan noise may be heard. This is normal and indicates that the cooling system is functioning properly. The fans will change to low speed when additional cooling is no longer required.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

334 Vehicle Care

The electric engine cooling fans may run after the engine has been turned. off. This is normal and no service is required.

Power Steering Fluid For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package supplement.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid needs to be added, be sure to read the manufacturer’s instructions before use. Use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

The vehicle has a low washer fluid message on the DIC that comes on when the washer fluid is low. The message is displayed for 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message

displays, washer fluid will need to be added to the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for reservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid that contains any type of water repellent coating. This can cause the wiper blades to chatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the windshield washer system and paint.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage the washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system.

. When using concentrated washer fluid, follow the manufacturer instructions for adding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for fluid expansion if freezing occurs, which could damage the tank if it is completely full.

Brakes Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make a high-pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed. The sound can come and go or can

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 335

be heard all the time when the vehicle is moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well. That could lead to a crash. When the brake wear warning sound is heard, have the vehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-out brake pads could result in costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climates can cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not mean something is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and

evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to torque specifications. See Capacities and Specifications 0 421.

Brake pads should be replaced as complete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height, or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be a sign that brake service may be required.

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system parts with new, approved replacement parts. If this is not done, the brakes may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change in many other ways if the wrong replacement brake parts are installed or if parts are improperly installed.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled with GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid as indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for the location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level surface, the brake fluid level should be between the minimum and maximum marks on the brake fluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir may go down:

. Normal brake lining wear. When new linings are installed, the fluid level goes back up.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

336 Vehicle Care

. A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. With a leak, the brakes will not work well.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too much fluid when new brake linings are installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, it can spill on the engine and burn, if the engine is hot enough. You or others could be burned, and the vehicle could be damaged. Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a low level, the brake warning light comes on. See Brake System Warning Light 0 151.

Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent increased stopping distance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brake fluid could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Immediately wash off any painted surface.

Battery North America The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap and do not add fluid.

Refer to the replacement number shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 320 for battery location.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 337

Warning (Continued)

reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 317.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. You can be badly hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Starting North America 0 388 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt.

Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, negative () cable from the battery to keep the battery from running down.

Extended Storage: Remove the black, negative () cable from the battery or use a battery trickle charger.

Four-Wheel Drive

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 407 to determine when to check the lubricant.

How to Check Lubricant

Automatic Transfer Case

1. Fill Plug

2. Drain Plug

To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface.

If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug.

When to Change Lubricant

Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 407 to determine how often to change the lubricant.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416 to determine what kind of lubricant to use.

Front Axle When to Check and Change Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularly check front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected, or an unusual noise is

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

338 Vehicle Care

heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired.

How to Check Lubricant

To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface.

1. Fill Plug 2. Drain Plug

. When the differential is cold, add enough lubricant to raise the level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm (1/8 in) below the fill plug (1) hole.

. When the differential is at operating temperature (warm), add enough lubricant to raise the level to the bottom of the fill plug (1) hole.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416 to determine what kind of lubricant to use.

Rear Axle

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and repaired.

All axle assemblies are filled by volume of fluid during production. They are not filled to reach a certain level. When checking the fluid level on any axle, variations in the readings can be caused by factory fill differences between the minimum and the maximum fluid volume. Also, if a vehicle has just been driven before checking the fluid

level, it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled out along the axle tubes and has not drained back to the sump area. Therefore, a reading taken five minutes after the vehicle has been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or two. The rear axle assembly must be supported on a flat, level surface to get a true reading.

How to Check Lubricant

To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 339

The proper level is 1.0 mm to 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) below the bottom of the fill hole, located on the rear axle. Add only enough fluid to reach the proper level.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416 to determine what kind of lubricant to use.

Noise Control System Noise Emission Warranty

General Motors warrants to the first person who purchases this vehicle for purposes other than resale and to each subsequent purchaser that this vehicle as manufactured by General Motors was designed, built and equipped to conform at the time it left General Motors control with all applicable U.S. EPA Noise Control Regulations. This warranty covers this vehicle as designed, built and equipped by General Motors and is not limited to any particular part, component or system of the vehicle manufactured by General Motors. Defects in design, assembly or any

part, component or system of the vehicle manufactured by General Motors, which at the time it left General Motors control caused noise emissions to exceed Federal standards, are covered by the warranty for the life of the vehicle.

The following information relates to compliance with federal noise emission standards for vehicles with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs). The Maintenance Schedule provides information on maintaining the noise control system to minimize degradation of the noise emission control system during the life of the vehicle. The noise control system warranty is given in the vehicle warranty booklet.

These standards apply only to vehicles sold in the United States.

Federal law prohibits the following acts or the causing thereof:

1. The removal or rendering inoperative by any person, other than for purposes of maintenance, repair or replacement, of any device or

element of design incorporated into any new vehicle for the purpose of noise control, prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use; or

2. The use of the vehicle after such device or element of design has been removed or rendered inoperative by any person.

Among those acts presumed to constitute tampering are the acts listed below.

Insulation:

Removal of the noise shields or any underhood insulation.

Engine:

Removal or rendering engine speed governor, if the vehicle has one, inoperative so as to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications.

Fan and Drive:

. Removal of fan clutch, if the vehicle has one, or rendering clutch inoperative.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

340 Vehicle Care

. Removal of the fan shroud, if the vehicle has one.

Air Intake:

. Removal of the air cleaner silencer.

. Modification of the air cleaner.

Exhaust:

. Removal of the muffler and/or resonator.

. Removal of the exhaust pipes and exhaust pipe clamps.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.

1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle.

2. Apply both the parking brake and the regular brake.

Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle should start only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact your dealer for service.

Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this inspection, the vehicle could move suddenly. If the vehicle moves, you or others could be injured.

1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface.

2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever moves out of P (Park), contact your dealer for service.

Ignition Transmission Lock Check If equipped with a key type ignition, while parked and with the parking brake set, try to turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF in each shift lever position.

. The ignition should turn to LOCK/OFF only when the shift lever is in P (Park).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 341

. The ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF.

Contact your dealer if service is required.

Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check, the vehicle could begin to move. You or others could be injured and property could be damaged. Make sure there is room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set the parking brake.

. To check the parking brake’s holding ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot

pressure from the regular brake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park) mechanism’s holding ability: With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake.

Contact your dealer if service is required.

Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking.

For the proper type and size, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 417.

Front Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the wiper blade assembly:

1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away from the windshield.

2. Lift up on the latch in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper arm attaches.

3. With the latch open, pull the wiper blade down toward the windshield far enough to release it from the J-hooked end of the wiper arm.

4. Remove the wiper blade.

Allowing the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield when no wiper blade is installed could damage the windshield. Any damage that occurs would not be covered by the vehicle

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

342 Vehicle Care

warranty. Do not allow the wiper blade arm to touch the windshield.

5. Reverse Steps 13 for wiper blade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

To replace the rear wiper blade:

1. With the rear wiper in the off position, open the liftglass to access the rear wiper arm/ blade.

The rear wiper blade will not lock in a vertical position so care should be used when pulling it away from the vehicle.

2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out of the blade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assembly securely in the wiper arm hook until the release lever clicks into place.

4. Return the wiper arm and blade assembly to the rest position on the glass.

Glass Replacement If the windshield or front side glass must be replaced, see your dealer to determine the correct replacement glass.

Windshield Replacement

HUD System

If equipped with a HUD system, the windshield is part of the HUD. If the windshield must be replaced, get one that is designed for HUD or the HUD image may look out of focus.

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windshield replacement is needed and the vehicle is equipped with a front-looking camera sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, the windshield must be installed according to GM specifications for these systems to work properly. If it is not, there may be unexpected behavior and/or messages from these systems. See Object Detection System Messages 0 169.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 343

Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.

Bulb Replacement For the proper type of replacement bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs 0 347.

For any bulb-changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions on the bulb package.

High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The high intensity discharge lighting system operates at a very high voltage. If you try to service any of the system components, you could be seriously injured. Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb has been replaced, the beam might be a slightly different shade than it was originally. This is normal.

LED Lighting This vehicle has several LED lamps. For replacement of any LED lighting assembly, contact your dealer.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

344 Vehicle Care

Headlamps

Driver Side

1. Low-Beam Headlamp

2. High-Beam Headlamp

3. Turn Signal Lamp

See your dealer for passenger side replacement.

Headlamp

1. Open the hood. See Hood 0 319

2. Remove the headlamp bulb assembly cover by turning it counterclockwise.

3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out.

4. Unplug the electrical connector from the old bulb by releasing the clip on the bulb socket.

Fog Lamps

To replace the front fog lamp bulb:

1. Locate the fog lamp under the front bumper.

2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb assembly by pressing the connector release.

3. Turn the bulb counter clockwise to remove it from the housing.

Front Turn Signal Lamps 1. Open the hood. See

Hood 0 319

2. Reach in and access the bulb socket from inside the engine compartment.

3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out.

4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the socket bulb socket.

5. Replace it with a new bulb.

6. Reinstall the new bulb socket into the headlamp assembly and turn it clockwise to secure.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 345

Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps

1. Back-up Lamp 2. Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp

The taillamp on this vehicle is an LED. For replacement, contact your dealer.

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 47.

2. Remove the taillamp closeout cover from the lamp assembly by pulling rearward from the top and bottom at the same time to unfasten the snap tabs.

3. Remove the two screws from the taillamp assembly.

4. Pull the taillamp assembly straight back to remove.

5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly.

6. Pull the bulb straight out from the socket.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

346 Vehicle Care

7. Press a new bulb into the socket, insert it into the taillamp assembly, and turn the bulb socket clockwise until it clicks.

8. Reinstall the taillamp assembly and tighten the screws.

9. Reinstall the taillamp cover by snapping it into place.

License Plate Lamp

Passenger Side Shown, Driver Side Similar

1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb 3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3) toward the center of the vehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly down to remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1) counterclockwise to remove it from the lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of the bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulb straight into the bulb socket and turn the bulb socket clockwise to install it into the lamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly back into position until the release tab locks into place.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 347

Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb

Number

Back-up Lamp 921

Fog Lamp PSX26W

Front Turn Signal Lamp

WY21W

High-Beam Headlamp (Base and Uplevel)

9005 LL

Low-Beam Headlamp (Base)

H11 LL

License Plate Lamp

W5W

Stoplamp/Turn Signal Lamp

7440 LL and WY21W

For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical System Overload The vehicle has fuses to protect against an electrical system overload. Fuses also protect power devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road and a fuse needs to be replaced, there are some spare fuses and a fuse puller in the Instrument Panel Fuse Block. The same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart.

Although the circuit is protected from electrical overload, overload due to heavy snow or ice may cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by an electrical problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses The wiring circuits in the vehicle are protected from short circuits by fuses. This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

348 Vehicle Care

Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as you can.

Engine Compartment Fuse Block For Heavy-Duty Suburban models, see the Heavy-Duty Suburban supplement.

The engine compartment fuse block is in the engine compartment, on the driver side of the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access the fuse block.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

A fuse puller is available in the left instrument panel fuse block.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 349

Item Usage

1 Electric running boards

Item Usage

2 ABS pump

3 Interior BEC LT1

Item Usage

4 MBS Passenger

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

350 Vehicle Care

Item Usage

5 Suspension leveling compressor

6 4WD transfer case electronic control

10 Electric parking brake

13 Interior BEC LT2

14 Rear BEC 1

17 MBS Driver

21 ALC exhaust solenoid

23 Integrated chassis control module

24 Real time dampening

25 Fuel pump power module

26 /Battery regulated voltage control

28 Upfitter 2

29 Upfitter 2 relay

30 Wiper

Item Usage

31 TIM

34 Back-up lamps

35 ABS valve

36 Trailer brakes

37 Upfitter 3 relay

39 Right trailer stop lamp/Turn lamp

40 Left trailer stop lamp/turn lamp

41 Trailer parking lamps

42 Right parking lamps

43 Left parking lamps

44 Upfitter 3

45 Automatic level control/Run/Crank

47 Upfitter 4

48 Upfitter 4 relay

49 Reverse lamps

51 Parking lamp relay

59 Euro trailer

Item Usage

60 A/C control

63 Upfitter 1

67 Trailer battery

69 RC upfitter 3 and 4

70 VBAT upfitter 3 and 4

72 Upfitter 1 relay

74 Engine control module ignition

75 Miscellaneous ignition spare

76 Transmission ignition

77 RC upfitter 1 and 2

78 VBAT upfitter 1 and 2

83 Euro trailer/RC

84 Run/Crank relay

87 Engine

88 Injector Aodd

89 Injector Beven

90 O2 sensor B

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 351

Item Usage

91 Throttle control

92 Engine control module relay

93 Horn

94 Fog lamps

95 High-beam headlamps

100 O2 sensor A

101 Engine control module

102 Engine control module/ Transmission control module

103 Auxiliary interior heater

104 Starter

107 Aeroshutter

109 Police upfitter

112 Starter relay

114 Front windshield washer

Item Usage

115 Rear window washer

116 Left cooling fan

121 Right HID headlamp

122 Left HID headlamp

123 right cooling fan

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Left)

The left instrument panel fuse block access door is on the driver side edge of the instrument panel.

Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

352 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Item Usage

1

2

Item Usage

3

4 Accessory power outlet 1

5 Retained accessory power

6 APO/BATT

7 Universal garage door opener/Interior rearview mirror

8 SEO/Retained accessory power

9

10 Body control module 3

11 Body control module 5

12 Steering wheel control backlighting

13

14

15

16 Discrete logic ignition sensor

17 Video processing module

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 353

Item Usage

18 Mirror window module

19 Body control module 1

20 Front bolster (if equipped)

21

22

23

24 HVAC/Ignition

25 Instrument cluster/ Ignition sensing diagnostic module/ Ignition

26 Tilt column/SEO/Tilt column lock 1/SEO

27 Data link connector/ Driver seat module

28 Passive entry/Passive start/HVAC battery

29 Content theft deterrent

30

31

32

Item Usage

33 SEO/Automatic level control

34 Park enable/Electric adjustable pedal (if equipped)

35

36 Miscellaneous/RC

37 Heated steering wheel

38 Steering column lock 2 (if equipped)

39 Instrument cluster battery

40

41

42 Euro trailer (if equipped)

43 Left doors

44 Driver power seat

45

46 Right heated, cooled or ventilated seat (if equipped)

Item Usage

47 Left heated, cooled or ventilated seat (if equipped)

48

49

50 Accessory power outlet 2

51

52 Retained accessory power relay

53 Run/Crank relay

54

55

56

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

354 Vehicle Care

Instrument Panel Fuse Block (Right)

The right instrument panel fuse block access door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel.

Pull off the cover to access the fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Item Usage

1

2

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 355

Item Usage

3

4 Accessory power outlet 4

5

6

7

8 Glove box

9

10

11

12 Steering wheel controls

13 Body control module 8

14

15

16

17

18

19 Body control module 4

20 Rear seat entertainment

Item Usage

21 Sunroof

22

23

24

25

26 Infotainment/Airbag

27 /RF WDW SW RN SNR

28 Obstacle detection/USB

29 Radio

30

31

32

33

34

35

36 SEO B2

37 SEO

38 Body control module 2

39 A/C Inverter

Item Usage

40

41

42

43

44 Right door window motor

45 Front blower

46 Body control module 6

47 Body control module 7

48 Amplifier

49 Right front seat

50 Accessory power outlet 3

51

52 Retained accessory power relay

53

54

55

56

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

356 Vehicle Care

Rear Compartment Fuse Block

The rear compartment fuse block is behind the access panel on the left side of the compartment.

Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger access slot at the rear edge.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown.

Item Usage

1 Rear defogger relay

2 Left heated second row seat

3 Right heated second row seat

4 Heated mirrors

5 Liftgate

6 Glass breakage

7 Liftglass

8 Liftgate module logic

9 Rear wiper

10 Rear HVAC blower

11 Second row seat

12 Liftgate module

13 Third row seat

14 Rear accessory power outlet

15 Rear defogger

16 Liftgate

17 Liftglass

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 357

Item Usage

18 Rear fog lamp (if equipped)

19 Rear fog lamp (if equipped)

20 Heated mirror

Wheels and Tires

Tires Every new GM vehicle has high-quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer. See the warranty manual for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous.

. Overloading the tires can cause overheating as a result of too much flexing. There could be a blowout and a serious crash. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires. The resulting crash could cause serious injury. Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure. Tire pressure should be checked when the tires are cold.

. Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by a sudden impact such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the recommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires can cause a crash. If the tread is badly worn, replace them.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

358 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires that have been damaged by impacts with potholes, curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tires can cause a crash. Only the dealer or an authorized tire service center should repair, replace, dismount, and mount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires in excess of 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, etc. Excessive spinning may cause the tires to explode.

See Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation 0 365 for inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed driving.

All-Season Tires This vehicle may come with all-season tires. These tires are designed to provide good overall performance on most road surfaces and weather conditions. Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. Original equipment all-season tires can be identified by the last two characters of this TPC code, which will be MS.

Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not offer the same level of traction or performance as winter tires on snow or ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 358.

Winter Tires This vehicle was not originally equipped with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice or snow covered roads is expected. See your dealer for details regarding winter tire availability and proper tire selection. Also, see Buying New Tires 0 372.

With winter tires, there may be decreased dry road traction, increased road noise, and shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires, be alert for changes in vehicle handling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand and tread type on all four wheel positions.

. Use only radial ply tires of the same size, load range, and speed rating as the original equipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated tires. If winter

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 359

tires with a lower speed rating are chosen, never exceed the tire’s maximum speed capability.

Low-Profile Tires If the vehicle has P275/55R20 or P285/45R22 size tires, they are classified as touring tires and are designed for on road use. The low-profile, wide tread design is not recommended for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 236, for additional information.

Caution

Low-profile tires are more susceptible to damage from road hazards or curb impact than standard profile tires. Tire and/or wheel assembly damage can occur when coming into contact with road hazards like potholes, or sharp edged objects, or when sliding into a curb. The warranty does not cover this type of

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

damage. Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and when possible, avoid contact with curbs, potholes, and other road hazards.

All-Terrain Tires This vehicle may have all-terrain tires. These tires provide good performance on most road surfaces, weather conditions, and for off-road driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 236.

The tread pattern on these tires may wear more quickly than other tires. Consider rotating the tires more frequently than at 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear is noted when the tires are inspected. See Tire Inspection 0 370.

Tire Sidewall Labeling Useful information about a tire is molded into the sidewall. The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire

(1) Tire Size : The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, construction type, and service description. See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

360 Vehicle Care

(2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria Specification) : Original equipment tires designed to GM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall. GM’s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines.

(3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last four digits of the TIN indicate the tire manufactured date. The first two digits represent the week (01-52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third

week of the year 2010 would have a four-digit DOT date of 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread.

(6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors: treadwear, traction, and temperature resistance. For more information, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 374.

(7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit : Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load. For information on recommended tire pressure see Tire Pressure 0 364 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

(8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a temporary spare tire until the road tire is repaired and replaced. This spare tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, with the proper inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 387.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typical passenger vehicle tire size.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 361

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit number that indicates the tire height-to-width measurements. For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in item C of the tire illustration, it

would mean that the tire’s sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letter R means radial ply construction; the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter B means belted-bias ply construction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : These characters represent the load index and speed rating of the tire. The load index represents the load carrying capacity a tire is certified to carry. The speed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure : The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : The combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission, power windows, power seats, and air conditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a tire’s height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

362 Vehicle Care

Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square inch) before a tire has built up heat from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 364.

Curb Weight : The weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S.

Department of Transportation (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index : An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire can be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating : The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production options weight.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 363

Normal Occupant Weight : The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Occupant Distribution : Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tire that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure : Vehicle manufacturer’s recommended

tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 364 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate.

Traction : The friction between the tire and the road surface. The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, sometimes called wear bars, that show across the tread of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 371.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards) : A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire’s traction, temperature, and treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 374.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

364 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : Load on an individual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight, occupant weight, and cargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See Tire and Loading Information Label under Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively.

Caution

Neither tire underinflation nor overinflation is good. Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, can result in:

. Tire overloading and overheating which could lead to a blowout.

. Premature or irregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tires, or tires that have too much air, can result in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage from road hazards.

The Tire and Loading Information label on the vehicle indicates the original equipment tires and the correct cold tire inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle’s maximum load carrying capacity.

For additional information regarding how much weight the vehicle can carry, and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 245. How the vehicle is loaded affects vehicle handling and ride comfort. Never load the vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.

When to Check

Check the tires once a month or more.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 365

Do not forget the spare tire, if the vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 387 for additional information.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-type gauge to check tire pressure. Proper tire inflation cannot be determined by looking at the tire. Check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold, meaning the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the inflation pressure is low, add air until the recommended pressure is reached. If the

inflation pressure is high, press on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve to release air.

Re-check the tire pressure with the tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on the valve stems to keep out dirt and moisture and prevent leaks. Use only valve caps designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100mph) or higher, puts additional strain on tires. Sustained high-speed driving causes excessive heat buildup and can cause sudden tire failure. This could cause a crash, and

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

you or others could be killed. Some high-speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high-speed operation. When speed limits and road conditions allow the vehicle to be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation, are in excellent condition, and are set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load.

When driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, set the cold inflation pressure to 20 kPa (3 psi) above the recommended tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. Return the tires to the recommended cold tire inflation pressure when high-speed driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245 and Tire Pressure 0 364.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

366 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated.

This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 367

Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is designed to warn the driver when a low tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are mounted onto each tire and wheel assembly, excluding the spare tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in the tires and transmit the tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate the tires to the recommended pressure

shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

A message to check the pressure in a specific tire displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC). The low tire pressure warning light and the DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays, see Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 172 and Tire Messages 0 172.

The low tire pressure warning light may come on in cool weather when the vehicle is first started, and then turn off as the vehicle is driven. This could be an early indicator that the air pressure is getting low and needs to be inflated to the proper pressure.

A Tire and Loading Information label shows the size of the original equipment tires and the correct inflation pressure for the tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245, for an example of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire Pressure 0 364.

The TPMS can warn about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection 0 370, Tire Rotation 0 370 and Tires 0 357.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor damage caused by using an incorrect tire sealant is not covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use only the GM approved tire sealant available through your dealer or included in the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

368 Vehicle Care

TPMS Malfunction Light and Message

The TPMS will not function properly if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the system detects a malfunction, the low tire pressure warning light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. The malfunction light and DIC warning message come on at each ignition cycle until the problem is corrected. Some of the conditions that can cause these to come on are:

. One of the road tires has been replaced with the spare tire. The spare tire does not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after the road tire is replaced and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See «TPMS Sensor Matching Process» later in this section.

. The TPMS sensor matching process was not done or not completed successfully after rotating the tires. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off after successfully completing the sensor matching process. See «TPMS Sensor Matching Process» later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors are missing or damaged. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off when the TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor matching process is performed successfully. See your dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels do not match the original equipment tires or wheels. Tires and wheels other than those recommended could prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. See Buying New Tires 0 372.

. Operating electronic devices or being near facilities using radio wave frequencies similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS sensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it cannot detect or signal a low tire condition. See your dealer for service if the TPMS malfunction light and DIC message come on and stay on.

TPMS Sensor Matching Process

Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code. The identification code needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel position after rotating the vehicles tires or replacing one or more of the TPMS sensors. Also, the TPMS sensor matching process should be performed after replacing a spare tire with a road tire containing the TPMS sensor. The malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next ignition cycle. The sensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMS relearn tool, in the following order: driver side front tire,

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 369

passenger side front tire, passenger side rear tire, and driver side rear. See your dealer for service or to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool can also be purchased. See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation Tool at www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or call 1-800-GM TOOLS (1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match the first tire/wheel position, and five minutes overall to match all four tire/wheel positions. If it takes longer, the matching process stops and must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching process is:

1. Set the parking brake.

2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off or place the vehicle power mode in ON/ RUN/START.

3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure the Tire Pressure info page option is turned on. The info pages on the DIC can be turned on and off through the

Settings menu. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 156 or Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 158.

4. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, use the DIC controls on the right side of the steering wheel to scroll to the Tire Pressure screen under the DIC info page.

If the vehicle has a base level DIC, use the trip odometer reset stem to scroll to the Tire Pressure screen.

5. If the vehicle has an uplevel DIC, press and hold the V (Set/Reset) button located in the center of the DIC controls.

If the vehicle has a base level DIC, press and hold the trip odometer reset stem for about five seconds. A message asking if the process should begin should appear. Select yes and press the trip odometer reset stem to confirm the selection.

The horn sounds twice to signal the receiver is in relearn mode and the TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message displays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver side front tire.

7. Place the relearn tool against the tire sidewall, near the valve stem. Then press the button to activate the TPMS sensor. A horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire and wheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger side front tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side rear tire, and repeat the procedure in Step 7. The horn sounds two times to indicate the sensor identification code has been matched to the driver side rear tire, and the TPMS sensor

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

370 Vehicle Care

matching process is no longer active. The TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off.

11. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK/OFF.

12. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label.

Tire Inspection We recommend that the tires, including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected for signs of wear or damage at least once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three or more places around the tire can be seen.

. There is cord or fabric showing through the tire’s rubber.

. The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge, or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut, or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage.

Tire Rotation Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 407.

Tires are rotated to achieve a uniform wear for all tires. The first rotation is the most important.

Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate the tires as soon as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the unusual wear continues after the

rotation, check the wheel alignment. See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 371 and Wheel Replacement 0 375.

Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires.

Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after the tires have been rotated. See Tire Pressure 0 364 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 371

Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 367.

Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications 0 421.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the center of the wheel hub with wheel bearing grease after a wheel change or tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Do not get

grease on the flat wheel mounting surface or on the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road conditions affect the wear rate of the tires.

Treadwear indicators are one way to tell when it is time for new tires. Treadwear indicators appear when the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. Some commercial truck tires may not have

treadwear indicators. See Tire Inspection 0 370 and Tire Rotation 0 370 for additional information.

The rubber in tires ages over time. This also applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors including temperatures, loading conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging takes place. GM recommends that tires, including the spare if equipped, be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. The tire manufacture date is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN) which is molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The first two digits represent the week (01-52) and the last two digits, the year. For example, the third week of the year 2010 would have a four-digit DOT date of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, clean area away from direct sunlight to

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

372 Vehicle Care

slow aging. This area should be free of grease, gasoline, or other substances that can deteriorate rubber.

Parking for an extended period can cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while driving. When storing a vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the weight from the tires.

Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for the vehicle. The original equipment tires installed were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec) system rating. When replacement tires are needed, GM strongly recommends buying tires with the same TPC Spec rating.

GM’s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of the

vehicle, including brake system performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire pressure monitoring performance. GM’s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire’s sidewall near the tire size. If the tires have an all-season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 359 for additional information.

GM recommends replacing worn tires in complete sets of four. Uniform tread depth on all tires will help to maintain the performance of the vehicle. Braking and handling performance may be adversely affected if all the tires are not replaced at the same time. If proper rotation and maintenance have been done, all four tires should wear out at about the same time. See Tire Rotation 0 370 for information

on proper tire rotation. However, if it is necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on the rear axle.

{ Warning

Tires could explode during improper service. Attempting to mount or dismount a tire could cause injury or death. Only your dealer or authorized tire service center should mount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes, brands, or types may cause loss of control of the vehicle, resulting in a crash or other vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tires on all wheels.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 373

Warning (Continued)

This vehicle may have a different size spare than the road tires originally installed on the vehicle. When new, the vehicle included a spare tire and wheel assembly with a similar overall diameter as the road tires and wheels, so it is all right to drive on it. The spare tire was developed for use on this vehicle and will not affect vehicle handling.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle.

Winter tires with the same speed rating as the original equipment tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR speed rated tires. Never exceed the winter tires maximum speed capability when using winter tires with a lower speed rating.

If the vehicle tires must be replaced with a tire that does not have a TPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size, load range, speed rating, and construction (radial) as the original tires.

Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system could give an inaccurate low-pressure warning if non-TPC Spec rated tires are installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 366.

The Tire and Loading Information label indicates the original equipment tires on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245 for the label location and more information about the Tire and Loading Information label.

Different Size Tires and Wheels If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment wheels and tires, vehicle performance, including its braking, ride and handling characteristics, stability, and resistance to rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, traction control, electronic stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the performance of these systems can also be affected.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

374 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used, there may not be an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected. This increases the chance of a crash and serious injury. Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for the vehicle, and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 372 and Accessories and Modifications 0 318.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by treadwear, traction, and temperature performance. This

applies only to vehicles sold in the United States. The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) system does not apply to deep tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) standards.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety Requirements In Addition To These Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 375

Traction

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels were aligned and balanced at the factory to provide the longest tire life and best overall performance. Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing are not necessary on a regular basis. Consider an alignment check if there is unusual tire wear or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the left or right, depending on the crown of the road and/or other road surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is vibrating when driving on a smooth road, the tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

376 Vehicle Care

Some aluminum wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if any of these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have the same load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, offset, and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) sensors with new GM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be dangerous. It could affect the braking and handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, and cause loss of control, causing a crash. Always use the correct wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a used one is dangerous. How it has been used or how far it has been driven may be unknown. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. When replacing wheels, use a new GM original equipment wheel.

Tire Chains

{ Warning

If the vehicle has 265/65R18, P265/65R18, P275/55R20, or P285/45R22 size tires, do not use tire chains. There is not enough clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. The area damaged by the tire chains could cause loss of control and a crash.

Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for the vehicle’s tire size combination and road conditions. Follow that manufacturer’s instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust or remove the traction device if it is contacting the vehicle. Do not spin the wheels.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 377

Warning (Continued)

If traction devices are used, install them on the rear tires.

Caution

If the vehicle has P255/70R17, P265/70R17, or LT265/70R17 size tires, use tire chains only where legal and only when necessary. Use chains that are the proper size for the tires. Install them on the rear tires only. Do not use chains on the front tires. Tighten them as tightly as possible with the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly and follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions. If the chains contact the vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the contact continues, slow down until it stops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels with chains on will damage the vehicle.

If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires are maintained properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much more likely to leak out slowly. But if there ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like a skid and may require the same correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the road, if possible.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will cause permanent damage to the tire. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has been driven on while severely underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or an authorized tire service center repair or replace the flat tire as soon as possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for anything else, you or others could

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

378 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 191.

{ Warning

Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall causing injury or death. Find a level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever in P (Park).

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

3. For vehicles with four-wheel-drive with a N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not in N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the engine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised.

5. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle.

6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed.

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.

1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) 2. Flat Tire

The following information explains how to use the jack and change a tire.

Tire Changing Before changing a flat tire, see Hands-Free Operation under Liftgate 0 47.

Removing the Spare Tire and Tools

For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 379

The equipment needed to change a flat tire is stored in the rear of the vehicle, on the driver side, behind a door in the trim panel.

1. Jack Knob 2. Wing Nut Retaining the

Wheel Blocks 3. Wing Nut Retaining the

Tool Bag

1. Pull to open the trim panel door.

The third row driver side seat may need to be folded to access the trim panel door.

2. Lift the acoustic pad to access the jack and tools.

3. Turn the wing nut retaining the tool bag (3) counterclockwise to remove it.

Pull the tool bag toward the front of the vehicle and lift the rear portion of the bag upward to remove it.

4. Turn the jack knob (1) counterclockwise to release the jack and wheel blocks from the bracket.

5. Turn the wing nut retaining the wheel blocks (2) counterclockwise to remove the wheel blocks and the wheel block retainer.

Use the following tools:

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

380 Vehicle Care

To access the spare tire, refer to the following graphics and instructions:

1. Hoist Assembly 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access

Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem

Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable

1. Open the hoist shaft access door (3) on the bumper to access the spare tire lock (6).

If equipped with a hitch cover, turn the hitch cover retainers counterclockwise and pull the cover downward to remove it before removing the hoist shaft access door.

2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert the ignition key, turn it clockwise and then pull it straight out.

3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (4) and wheel wrench (5), as shown.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 381

4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) through the hole in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole).

Be sure the hoist end of the extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire.

5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle.

6. Use the wheel wrench hook to pull the hoist cable closer to assist in reaching the spare tire.

7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer. Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable and spring through the center of the wheel.

Once the retainer is separated from the guide pin, tilt the retainer and pull it through the center of the wheel along with the cable and latch.

8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire.

Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire

1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 377 for more information.

2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel fasteners, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the cap out.

If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap, loosen the plastic nut caps by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The plastic nut caps will be retained in the hub cap after it is removed from the wheel.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

382 Vehicle Care

3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet.

Jacking Locations (Overall View)

4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as shown.

Left Front Shown, Right Front Similar

Front Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a front tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle and only

one jack handle extension. Attach the wheel wrench to the jack handle extension. Attach the jack handle to the jack. Position the jack on the frame behind the flat tire where the frame sections overlap. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground.

Rear Position

Rear Tire Flat: If the flat tire is on a rear tire of the vehicle, use the jack handle (2) and

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 383

both jack handle extensions (3). Attach the wheel wrench (4) to the jack handle extensions (3). Attach the jack handle (2) to the jack (1). Use the jacking pad (5) provided on the rear axle. Turn the wheel wrench (4) clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so there is enough room for the spare tire to clear the ground.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ Warning

Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

5. Remove all of the wheel nuts.

6. Take off the flat tire.

7. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare wheel.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come off and cause an accident. When changing a wheel, remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

384 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

towel can be used; however, use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt.

8. Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel after mounting the spare tire.

{ Warning

Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts because the nuts might come loose. The vehicle’s wheel could fall off, causing a crash.

9. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub.

10. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

11. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown by turning the wheel wrench clockwise.

{ Warning

Wheel nuts that are improperly or incorrectly tightened can cause the wheels to become loose or come off. The wheel nuts should be tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification after replacing. Follow the torque specification supplied by the aftermarket manufacturer when

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 421 for original equipment wheel nut torque specifications.

Caution

Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification. See Capacities and Specifications 0 421 for the wheel nut torque specification.

When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, also reinstall either the center cap or the bolt-on hub cap, depending on which one the vehicle has.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 385

. For center caps, line up the tab on the center cap with the slot in the wheel. The cap only goes in one way. Place the cap on the wheel and press until it snaps into place.

. For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten clockwise by hand to get them started. Then tighten with the wheel wrench until snug.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

{ Warning

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could strike someone. Store all these in the proper place.

Caution

Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your vehicle for an extended period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/tire repaired as soon as possible.

Caution

The tire hoist can be damaged if there is no tension on the cable when using it. To have the necessary tension, the spare or road tire and wheel assembly must be installed on the tire hoist to use it.

Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Refer to the following graphics and instructions to help you:

1. Hoist Assembly 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access

Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extensions 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem

Pointed Down) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable

1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

386 Vehicle Care

2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of the wheel. Tilt the retainer down through the center wheel opening.

Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel.

3. Assemble the two jack handle extensions (4) and wheel wrench (5), as shown.

4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) through the hole in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole).

5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening.

6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable cannot be overtightened.

7. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable.

8. Reinstall the spare tire lock.

9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover.

If equipped, reinstall the hitch cover and turn the retainers clockwise.

To store the tools, do the following:

1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack handle, and jack handle extensions) to the tool bag.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 387

2. Assemble the wheel blocks and jack together with the wing nut.

3. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse.

4. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the base of the jack onto the pin in the mounting bracket.

5. Use the retaining bracket to fasten the tool bag on the stud and turn the wing nut clockwise to secure.

6. Close the trim panel door.

Full-Size Spare Tire If this vehicle came with a full-size spare tire, it was fully inflated when new, however, it can lose air over time. Check the inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 364 and Vehicle Load Limits 0 245. For instructions on how to remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire Changing 0 378.

If equipped with a temporary use full-size spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 359. This spare tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare tire for future use.

Caution

If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, do not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat tire is repaired and/or replaced. The vehicle could be damaged and the repairs would not be covered by the warranty. Never use four-wheel drive when a different size spare tire is installed on the vehicle.

The vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires originally installed on the vehicle.

This spare tire was developed for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is installed, drive only in two-wheel drive.

After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, stop as soon as possible and check that the spare tire is correctly inflated.

Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced and installed back onto the vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire will be available in case it is needed again.

Do not mix tires and wheels of different sizes, because they will not fit. Keep your spare tire and its wheel together. If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not match the original road tires and wheels in size and type, do not include the spare in the tire rotation.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

388 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

Jump Starting North America For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package Supplement.

For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery North America 0 336.

If the vehicle’s battery (or batteries) has run down, you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 317.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because:

. They contain acid that can burn you.

. They contain gas that can explode or ignite.

. They contain enough electricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these steps exactly, some or all of these things can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to the vehicle that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work, and it could damage the vehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-volt battery with a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a negative ground for jump starting.

2. If the vehicle is equipped with dual batteries, using the battery that is closer to the starter will reduce electrical resistance.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 389

This is located on the passenger side, in the rear of the engine compartment.

3. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. If they are, it could cause an unwanted ground connection. You would not be able to start your vehicle, and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems.

To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure. Put the automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in Neutral before setting the parking brake. For vehicles with four-wheel-drive with a N (Neutral) transfer case position, be sure the transfer case is in a drive gear not N (Neutral).

Caution

If any accessories are left on or plugged in during the jump starting procedure, they could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the accessory power outlets. Turn off the radio and all the lamps that are not needed. This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries. And it could save the radio!

5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and locate the positive (+) and negative () terminal locations on that vehicle.

The positive (+) terminal is under a red plastic cover at the positive battery post. To

uncover the positive (+) terminal, open the red plastic cover.

For more information on the location of the remote positive (+) and remote negative () terminals, see Engine Compartment Overview 0 320.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light.

(Continued)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

390 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you. Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin, flush the place with water and get medical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly. Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running.

6. Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles could be damaged too.

Before you connect the cables, here are some basic things you should know. Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Negative () will go to a heavy, unpainted

metal engine part or to a remote negative () terminal if the vehicle has one.

Do not connect positive (+) to negative () or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too. And do not connect the negative () cable to the negative () terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks.

7. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the vehicle with the dead battery.

8. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of the good battery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one.

9. Connect the black negative () cable to the negative () terminal of the good battery. Use a remote negative () terminal if the vehicle has one.

Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step.

10. Connect the other end of the negative () cable to the metal bracket that is bolted to the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 391

engine and supports the resonator, on the vehicle with the dead battery.

11. Start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while.

12. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. If it will not start after a few tries, it probably needs service.

Caution

If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order, electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always connect and remove the jumper cables in the correct order, making sure that the cables do not touch each other or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables.

After starting the disabled vehicle and removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may cause damage. The damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook to suspension components. Use the proper straps around the tires to secure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbed car carrier. A wheel lift tow truck could damage the vehicle.

Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if the disabled vehicle must be towed.

Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a motor home. The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

392 Vehicle Care

dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels on a dolly.

Follow the tow vehicle manufacturers instructions. See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the transmission. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only use one that attaches to the towing vehicle.

Dinghy Towing

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Caution

If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with all four wheels on the ground, the drivetrain components could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be towed with all four wheels on the ground.

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles

Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles with a two-speed transfer case that have an N (Neutral) and a 4 n setting.

{ Warning

Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle’s transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral).

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 393

To dinghy tow:

1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface.

2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle.

3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine.

If equipped with an Electric Parking Brake (EPB), the EPB cannot be applied and the tires must be chocked.

4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Shifting into N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel Drive 0 265 for the proper procedure. Check that the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). There should be no movement of the vehicle while shifting.

5. With the transmission in D (Drive), turn the ignition to ACC/ACCESSORY. If equipped with Keyless Access, turn the engine off.

Caution

Failure to disconnect the negative battery cable or to have it contact the terminals can cause damage to the vehicle.

6. Disconnect the negative battery cable at the battery and secure the nut and bolt. Cover the negative battery post with a non-conductive material to prevent any contact with the negative battery terminal.

7. Shift the transmission to P (Park).

Caution

If the steering column is locked, vehicle damage may occur.

8. Move the steering wheel to make sure the steering column is unlocked.

9. Release the parking brake.

10. Keep the ignition key in the towed vehicle in ACC/ ACCESSORY to prevent the steering column from locking. If equipped with Keyless Access, keep the RKE transmitter outside of the vehicle, and manually lock doors. Access the vehicle as if it has a dead RKE transmitter battery, by using the key in the door lock.

Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle

Before disconnecting the towed vehicle:

1. Park on a level surface.

2. Set the parking brake and shift the transmission to P (Park).

3. Connect the battery.

4. Apply the brake pedal.

5. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with the engine off. Shift the transfer case out of N (Neutral)

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

394 Vehicle Care

to 2 m. See Shifting out of N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel Drive 0 265. See your dealer if the transfer case cannot be shifted out of N (Neutral).

6. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m by starting the engine and shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). There should be movement of the vehicle while shifting.

7. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and turn off the ignition.

8. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle.

9. Release the parking brake.

10. Reset any lost presets.

The outside temperature display will default to 0 C (32 F) but will reset with normal usage.

Dolly Towing Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground)

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case

Caution

If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with the rear wheels on the ground, the transmission could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Never tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground.

Two-wheel-drive vehicles and four-wheel-drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case should not be towed with the rear wheels on the ground.

Two-wheel-drive transmissions have no provisions for internal lubrication while being towed. Four-wheel-drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case have no N (Neutral) position and will spin the transmission when the rear wheels turn.

To dolly tow a two-wheel-drive vehicle or a four-wheel-drive vehicle with a single speed automatic transfer case, the vehicle must be towed with the rear wheels on the dolly. See Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the Ground) later in this section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 395

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case

To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from the front:

1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly.

3. Shift the transmission to P (Park).

4. Set the parking brake.

{ Warning

Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle’s transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral).

5. Use a clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position.

6. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 265.

7. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer’s instructions.

8. Release the parking brake only after the vehicle being towed is firmly attached to the towing vehicle.

9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the Ground)

Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Single Speed Automatic Transfer Case

To dolly tow the vehicle from the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly.

3. Firmly set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 271.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

396 Vehicle Care

4. Put the transmission in P (Park).

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer’s instructions.

6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position.

7. For four-wheel-drive vehicles with a single speed automatic transfer case, shift the transfer case into 2 m. See Four-Wheel Drive 0 265.

8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles with a Two Speed Automatic Transfer Case

To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle following the dolly manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Drive the rear wheels onto the dolly.

3. Firmly set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 271.

4. Put the transmission in P (Park).

5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer’s instructions.

6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels are locked into the straight position.

{ Warning

Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle’s transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). You or others could be injured. Set the parking brake before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral).

7. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 265.

8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.

After towing, see Shifting Out of N (Neutral) under Four-Wheel Drive 0 265.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 397

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a de-icing agent only when absolutely necessary, and have the locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle’s finish, wash it often and out of direct sunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle’s paint, metal, or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Approved cleaning products can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressure washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in damage or removal of paint and decals.

Thee symbol is on any underhood compartment electrical center that should not be power washed. This could cause damage that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, must be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and after, to remove all cleaning agents completely. If they are allowed to dry on the surface, they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surface scratches and water spotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle’s finish if they remain on painted surfaces. Wash

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

398 Vehicle Care

the vehicle as soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.

Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing should be done to remove residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning products.

Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated wood, or flat paint as damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat/ clearcoat paint finish on the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new, keep the vehicle garaged or covered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect the bright metal moldings can result in a hazy white finish or pitting. This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal moldings on the vehicle are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To prevent damage always follow these cleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool to the touch before applying any cleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaning solutions for aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain alkaline substances and can damage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentrated cleaner according to the manufacturers instructions.

. Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle after washing to protect and extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and Stripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and stripes. Follow instructions under «Washing the Vehicle» previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean or wipe them when dry.

Do not use any of the following on lamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations than suggested by the manufacturer.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 399

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps or covers while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properly can cause damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss black finish stripes can increase the gloss level and create a non-uniform finish. Clean low gloss stripes with soap and water only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes, between the hood and windshield, when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or paper towel soaked with windshield washer fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the windshield thoroughly when cleaning the blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease on weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry climates

may require more frequent application. Black marks from rubber material on painted surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tire dressing products on the vehicle may damage the paint finish and/ or tires. When applying a tire dressing, always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and TrimAluminum or Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a soft, clean towel. A wax may then be applied.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

400 Vehicle Care

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrome trim may be damaged if the vehicle is not washed after driving on roads that have been sprayed with magnesium, calcium, or sodium chloride. These chlorides are used on roads for conditions such as ice and dust. Always wash the chrome with soap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, brushes, or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. Use only approved cleaners. Also, never drive a vehicle with aluminum or chrome-plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

brushes. Damage could occur and the repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition. Inspect drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. Inspect other brake parts, including drums, wheel cylinders, calipers, parking brake, master cylinder, brake fluid reservoir, vacuum pipes, electric vacuum pump including bracket and vent hose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Components

Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year.

Inspect power steering for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity joint boots and axle seals for leaks.

For 1500 Series vehicles, at least every other oil change lubricate the outer tie rod ends.

Control arm ball joints on 1500 Series vehicles are maintenance-free.

Caution

Lubrication of applicable steering/ suspension points should not be done unless the temperature is 12 C (10 F) or higher, or damage could result.

For a heavy-duty Suburban, see the Suburban Heavy-Duty Package supplement.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge and power assist

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 401

step hinges, unless the components are plastic. Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer, seal better, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody. Take care to thoroughly clean any areas where mud and other debris can collect. If equipped with power assist steps, extend them and then use a high pressure wash to clean all joints and gaps.

Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement, make sure the body repair shop applies anti-corrosion

material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips and scratches with touch-up materials available from your dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer’s body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, and small, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface. See Finish Care previously in this section.

Interior Care To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly clean the vehicle’s interior. Immediately remove any soils.

Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicles interior.

Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from knobs and crevices on the instrument cluster. Using a mild soap solution, immediately remove hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect repellent from all interior surfaces or permanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned to prevent permanent damage. Apply all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any switches or controls. Remove cleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read and follow all safety instructions on the label. While cleaning the interior, open the doors and windows to get proper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not clean the interior using the following cleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any other sharp object to remove soil from any interior surface.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

402 Vehicle Care

. Never use a brush with stiff bristles.

. Never rub any surface aggressively or with too much pressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For liquid cleaners, use approximately 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. A concentrated soap solution will create streaks and attract dirt. Do not use solutions that contain strong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate the upholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleaners containing solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never use abrasive cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive cleaners or aggressive cleaning may damage the rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with water during the first three to six months of ownership will reduce tendency to fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean spots with water and mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warm soapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum brush attachment is being used, only use it on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently remove as much of the soil as possible:

. Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. Continue blotting until no more soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as much as possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth with water. Microfiber cloth is recommended to prevent lint transfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture by gently wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 403

to a clean area frequently to prevent forcing the soil in to the fabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area until there is no longer any color transfer from the soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water.

If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden area for colorfastness before using a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. If ring formation occurs, clean the entire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Information and Radio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle brush to remove

dirt that can scratch the surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with a suction cup to the display. This may cause damage and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood Surfaces

Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a more thorough cleaning, use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather, especially perforated leather, as well as other interior surfaces, may cause permanent damage. Wipe excess moisture from these surfaces after cleaning and allow them to dry naturally. Never use heat, steam, or spot removers. Do not use cleaners that contain silicone or wax-based products. Cleaners containing these solvents can permanently change the appearance and feel of leather or soft trim, and are not recommended.

Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, especially on the instrument panel. Reflected glare can decrease visibility through the windshield under certain conditions.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

404 Vehicle Care

Caution

Use of air fresheners may cause permanent damage to plastics and painted surfaces. If an air freshener comes in contact with any plastic or painted surface in the vehicle, blot immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Damage caused by air fresheners would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover and Convenience Net

Wash with warm water and mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts. It may severely weaken them. In a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not properly installed, it can interfere with the pedals. Interference with the pedals can cause unintended acceleration and/or increased stopping distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Use the following guidelines for proper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floor mats were designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor.

. Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over.

. Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat on the driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat on top of another.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Vehicle Care 405

Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor mat to unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properly secured in place.

Verify the floor mat does not interfere with the pedals.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

406 Service and Maintenance

Service and Maintenance

General Information General Information . . . . . . . . . . 406

Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 407

Special Application Services Special Application Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Additional Maintenance and Care Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Maintenance Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Maintenance Records Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 419

General Information Your vehicle is an important investment. This section describes the required maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this schedule to help protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may also help to maintain the value of the vehicle if it is sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicians who can perform required maintenance using genuine replacement parts. They have up-to-date tools and equipment for fast and accurate diagnostics. Many dealers have extended evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs.

Your dealer recognizes the importance of providing competitively priced maintenance and repair services. With trained technicians, the dealer is the place for routine maintenance such as oil

changes and tire rotations and additional maintenance items like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades.

Caution

Damage caused by improper maintenance can lead to costly repairs and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections, recommended fluids, and lubricants are important to keep the vehicle in good working condition.

The Tire Rotation and Required Services are the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is recommended to have your dealer perform these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working condition, improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle emissions.

Because of the way people use vehicles, maintenance needs vary. There may need to be more

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 407

frequent checks and services. The Additional Required Services — Normal are for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 245.

. Are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits.

. Use the recommended fuel. See Fuel 0 296.

Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services — Normal chart.

The Additional Required Services — Severe are for vehicles that are:

. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot weather.

. Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous terrain.

. Frequently towing a trailer.

. Used for high speed or competitive driving.

. Used for taxi, police, or delivery service.

Refer to the information in the Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services — Severe chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work can be dangerous and can cause serious injury. Perform maintenance work only if the required information, proper tools, and equipment are available. If they are not, see your dealer to have a trained technician do the work. See Doing Your Own Service Work 0 319.

Maintenance Schedule Owner Checks and Services

At Each Fuel Stop

. Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 321.

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 364.

. Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Inspection 0 370.

. Check the windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 334.

Engine Oil Change

When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message displays, have the engine oil and filter changed within the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, the engine oil life system may not indicate the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

408 Service and Maintenance

a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the last service. Reset the oil life system when the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

Tire Rotation and Required Services Every 12 000 km/ 7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the following services. See Tire Rotation 0 370.

. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and reset oil life system. See Engine Oil 0 321 and Engine Oil Life System 0 323.

. Check engine coolant level. See Engine Coolant 0 329.

. Check windshield washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid 0 334.

. Visually inspect windshield wiper blades for wear, cracking, or contamination. See Exterior Care 0 397. Replace worn or damaged wiper blades. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 341.

. Check tire inflation pressures. See Tire Pressure 0 364.

. Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection 0 370.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect engine air cleaner filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/ Filter 0 327.

. Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 397.

. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least once a year. See Exterior Care 0 397. Lubricate the suspension and steering

components at least every other oil change (if equipped with grease fittings).

. Check restraint system components. See Safety System Check 0 89.

. Visually inspect fuel system for damage or leaks.

. Visually inspect exhaust system and nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts.

. Lubricate body components. See Exterior Care 0 397.

. Check starter switch. See Starter Switch Check 0 340.

. Check automatic transmission shift lock control function. See Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Function Check 0 340.

. Check ignition transmission lock. See Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 340.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 409

. Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check 0 341.

. Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the hold open ability of the strut. See your dealer if service is required.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal, if equipped. See Sunroof 0 62.

. Verify spare tire key lock operation and lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing 0 378.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

410 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Normal

1 2 0 0 0 k m /7 ,5 0 0 m i

2 4 0 0 0 k m /1 5 ,0 0 0 m i

3 6 0 0 0 k m /2 2 ,5 0 0 m i

4 8 0 0 0 k m /3 0 ,0 0 0 m i

6 0 0 0 0 k m /3 7 ,5 0 0 m i

7 2 0 0 0 k m /4 5 ,0 0 0 m i

8 4 0 0 0 k m /5 2 ,5 0 0 m i

9 6 0 0 0 k m /6 0 ,0 0 0 m i

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m /6 7 ,5 0 0 m i

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m /7 5 ,0 0 0 m i

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m /8 2 ,5 0 0 m i

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m /9 0 ,0 0 0 m i

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m /9 7 ,5 0 0 m i

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m /1 0 5 ,0 0 0 m i

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m /1 1 2 ,5 0 0 m i

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m /1 2 0 ,0 0 0 m i

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m /1 2 7 ,5 0 0 m i

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m /1 3 5 ,0 0 0 m i

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m /1 4 2 ,5 0 0 m i

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m /1 5 0 ,0 0 0 m i

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Normal

(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air quality, high dust levels,

or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 411

(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed.

(4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 328.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 335.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

412 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Severe

1 2 0 0 0 k m /7 ,5 0 0 m i

2 4 0 0 0 k m /1 5 ,0 0 0 m i

3 6 0 0 0 k m /2 2 ,5 0 0 m i

4 8 0 0 0 k m /3 0 ,0 0 0 m i

6 0 0 0 0 k m /3 7 ,5 0 0 m i

7 2 0 0 0 k m /4 5 ,0 0 0 m i

8 4 0 0 0 k m /5 2 ,5 0 0 m i

9 6 0 0 0 k m /6 0 ,0 0 0 m i

1 0 8 0 0 0 k m /6 7 ,5 0 0 m i

1 2 0 0 0 0 k m /7 5 ,0 0 0 m i

1 3 2 0 0 0 k m /8 2 ,5 0 0 m i

1 4 4 0 0 0 k m /9 0 ,0 0 0 m i

1 5 6 0 0 0 k m /9 7 ,5 0 0 m i

1 6 8 0 0 0 k m /1 0 5 ,0 0 0 m i

1 8 0 0 0 0 k m /1 1 2 ,5 0 0 m i

1 9 2 0 0 0 k m /1 2 0 ,0 0 0 m i

2 0 4 0 0 0 k m /1 2 7 ,5 0 0 m i

2 1 6 0 0 0 k m /1 3 5 ,0 0 0 m i

2 2 8 0 0 0 k m /1 4 2 ,5 0 0 m i

2 4 0 0 0 0 k m /1 5 0 ,0 0 0 m i

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, if needed.

@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @

Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @

Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @

Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @

Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @

Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @

Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @

Replace brake fluid. (7)

Footnotes Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services Severe

(1) Or every two years, whichever comes first. More frequent passenger compartment air filter replacement may be needed if driving in areas with heavy traffic,

poor air quality, high dust levels, or environmental allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer can help determine when to replace the filter.

(2) Check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper hook-up, routing, and condition.

(3) Or every four years, whichever comes first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 413

(4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced.

(5) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 328.

(6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, or damage; replace, if needed.

(7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See Brake Fluid 0 335.

Special Application Services . Severe Commercial Use

Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis components every 5 000 km/ 3,000 mi.

. Have underbody flushing service performed. See «Underbody Maintenance» in Exterior Care 0 397.

Additional Maintenance and Care Your vehicle is an important investment and caring for it properly may help to avoid future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle performance, additional maintenance services may be required.

It is recommended that your dealer perform these services their trained dealer technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough assessment with a multi-point inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention.

The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required.

Battery

The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

414 Service and Maintenance

. To avoid break-down or failure to start the vehicle, maintain a battery with full cranking power.

. Trained dealer technicians have the diagnostic equipment to test the battery and ensure that the connections and cables are corrosion-free.

Belts

. Belts may need replacing if they squeak or show signs of cracking or splitting.

. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the belts and recommend adjustment or replacement when necessary.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may include chirping, grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians have access to tools and equipment to inspect the brakes and recommend quality parts engineered for the vehicle.

Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicles systems and components. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416 for GM approved fluids.

. Engine oil and windshield washer fluid levels should be checked at every fuel fill.

. Instrument cluster lights may come on to indicate that fluids may be low and need to be filled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and should be regularly inspected to ensure that there are no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses and advise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and brake lamps are important to see and be seen on the road.

. Signs that the headlamps need attention include dimming, failure to light, cracking, or damage. The brake lamps need to be checked periodically to ensure that they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection, your dealer can check the lamps and note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in control for a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/ sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear.

. As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually inspect the shocks and struts for signs

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 415

of leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can advise when service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to be replaced include three or more visible treadwear indicators; cord or fabric showing through the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire.

. Trained dealer technicians can inspect and recommend the right tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth vehicle operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells and services name brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking like new, vehicle care products are available from your dealer. For

information on how to clean and protect the vehicles interior and exterior, see Interior Care 0 401 and Exterior Care 0 397.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and the best viewing, keep the windshield clean and clear.

. Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians can inspect the windshield and recommend proper replacement if needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in good condition to provide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking, skipping across the windshield, and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians can check the wiper blades and replace them when needed.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

416 Service and Maintenance

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. AC Delco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 321.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Engine Coolant 0 329.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in Canada 19299819).

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678).

Rear Axle SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in Canada 19300458).

Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 417

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Front Axle Propshaft Spline or One-Piece Propshaft Spline

(Two-Wheel Drive with Auto. Trans.)

Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in Canada 19257122).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Power Assist Steps, and Outer Tailgate Handle Pivot Points

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).

Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437).

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 22845992 A3181C

Oil Filter 89017525 PF63

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 22808781 CF188

Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114

Wiper Blades

Driver Side 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

418 Service and Maintenance

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Side 55 cm (21.7 in) 22756331

Rear 33 cm (13.0 in) 22956295

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Service and Maintenance 419

Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date Odometer Reading

Serviced By Services Performed

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

420 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Service Parts Identification Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420

Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 422

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the front corner of the instrument panel, on the left side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and certificates of title and registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle’s engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See Engine Specifications under Capacities and Specifications 0 421 for the vehicle’s engine code.

Service Parts Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information:

. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and special equipment.

Do not remove this label from the vehicle.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Technical Data 421

Vehicle Data

Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 416 for more information.

Application Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the

hood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System 16.5 L 17.4 qt

Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt

Fuel Tank

Short Wheelbase 98.4 L 26.0 gal

Long Wheelbase 119.2 L 31.5 gal

Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

422 Technical Data

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap

5.3L V8 C 0.951.10mm (0.037 0.043 in)

Engine Drive Belt Routing

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 423

Customer Information

Customer Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

Customer Assistance Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425

Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 426

Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 426 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 430 Service Publications Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Radio Frequency Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 435 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 436

Customer Information

Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of the vehicle will be resolved by your dealer’s sales or service departments. Sometimes, however, despite the best intentions of all concerned, misunderstandings can occur. If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction, the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved at that level. If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales, service, or parts manager, contact the owner of your dealership or the general manager.

STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

424 Customer Information

resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call the Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-222-1020. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention. Have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance representative:

. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is available from the vehicle registration or title, or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date and present mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet, remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility. That is why we suggest following Step One first.

STEP THREE U.S. Owners : Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle. However, if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, you can file with the Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to enforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is an out-of-court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agree with the decision given in your case, you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or write them at the following address:

BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus, Inc. 3033 Wilson Boulevard Suite 600 Arlington, VA 22201

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 http://www.bbb.org/council/ programs-services/ dispute-handling-and-resolution/ bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program.

STEP THREE Canadian Owners : In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, General Motors of Canada

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 425

Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory-related vehicle service claims. The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter, and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter. The program is designed so that the entire dispute settlement process, from the time you file your complaint to the final decision, should be completed in about 70 days. We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal, quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Program c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Your inquiry should be accompanied by the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

Customer Assistance Offices Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free number for assistance. However, if a customer wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170 Detroit, MI 48232-5170 www.Chevrolet.com

1-800-222-1020 1-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone Devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-243-8872

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994

Canada

General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English) 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs)) Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

426 Customer Information

Overseas

Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY) Users To assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, or speech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online owner experience allows interaction with Chevrolet and keeps important vehicle-specific information in one place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner manuals and view vehicle-specific how-to videos.

G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and OnStar Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule service appointments.

I : View and print dealer-recorded service records and self-recorded service records.

D : Select a preferred dealer and view locations, maps, phone numbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicles warranty information.

J : View active recalls by Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 0 420.

H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Satellite radio (if equipped), and OnStar account information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online help representatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to register your vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre (Canada) chevroletowner.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:

. Chat live with online help representatives.

. Locate owner resources such as lease-end, financing, and warranty information.

. Retrieve your favorite articles, quizzes, tips, and multimedia galleries organized into the Featured Articles and Auto Care Sections.

. Download owner manuals.

. Find the Chevrolet-recommended maintenance services.

GM Mobility Reimbursement Program

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 427

This program is available to qualified applicants for cost reimbursement of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ scooter lift for the vehicle.

For more information on the limited offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also has a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for details. TTY users call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside Assistance Program For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)

For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance, have the following information ready:

. Your name, home address, and home telephone number.

. Telephone number of your location.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and license plate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and delivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for the duration of the vehicles powertrain warranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is covered. In Canada, a person driving the vehicle without permission from the owner is not covered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors North America and Chevrolet reserve the right to make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification.

General Motors North America and Chevrolet reserve the right to limit services or payment to an owner or driver if they decide the claims are made too often, or the same type of claim is made many times.

Services Provided . Emergency Fuel Delivery:

Delivery of enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the nearest service station.

. Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the vehicle if you are locked out. A remote unlock may be available if you have OnStar. For security reasons, the driver must present identification before this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Highway: Tow to the nearest Chevrolet dealer for

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

428 Customer Information

warranty service, or if the vehicle was in a crash and cannot be driven. Assistance is not given when the vehicle is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

. Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, if equipped, must be in good condition and properly inflated. It is the owner’s responsibility for the repair or replacement of the tire if it is not covered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty event, incidental expenses may be reimbursed within the Powertrain warranty period. Items considered are reasonable and customary hotel, meals, rental car, or a vehicle being delivered back to the customer, up to 805 km (500mi).

Services Not Included in Roadside Assistance . Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting, or changing of snow tires, chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an area that is not accessible to the service vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or maintained public road, which includes ice and winter roads. Off-road use is not covered.

Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased Vehicles . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement

is up to 7 liters. If available, diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service.

. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: Must be over 150 km from where your trip was started to qualify. General Motors of Canada Limited requires pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders. Once authorization has been received, the Roadside Assistance advisor will help to make arrangements and explain how to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: If assistance cannot be provided right away, the Roadside Assistance advisor may give permission to get local emergency road service. You will receive payment, up to $100, after sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance. Mechanical failures may be covered, however any cost for parts and labor for repairs not covered by the warranty are the owner responsibility.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 429

Scheduling Service Appointments When the vehicle requires warranty service, contact your dealer and request an appointment. By scheduling a service appointment and advising the service consultant of your transportation needs, your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is safety related. If it is, please call your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bring the vehicle for service, you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for same-day repair.

Courtesy Transportation Program To enhance your ownership experience, we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer support program for vehicles with the Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage period in Canada), extended powertrain, and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportation options are available to assist in reducing inconvenience when warranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate booklet entitled Limited Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally be completed while you wait. However, if you are unable to do so, your dealer may offer the following transportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle service within reasonable time and distance parameters of your dealer’s area.

Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs are needed, and public transportation is used, the expense must be supported by original receipts and within the maximum amount allowed by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. customers arrange their own transportation, limited reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available. Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for information.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

430 Customer Information

Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer may provide an available courtesy rental vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and must be supported by original receipts as well as a signed and completed rental agreement and meet state/ provincial, local, and rental vehicle provider requirements. Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements, insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees such as fuel usage charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair are also your responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional Program Information

All program options, such as shuttle service, may not be available at every dealer. Contact your dealer for specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion.

Collision Damage Repair If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged, have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish the vehicle resale value, and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which the vehicle was originally built. Genuine GM Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle’s designed appearance, durability, and safety

are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair. These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle’s originally designed appearance and safety performance; however, the history of these parts is not known. Such parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any related failures are not covered by that warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are also available. These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for the vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit poorly, exhibit premature durability/ corrosion problems, and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions. Aftermarket parts are not covered by the GM New Vehicle

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 431

Limited Warranty, and any vehicle failure related to such parts is not covered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs. Your dealer may have a collision repair center with GM-trained technicians and state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM-trained technicians and comparable equipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage. There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms. Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to the GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs through the use of aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance companies will not

specify aftermarket collision parts. When purchasing insurance, we recommend that you ensure that the vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company may require you to have insurance that ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. Read the lease carefully, as you may be charged at the end of the lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, call emergency services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken care of. Move the vehicle only if its position puts you in danger, or you are instructed to move it by a police officer.

Give only the necessary information to police and other parties involved in the crash.

For emergency towing see Roadside Assistance Program 0 427.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, and telephone number.

. Driver license number.

. Owner name, address, and telephone number.

. Vehicle license plate number.

. Vehicle make, model, and model year.

. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

. Insurance company and policy number.

. General description of the damage to the other vehicle.

Choose a reputable repair facility that uses quality replacement parts. See Collision Parts earlier in this section.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

432 Customer Information

If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 95.

Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process

In the event that the vehicle requires damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have a pre-determined repair facility of choice, take the vehicle there, or have it towed there. Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be covered by the GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but you must live with the repair. Depending on your policy limits, your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is leased, you may be obligated to have the vehicle

repaired with Genuine GM parts, even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost.

If another party’s insurance company is paying for the repairs, you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company’s collision policy repair limits, as you have no contractual limits with that company. In such cases, you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as the cost stays within reasonable limits.

Service Publications Ordering Information (U.S. and Canada Only)

Service Manuals

Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on the engines, transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc.

Service Bulletins

Service Bulletins give additional technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks. Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of the vehicle.

Owner Information

Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle. The Owner Manual includes the Maintenance Schedule for all models.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner Manual, and Warranty Manual.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 $40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees.

Without Pouch: Owner Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and shipping fees.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 433

Current and Past Models

Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles.

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday 8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time

For Credit Card Orders Only (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

Or write to:

Helm, Incorporated Attention: Customer Service 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, MI 48170

Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.

All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio Frequency Statement This vehicle has systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and with Industry Canada Standards RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310, ICES001.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. The device may not cause harmful interference.

2. The device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment.

Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

434 Customer Information

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// www.safercar.gov; or write to:

Administrator, NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http:// www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety defect, notify Transport Canada immediately, and notify General Motors of Canada Limited. Call Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0510 or write to:

Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 80 rue Noel Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like this, notify General Motors.

Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor Division Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33170 Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write:

General Motors of Canada Limited Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy The vehicle has a number of computers that record information about the vehicles performance and how it is driven. For example, the vehicle uses computer modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the conditions for airbag deployment and deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the vehicle. These modules may store data to help the dealer technician service the vehicle. Some modules may also store data about how the vehicle is operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain personal preferences, such as radio presets, seat positions, and temperature settings.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Customer Information 435

Event Data Recorders This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

. Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/ or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

Note EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data or share it with others except: with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM’s defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be used for GM research needs or may be made available to others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStar

If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active subscription, additional data may be collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicles operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

436 Customer Information

OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information 0 441.

Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment manual for information on stored data and for deletion instructions.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

OnStar 437

OnStar

OnStar Overview OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

OnStar Services Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

OnStar Additional Information OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with a comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may require a paid subscription and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and electrical system, cellular service, and GPS satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStars Terms &

Conditions and Privacy Statement for more details including system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light is next to the OnStar buttons. If the status light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Q twice to speak with an OnStar Advisor.

PressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor.

Press= to:

. Make a call, end a call, or answer an incoming call.

. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling voice commands.

. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice commands.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

438 OnStar

. Obtain the Wi-Fi hotspot name or SSID and password, if equipped.

PressQ to connect to an Advisor to:

. Verify account information or update contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle’s key operating systems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ 7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severe weather or other crisis situations and find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

Emergency Emergency Services require an active, OnStar subscription plan (excludes Basic Plan). With Automatic Crash Response, built-in sensors can automatically alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who is immediately connected in to the vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact location, and relay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a crisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can locate a nearby service provider to help with a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty gas tank.

Security If equipped, OnStar provides these services:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the vehicle and help authorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, OnStar can block the engine from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, if equipped, OnStar can work with law enforcement to gradually slow the vehicle down.

Navigation OnStar navigation requires a specific OnStar subscription plan.

PressQ to receive Turn-by-Turn directions or have them sent to the vehicles navigation screen, if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. PressQ to connect to an Advisor.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

OnStar 439

2. Request directions to be downloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guided commands.

Using Voice Commands During a Planned Route

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone.

2. Say Cancel route. System responds: Do you want to cancel directions?

3. Say Yes. System responds: OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.

Route Preview

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone.

2. Say Route preview. System responds with the next three maneuvers.

Repeat

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone.

2. Say Repeat. System responds with the last direction given, then responds with OnStar ready, then a tone.

Get My Destination

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone.

2. Say Get my destination. System responds with the address and distance to the destination, then responds with OnStar ready, then a tone.

Destination Download

Subscribers can have directions sent to the vehicles navigation screen, if equipped.

PressQ, then ask the Advisor to download directions to the vehicles navigation system, if equipped. After the call ends, the navigation screen will provide prompts to begin driving directions. Routes that are sent to the navigation screen can only be canceled through the navigation system.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Connections The following OnStar services help with staying connected.

For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwords for the Wi-Fi hotspot and RemoteLink mobile application. Make these passwords different from each other and use a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols to increase the security.

. Change the default name of the SSID (Service Set Indentifier). This is your networks name that is visible to other wireless devices. Choose a unique name and avoid family names or vehicle descriptions.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access to the Internet and web content at

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

440 OnStar

4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile devices can be connected. A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle controls only when it is safe to do so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, press=, wait for the prompt, then say Wi-Fi settings. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi Settings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), password, and on some vehicles, the connection type (no Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality (poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID or password, pressQ or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect with an Advisor.

OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App (If Equipped)

Download the OnStar RemoteLink mobile app to select Apple iOS, Android, BlackBerry, or Windows mobile devices.

OnStar Subscribers can access the following services from a mobile device:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicles fuel level, oil life, or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitor System.

. Send directions to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, manage settings, and monitor data consumption, if equipped.

For OnStar RemoteLink information and compatibility, see www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada).

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps.

OnStar AtYourService

OnStar Advisors can provide special offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room.

OnStar Hands-Free Calling

Make and receive calls with the built-in wireless calling service, which requires available minutes.

Make a Call

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready.

2. Say Call. System responds: Call. Please say the name or number to call.

3. Say the entire number without pausing, including a 1 and the area code. System responds: OK, calling.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

OnStar 441

Calling 911 Emergency

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready.

2. Say Call. System responds: Call. Please say the name or number to call.

3. Say 911 without pausing. System responds: 911.

4. Say Call. System responds: OK, dialing 911.

Retrieve My Number

1. Press=. System responds: OnStar ready.

2. Say My number. System responds: Your OnStar Hands-Free Calling number is, then says the number.

End a Call

Press=. System responds: Call ended.

Verify Minutes and Expiration

Press= and say Minutes then Verify to check how many minutes remain and their expiration date.

Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics provides a status of the vehicles key systems with a monthly e-mail, or by pressingQ. Real-time Diagnostic Alerts can be sent by e-mail or text. The Proactive Alerts feature (if available) can help predict and alert of potential upcoming maintenance issues with select components on the vehicle, before they become a problem.

OnStar can also monitor and report tire pressure, if the vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System.

OnStar Additional Information In-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play important information at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. With the OnStar Basic Plan, every 60 days.

. After change in ownership and at 90 days.

Transferring Service

PressQ to request account transfer eligibility information. The Advisor can cancel or change account information.

Selling/Transferring the Vehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) immediately to terminate your OnStar services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

442 OnStar

Reactivation for Subsequent Owners

PressQ and follow the prompts to speak to an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor will update vehicle records and explain OnStar service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response, Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Advanced Diagnostics, Remote Services, Roadside Assistance, Turn-by-Turn Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling are available on most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere or on all vehicles. For more information, a full description of OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar terms and conditions:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

. PressQ to speak with an Advisor.

OnStar services cannot work unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area. The wireless service provider must also have coverage, network capacity, reception, and technology compatible with OnStar services. Service involving location information about the vehicle cannot work unless GPS signals are available, unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar hardware. OnStar services may not work if the OnStar equipment is not properly installed or it has not been properly maintained. If equipment or software is added, connected, or modified, OnStar services may not work. Other problems beyond the control of OnStar such as hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system design and architecture of the vehicle, damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless phone network congestion or jamming may prevent service.

See Radio Frequency Statement 0 433.

Services for People with Disabilities

Advisors provide services to help Subscribers with physical disabilities and medical conditions.

PressQ to help:

. Locate a gas station with an attendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closest hospital or pharmacy in urgent situations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability to communicate to deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired customers while in the vehicle. The available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

OnStar 443

OnStar Personal Identification Number (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access some OnStar services. The PIN will need to be changed the first time when speaking with an Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressingQ or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may be warranted as part of the vehicle warranty.

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed to respond in multiple languages. PressQ and ask for an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, Spanish, and French. Available languages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle has been off continuously for five days without an ignition cycle. If the

vehicle has not been started for five days, OnStar can contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith to help gain access to the vehicle.

Global Positioning System (GPS) . Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tall buildings; in parking garages; around airports; in tunnels and underpasses; or in an area with very dense trees. If GPS signals are not available, the OnStar system should still operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar could have difficulty identifying the exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStar can use the last stored GPS location to send to emergency responders.

A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The Advisor may give a verbal route or may ask for a call back after the vehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required for OnStar to send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not place items over or near the antenna to prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal reception.

Unable to Connect to OnStar Message

If there is limited cellular coverage or the cellular network has reached maximum capacity, this message may come on. PressQ to try the call again or try again after driving a few miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicle electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be available and operating for features to function properly. These systems may not operate if the battery is discharged or disconnected.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

444 OnStar

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not add any electrical equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 315. Added electrical equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliver software updates or changes to the vehicle without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or maintain safety, security, or the operation of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Software updates or changes may affect or erase data or settings that are stored in the vehicle, such as OnStar Hands-Free Calling name tags, saved navigation destinations, or pre-set radio stations. Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for any affected or erased data or settings. These updates or changes may also collect personal information. Such collection is described in the OnStar privacy

statement or separately disclosed at the time of installation. These updates or changes may also cause a system to automatically communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, identify whether updates or changes are available, or deliver updates or changes. An active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to these software updates or changes and agreement that either OnStar or GM may remotely deliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or pressQ to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties

may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent.

OnStar Software Acknowledgements

Certain OnStar components include libcurl and unzip software and other third party software. Below are the notices and licenses associated with libcurl and unzip and for other third party software please see http:// www.lg.com/global/support/ opensource/index and https:// www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ getdocuments.html

libcurl:

COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE

Copyright (c) 1996 — 2010, Daniel Stenberg, .

All rights reserved.

Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

OnStar 445

above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.

unzip:

This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the Info-ZIP copyright and license. The definitive version of this document should be available at ftp:// ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ license.html indefinitely.

Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All rights reserved.

For the purposes of this copyright and license, Info-ZIP is defined as the following set of individuals:

Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, Rich Wales, Mike White.

This software is provided as is, without warranty of any kind, express or implied. In no event shall Info-ZIP or its contributors be held liable for any direct, indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages arising out of the use of or inability to use this software.

Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:

1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of conditions.

2. Redistributions in binary form (compiled executables) must reproduce the above copyright notice, definition, disclaimer, and this list of conditions in documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. The sole exception to this condition is redistribution of a standard UnZipSFX binary (including SFXWiz) as part of a

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

446 OnStar

self-extracting archive; that is permitted without inclusion of this license, as long as the normal SFX banner has not been removed from the binary or disabled.

3. Altered versionsincluding, but not limited to, ports to new operating systems, existing ports with new graphical interfaces, and dynamic, shared, or static library versionsmust be plainly marked as such and must not be misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP releasesincluding, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names Info-ZIP (or any variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), Pocket UnZip, WiZ or MacZip without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of

the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s).

4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names Info-ZIP, Zip, UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ, Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip, and MacZip for its own source and binary releases.

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 447

Index A Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Active Fuel Management . . . . . . 259 Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 278 Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 315 Additional Information OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Adjustments Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .67

Agreements Trademarks and License . . . . . 222

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 327 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 How Does an Airbag Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Passenger Sensing System . . . .97 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Airbag System (cont’d) What Will You See after an Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

When Should an Airbag Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .92 Airbags Adding Equipment to the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Passenger Status Indicator . . . 148 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 Alarm Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Alert Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 292

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Antenna Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Rear Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 270 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

448 Index

Appearance Care Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Assistance Program, Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Assistance Systems for Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Assistance Systems for Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 286

Audio Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 197

Audio Players CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Automatic Transmission Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Shift Lock Control Function Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Auxiliary Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

B Battery Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Voltage and Charging Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Battery — North America . . . .336, 388 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 341 Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Bluetooth Overview . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 213, 217

Brake Pedal and Adjustable Throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 151 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 249 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192, 344 Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . 344 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Bulb Replacement (cont’d) Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343, 344 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 346 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-up Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

C Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 California Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .317, 336, 388

Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2 Capacities and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Carbon Monoxide Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 449

CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 125 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Charging Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 149 Check Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 340 Malfunction Indicator Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Child Restraints Infants and Young Children . . . 104 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 120 Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Child-View Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Cleaning Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397 Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 430

Compartments Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Connections OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Traction and Electronic Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Coolant Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 145

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Cover Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 278 Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 426 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Customer Information Service Publications Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 432

Customer Satisfaction Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423

D Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 430 Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2 Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 435 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Diagnostics OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 422 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 285 Driver Information Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .156, 158

Driving Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 288

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

450 Index

Driving (cont’d) Characteristics and Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .29 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 242 If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 244 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Dual Automatic Climate Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

E E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Electrical Equipment, Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Electrical System Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351, 354

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Electrical System (cont’d) Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Emergency OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 Check and Service Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 320 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 Cooling System Messages . . . 166 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 144 Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 260 Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 435 Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 187 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 189

F Fan Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Features Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Filter, Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 191 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

FlexFuel E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Fluid Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 324 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Fog Lamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . 192, 344

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 451

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .265, 337 Frequency Statement Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Front Automatic Braking (FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Front Seats Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Front Turn Signal Lamps . . . . . . . 344 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Filling a Portable Fuel Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 154 Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 259 Requirements, California . . . . . 297 System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Engine Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Instrument Panel Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351, 354

Rear Compartment Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

G Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Gauges Engine Coolant Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 144 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Warning Lights and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

General Information Service and Maintenance . . . . . 406 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

GM Mobility Reimbursement Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

H Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 191 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 155 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 189 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 155

Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Heated and Cooled Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Heater Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

452 Index

High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 365 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 242 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 274 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 272 Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

I Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .250, 252 Ignition Transmission Lock Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Indicator Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Instrument Panel Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 6 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 59 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

J Jack Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Jump Starting — North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

K Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 168 Keyless Entry Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 35, 37

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 34

L Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 359 Lamps Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 190 Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Front Turn Signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 149 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 292 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 294 Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 152 Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 LATCH System Replacing Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . 110

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343 Level Control Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Lighting Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 193 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 151 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 453

Lights (cont’d) High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 189 Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 147 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . 153

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Locks Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 154 Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

M Magnetic Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . 275 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Maintenance and Care Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 407 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 149 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Messages Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Battery Voltage and Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 166 Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Object Detection System . . . . . 169

Messages (cont’d) Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 170 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Mirror Child-View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57 Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 59 Monitor System, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

454 Index

N Navigation OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438

New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 339

O Object Detection System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

Oil Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 323 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 144 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . 103 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 426 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 OnStar Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441

OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 439 OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Ordering Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 432

Outlets Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

P Park Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 341

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 258 Parking or Backing Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 286

Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 97 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, California . . . . . . 318

Personalization Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Phone Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 213, 217

Port USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 256 Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 88 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 434

Program Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 429

Proposition 65 Warning, California . . . . . . . . . . . .317, 336, 388

R Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 433 Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Radios AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 455

Radios (cont’d) Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Rear Climate Control System . . . 228 Rear Seats Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72

Rear Side Window Antenna . . . . 205 Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 133 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .59

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Records Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 391 Reimbursement Program, GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 37

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Replacement Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Replacement Parts Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . 102 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 434 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Restraints Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256

Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Ride Control Systems Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Roads Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Roadside Assistance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

Roof Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62

Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 422 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

S Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Lap Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .90 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .88

Safety Defects Reporting Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 434 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 429 Seats Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66 Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .67

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

456 Index

Seats (cont’d) Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .67 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Second Row . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Securing Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 120

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 319 Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 419 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 420 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 429

Services Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 413

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 292 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Special Application Services . . . . 413 Specifications and Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Start Assist, Hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Starting the Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Steering (cont’d) Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Steering System Messages . . . . . 172 Steps Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Storage Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Storage Areas Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 123 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 System Forward Collision Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196, 436

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

Index 457

System (cont’d) Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Systems Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

T Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Taillamps Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 426 Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . 54, 55 Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Throttle, Adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372 Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Tires (cont’d) Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 367 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 366 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Terminology and Definitions . . 361 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 375 When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Towing Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 301 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 301 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 391 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 314 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 314 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Transmission Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Transportation Program, Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Turn and Lane-Change Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Turn Signal Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

U Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 374 Universal Remote System . . . . . . 183 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Chevrolet Tahoe/Suburban Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/ Mexico-9159366) — 2016 — crc — 10/12/15

458 Index

Updates Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

V Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 420 Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 175 Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 153 Vehicle Care Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

W Warning Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 151 Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 294

Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Warnings Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance . . 375 Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

When It Is Time for New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 108 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

Windshield Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Tahoe Chevrolet works, you can view and download the Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner’s Manual for Chevrolet Tahoe as well as other Chevrolet manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner’s Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Chevrolet Tahoe. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Chevrolet Tahoe 2016 Owner’s Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.

Смотреть руководство для Chevrolet Tahoe (2016) ниже. Все руководства на ManualsCat.com могут просматриваться абсолютно бесплатно. Нажав кнопку «Выбор языка» вы можете изменить язык руководства, которое хотите просмотреть.

MANUALSCAT | RU

Вопросы и ответы

У вас есть вопрос о Chevrolet Tahoe (2016), но вы не можете найти ответ в пользовательском руководстве? Возможно, пользователи ManualsCat.com смогут помочь вам и ответят на ваш вопрос. Заполните форму ниже — и ваш вопрос будет отображаться под руководством для Chevrolet Tahoe (2016). Пожалуйста, убедитесь, что вы опишите свои трудности с Chevrolet Tahoe (2016) как можно более детально. Чем более детальным является ваш вопрос, тем более высоки шансы, что другой пользователь быстро ответит на него. Вам будет автоматически отправлено электронное письмо, чтобы проинформировать вас, когда кто-то из пользователей ответит на ваш вопрос.

Обрушил пробег и расход А и В. Не могу выйти в гл . меню

Виктор2021-08-30

Задать вопрос о Chevrolet Tahoe (2016)

Бренд:
Chevrolet
Продукт:
автомобили
Модель/название:
Tahoe (2016)
Тип файла:
PDF
Доступные языки:
английский

Сопутствующие товары Chevrolet Tahoe (2016)

5 файлов

  • Сортировка

  1. k2uxx

    [ENG] Руководство по эксплуатации Tahoe / Suburban 2014

    От

    Scream

    Ваш браузер не отображает PDF файл! Скачайте его!

    0 раз скачали

      

    (0 отзывов)

    0 комментариев

    Отправлено

  2.   

    (0 отзывов)

    0 комментариев

    Отправлено

  3. k2uxx

    [ENG] Руководство по эксплуатации Tahoe / Suburban 2015

    От

    Scream

    Ваш браузер не отображает PDF файл! Скачайте его!

    0 раз скачали

      

    (0 отзывов)

    0 комментариев

    Отправлено

  4. k2uxx

    [ENG] Руководство по эксплуатации Tahoe / Suburban 2016

    От

    Scream

    Ваш браузер не отображает PDF файл! Скачайте его!

    0 раз скачали

      

    (0 отзывов)

    0 комментариев

    Отправлено

  5. k2uxx

    [RUS] Руководство по эксплуатации Tahoe 2015

    От

    Scream

    Ваш браузер не отображает PDF файл! Скачайте его!

    7 раз скачали

      

    (0 отзывов)

    0 комментариев

    Обновлено

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Как сделать кухню своими руками пошаговая инструкция из мдф
  • Лекарство колдакт инструкция по применению взрослым
  • Бицилин3 инструкция по применению от каких болезней животных доза
  • Салипод инструкция по применению при мозолях на пальцах ног
  • Ципрофлоксацин эко инструкция по применению таблетки взрослым от чего